2017 Nissan Maxima | Owner's Manual | Nissan USAcdn.dealereprocess.com/cdn/servicemanuals/nissan/2017-maxima.pdf · 2017 MAXIMA OWNER’S MANUAL ... NISSAN may update or revise this

2017 MAXIMAOWNER’S MANUAL

and MAINTENANCE INFORMATION

For your safety, read carefully and keep in this vehicle.

Welcome to the growing family of new NISSANowners. This vehicle is delivered to you withconfidence. It was produced using the latesttechniques and strict quality control.

This manual was prepared to help you under-stand the operation and maintenance of yourvehicle so that you may enjoy many miles (kilome-ters) of driving pleasure. Please read through thismanual before operating your vehicle.

A separate Warranty Information Bookletexplains details about the warranties cov-ering your vehicle. The “Maintenance andschedules” section of this manual explainsdetails about maintaining and servicingyour vehicle. You will also receive a sepa-rate Customer Care/Lemon Law Booklet(U.S. only) will explain how to resolve anyconcerns you may have with your vehicle,and clarify your rights under your state’slemon law. Additionally, you may receive aseparate Navigation Manual (if soequipped) that will explain the various fea-tures and functions your system may have.

A NISSAN dealership knows your vehicle best.When you require any service or have any ques-tions, they will be glad to assist you with theextensive resources available to them.

In addition to factory-installed options, your ve-hicle may also be equipped with additional ac-cessories installed by NISSAN or by a NISSANdealer prior to delivery. It is important that youfamiliarize yourself with all disclosures, warnings,cautions and instructions concerning proper useof such accessories prior to operating the vehicleand/or accessory. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for details concerning theparticular accessories with which your vehicle isequipped.

Before driving your vehicle, please read thisOwner’s Manual carefully. This will ensure famil-iarity with controls and maintenance require-ments assisting you in the safe operation of yourvehicle.

WARNING

IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATIONREMINDERS!

Follow these important driving rules tohelp ensure a safe and comfortable tripfor you and your passengers!

● NEVER drive under the influence of al-cohol or drugs.

● ALWAYS observe posted speed limitsand never drive too fast for conditions.

● ALWAYS give your full attention to drivingand avoid using vehicle features or takingother actions that could distract you.

● ALWAYS use your seat belts and appro-priate child restraint systems. Preteenchildren should be seated in the rear seat.

● ALWAYS provide information about theproper use of vehicle safety features toall occupants of the vehicle.

● ALWAYS review this Owner’s Manualfor important safety information.

FOREWORD READ FIRST—THEN DRIVE SAFELY

MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE

This vehicle should not be modified.Modification could affect itsperformance, safety or durability and mayeven violate governmental regulations. Inaddition, damage or performance prob-lems resulting from modifications maynot be covered under NISSAN warranties.

This manual includes information for all featuresand equipment available on this model. Featuresand equipment in your vehicle may vary depend-ing on model, trim level, options selected, order,date of production, region or availability. There-fore, you may find information about features orequipment that are not included or installed onyour vehicle.

All information, specifications and illustrations inthis manual are those in effect at the time ofprinting. NISSAN reserves the right to changespecifications, performance, design or compo-nent suppliers without notice and without obliga-tion. From time to time, NISSAN may update orrevise this manual to provide Owners with themost accurate information currently available.Please carefully read and retain with this manualall revision updates sent to you by NISSAN toensure you have access to accurate and up-to-date information regarding your vehicle. Currentversions of vehicle Owner’s Manuals and anyupdates can also be found in the Owner sectionof the NISSAN website athttps://owners.nissanusa.com/nowners/navigation/manualsGuide. If you have ques-tions concerning any information in your Owner’sManual, contact NISSAN Consumer Affairs. Seethe NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAMpage in this Owner’s Manual for contact informa-tion.

IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUTTHIS MANUALYou will see various symbols in this manual. Theyare used in the following ways:

WARNING

This is used to indicate the presence of ahazard that could cause death or seriouspersonal injury. To avoid or reduce therisk, the procedures must be followedprecisely.

CAUTION

This is used to indicate the presence of ahazard that could cause minor or moder-ate personal injury or damage to your ve-hicle. To avoid or reduce the risk, the pro-cedures must be followed carefully.

WHEN READING THE MANUAL

If you see this symbol, it means “Do not do this”or “Do not let this happen.”

If you see a symbol similar to these in an illustra-tion, it means the arrow points to the front of thevehicle.

Arrows in an illustration that are similar to theseindicate movement or action.

Arrows in an illustration that are similar to thesecall attention to an item in the illustration.

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65WARNING

WARNING

Engine exhaust, some of its constituents,and certain vehicle components contain oremit chemicals known to the State ofCalifornia to cause cancer and birth de-fects or other reproductive harm. In addi-tion, certain fluids contained in vehiclesand certain products of component wearcontain or emit chemicals known to theState of California to cause cancer andbirth defects or other reproductive harm.

CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATEADVISORYSome vehicle parts, such as lithium batter-ies, may contain perchlorate material. Thefollowing advisory is provided: “Perchlo-rate Material – special handling may apply,See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate/”.

© 2016 NISSAN NORTH AMERICA, INC.

All rights reserved. No part of this Owner’sManual may be reproduced or stored in a retrievalsystem, or transmitted in any form, or by anymeans, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,recording or otherwise, without the prior writtenpermission of Nissan North America, Inc.

APD1005

NISSAN CARES . . .

Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs. Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your NISSAN dealer areour primary concerns. Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs.

However, if there is something that your NISSANdealer cannot assist you with or you would like toprovide NISSAN directly with comments orquestions, please contact the NISSAN Con-sumer Affairs Department using our toll-freenumber:

For U.S. customers1-800-NISSAN-1(1-800-647-7261)

For Canadian customers1-800-387-0122

The Consumer Affairs Department will ask for thefollowing information:

– Your name, address, and telephone number

– Vehicle identification number (attached to thetop of the instrument panel on the driver’sside)

– Date of purchase

– Current odometer reading

– Your NISSAN dealer’s name

– Your comments or questions

OR

You can write to NISSAN with the information at:

For U.S. customersNissan North America, Inc.Consumer Affairs DepartmentP.O. Box 685003Franklin, TN 37068-5003or via e-mail at:[email protected]

For Canadian customersNissan Canada Inc.5290 Orbitor DriveMississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5or via e-mail at:[email protected]

If you prefer, visit us at:www.nissanusa.com (for U.S. customers) orwww.nissan.ca (for Canadian customers)

We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle.

NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM

Table of ContentsIllustrated table of contents

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Instruments and controls

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

Starting and driving

In case of emergency

Appearance and care

Do-it-yourself

Maintenance and schedules

Technical and consumer information

Index

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

0 Illustrated table of contents

Air bags, seat belts and child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-2Exterior front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-3Exterior rear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-4Passenger compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-5

Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-6Engine compartment check locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-8Warning and indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-9

1. Top tether strap anchor (P. 1-21)2. Rear head restraints/headrests (P. 1-7)3. Rear seat belts (P. 1-11)4. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and

rollover supplemental air bag (P. 1-40)5. Front seat-mounted side-impact

supplemental air bags (P. 1-40)6. Front head restraints/headrests (P. 1-7)7. Front seat belt with pretensioner(s) and

shoulder height adjuster (P. 1-11, 1-40)8. Supplemental air bags (P. 1-40)9. Door pressure sensor (passenger side

shown, driver’s side similar) (P. 1-40)10. Seats (P. 1-2)11. Occupant classification sensor

(weight sensor) (P.1-40)12. LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for

CHildren) system (P. 1-21)Refer to the page number indicated in pa-rentheses for operating details.

LII2293

AIR BAGS, SEAT BELTS AND CHILDRESTRAINTS

0-2 Illustrated table of contents

1. Engine hood (P. 3-21)2. Wiper and washer switch (P. 2-39)3. Windshield (P. 8-16)4. Power windows (P. 2-55)5. Door locks (P. 3-4)

NISSAN Intelligent Key® (P. 3-7)Keys (P. 3-2)

6. Mirrors (P. 3-29)Side view camera (if so equipped)(P. 4-9)

7. Tire pressure (P. 8-26)Flat tire (P. 6-3)Tire chains (P. 8-26)

8. Headlight and turn signal switch(P. 2-42)Replacing bulbs (P. 8-23)

9. Fog light switch (P. 2-42)Daytime running light system(if so equipped) (P. 2-42)

10. Front sonar sensors (if so equipped)(P. 5-85)

11. Front view camera (if so equipped)(P. 4-9)

Refer to the page number indicated in pa-rentheses for operating details.

LII2442

EXTERIOR FRONT

Illustrated table of contents 0-3

1. Rear window defroster switch (P. 2-41)2. High-mounted stop light (P. 8-23)3. Interior trunk lid release (P. 3-22)

Trunk lid (P. 3-22)4. Exterior trunk lid release/request button

(P. 3-7)Rearview camera (P. 4-2, 4-9)

5. Rear sonar sensors (if so equipped)(P. 5-85)

6. Replacing bulbs (P. 8-23)7. Fuel-filler door (P. 3-24)

Fuel recommendation (P. 10-2)8. Child safety rear door locks (P. 3-4)Refer to the page number indicated in pa-rentheses for operating details.

LII2443

EXTERIOR REAR


1. Interior trunk access (P. 1-2)2. Power moonroof (if so equipped)

(P. 2-58, 2-59)3. Sun visors (P. 3-28)4. Map lights (P. 2-62)5. Rearview mirror (P. 3-29)

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver(P. 2-64)

6. Glove box (P. 2-51)7. Cup holders (P. 2-51)8. Console box (P. 2-51)Refer to the page number indicated in pa-rentheses for operating details.

LII2444

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT


1. Vent (P. 4-24)2. Headlight/fog light/turn signal switch

(P. 2-42)3. Supplemental front-impact air bag

(P. 1-40)Horn (P. 2-46)

4. Meters and gauges (P. 2-3)Warning and indicator lights (P. 2-7)Vehicle information display (P. 2-15)

5. Paddle shifters (if so equipped)(P. 5-15)

6. Wiper and washer switch (P. 2-39)7. Audio controls*

Navigation controls*8. Hazard warning flasher switch (P. 6-2)9. Navigation display*

Audio display*10. Front passenger supplemental air bag

(P. 2-36)11. Glove box (P. 2-51)12. Front passenger air bag status light

(P. 1-40)13. AUX input/USB port*14. Heater and air conditioning controls

(P. 4-25)15. Shift lever (P. 5-22)16. Display Commander*LII2445

INSTRUMENT PANEL


17. Push-button ignition switch (P. 5-10)18. Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System

(P. 4-30)Cruise control switches (if soequipped) (P. 5-40)Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)switches (if so equipped) (P. 5-42)

19. Tilt and telescopic steering (P. 3-26)20. Audio control switches*

Vehicle information display controlswitches (P. 2-16)

21. Hood release (P. 3-21)22. Fuse box (P. 8-18)23. Heated steering wheel switch

(if so equipped) (P. 2-48)Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFFswitch (P. 2-49)Trunk release switch (P. 3-22)Rear power sunshade switch(if so equipped) (P. 2-61)

24. Instrument brightness control (P. 2-42)Twin trip odometer reset switch (P. 2-4)

*: Refer to the separate Navigation System Own-er’s Manual.



VQ35DE engine

1. Engine coolant reservoir (P. 8-4)2. Drive belt location (P. 8-14)3. Engine oil filler cap (P. 8-6)4. Brake fluid reservoir (P. 8-10)5. Air cleaner (P. 8-16)6. Fuse block (P. 8-18)7. Fuse block/Fusible links (P. 8-18)8. Fusible links (P. 8-18)9. Battery (P. 8-12)10. Engine oil dipstick (P.8-6)11. Radiator cap (P. 8-4)12. Power steering fluid reservoir (P. 8-10)13. Windshield-washer fluid reservoir

(P. 8-11)Refer to the page number indicated in pa-rentheses for operating details.

LDI2749

ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECKLOCATIONS


Warninglight

Name Page

or

Anti-lock BrakingSystem (ABS) warn-ing light

2-8

Brake warning light(parking brake)

2-8

Brake warning light 2-8

Charge warninglight

2-8

Engine oil pressurewarning light

2-9

Forward EmergencyBraking (FEB) sys-tem warning light (ifso equipped)

2-9

Low tire pressurewarning light

2-9

Warninglight

Name Page

Master warning light 2-11

Power steeringwarning light

2-11

Seat belt warninglight and chime

2-12

Supplemental airbag warning light

2-12

Indicatorlight

Name Page

Front fog light indi-cator light (green)

2-12

Front passenger airbag status light

2-12

High beam indicatorlight (blue)

2-12

Indicatorlight

Name Page

Malfunction Indica-tor Light (MIL)

2-13

Security indicatorlight

2-13

Side light and head-light indicator light(green)

2-14

Slip indicator light 2-14

Turn signal/hazardindicator lights

2-14

Vehicle DynamicControl (VDC) OFFindicator light

2-14

WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS


MEMO


1 Safety—Seats, seat belts andsupplemental restraint system

Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2Front power seat adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3Folding rear seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5Center armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6

Head restraints/headrests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7Adjustable head restraint/headrestcomponents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8Non-adjustable head restraint/headrestcomponents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9

Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11Precautions on seat belt usage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11Seat belt warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14Pregnant women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14Injured persons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14Three-point type seat belt with retractor . . . . . . . . . . 1-14Seat belt extenders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17Seat belt maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18

Child safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18Infants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19Small children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19Larger children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19

Child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21Precautions on child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers forCHildren) system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23Rear-facing child restraint installation usingLATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25Rear-facing child restraint installation usingthe seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-27Forward-facing child restraint installationusing LATCH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-30Forward-facing child restraint installationusing the seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-33Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-37

Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-40Precautions on SRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-40Supplemental air bag warning labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-57Supplemental air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-58

WARNING

● Do not ride in a moving vehicle whenthe seatback is reclined. This can bedangerous. The shoulder belt will notbe against your body. In an accident,you could be thrown into it and receiveneck or other serious injuries. Youcould also slide under the lap belt andreceive serious internal injuries.

● For the most effective protection whenthe vehicle is in motion, the seat shouldbe upright. Always sit well back andupright in the seat with both feet on thefloor and adjust the seat properly. Foradditional information, refer to “Pre-cautions on seat belt usage” in thissection.

● After adjustment, gently rock in the seatto make sure it is securely locked.

● Do not leave children unattended insidethe vehicle. They could unknowingly ac-tivate switches or controls. Unattendedchildren could become involved in seri-ous accidents.

● To help avoid risk of injury or deaththrough unintended operation of thevehicle and/or its systems, do not leavechildren, people who require the assis-tance of others or pets unattended inyour vehicle. Additionally, the tempera-ture inside a closed vehicle on a warmday can quickly become high enough tocause a significant risk of injury ordeath to people and pets.

● Do not adjust the driver’s seat whiledriving so full attention may be given tovehicle operation. The seat may movesuddenly and could cause loss of con-trol of the vehicle.

● The seatback should not be reclinedany more than needed for comfort. Seatbelts are most effective when the pas-senger sits well back and straight up inthe seat. If the seatback is reclined, therisk of sliding under the lap belt andbeing injured is increased.

ARS1152

SEATS

1-2 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

CAUTION

When adjusting the seat positions, besure not to contact any moving parts toavoid possible injuries and/or damage.

FRONT POWER SEAT ADJUSTMENT

Operating tips

● The power seat motor has an auto-resetoverload protection circuit. If the motorstops during operation, wait 30 secondsthen reactivate the switch.

● Do not operate the power seat switch for along period of time when the engine is off.This will discharge the battery.

For additional information, refer to “Automaticdrive positioner” in the “Pre-driving checks andadjustments” section of this manual.

Forward and backward

Moving the switch forward or backward will slidethe seat forward or backward to the desiredposition.

Reclining

Move the recline switch backward until the de-sired angle is obtained. To bring the seatbackforward again, move the switch forward andmove your body forward. The seatback will moveforward.

The reclining feature allows adjustment of theseatback for occupants of different sizes foradded comfort and to help obtain proper seat

LRS2692

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-3

belt fit. For additional information, refer to “Pre-cautions on seat belt usage” in this section. Also,the seatback can be reclined to allow occupantsto rest when the vehicle is stopped and the shiftlever is in P (Park).

Seat lifter (driver’s seat)Push the front or rear end of the switch up ordown to adjust the angle and height of the seatcushion.

Lumbar support (if so equipped fordriver’s seat)The lumbar support feature provides adjustablelower back support to the driver. Push the front orback end of the switch to adjust the seat lumbararea.

LRS2693 LRS2669


Thigh extension (if so equipped fordriver’s seat)Pull up and hold the lever to extend the frontportion to the desired position.

FOLDING REAR SEAT

Interior trunk access

The trunk can be accessed from the passengerside of the rear seat for loading and unloading, asshown.

1. Move the front passenger seat to the mostforward position.

2. Open the access cover on the rear parcelshelf.

3. Push down on the button �1 on the rearparcel shelf.

4. Fold down the passenger’s side seatback�2 .

WARNING

● Never allow anyone to ride in the cargoarea or on the rear seat when it is in thefold-down position. Use of these areasby passengers without proper restraintscould result in serious injury or death inan accident or sudden stop.

● Properly secure all cargo with ropes orstraps to help prevent it from sliding orshifting. Do not place cargo higher thanthe seatbacks. In a sudden stop or col-lision, unsecured cargo could causepersonal injury.

LRS2666

LRS2691


● When returning the seatbacks to theupright position, be certain they arecompletely secured in the latched posi-tion. If they are not completely secured,passengers may be injured in an acci-dent or sudden stop.

● Closely supervise children when theyare around cars to prevent them fromplaying and becoming locked in thetrunk where they could be seriously in-jured. Keep the car locked, with the rearseatback and trunk lid securely latchedwhen not in use, and prevent children’saccess to car keys.

To fold down the driver side of the rear seat, openthe trunk and pull on the strap �1 .

The rear seats can be locked using the mechani-cal key to prevent unauthorized access. For ad-ditional information on keys, refer to “Interior trunkaccess” in the “Pre-driving checks and adjust-ments” section of this manual.

CENTER ARMRESTPull the armrest down until it rests on the seatcushion.

LRS2168 LRS2694


WARNING

Head restraints/headrests supplementthe other vehicle safety systems. They mayprovide additional protection against in-jury in certain rear end collisions. Adjust-able head restraints/headrests must beadjusted properly, as specified in this sec-tion. Check the adjustment after someoneelse uses the seat. Do not attach anythingto the head restraint/headrest stalks orremove the head restraint/headrest. Donot use the seat if the headrestraint/headrest has been removed. Ifthe head restraint/headrest was removed,reinstall and properly adjust the headrestraint/headrest before an occupantuses the seating position. Failure to fol-low these instructions can reduce the ef-fectiveness of the headrestraints/headrests. This may increasethe risk of serious injury or death in acollision.

The illustration shows the seating positionsequipped with head restraints/headrests.

� Indicates the seating position is equipped witha head restraint.

� Indicates the seating position is equipped witha headrest.

+ Indicates the seating position is not equippedwith a head restraint or headrest (if applicable).

● Your vehicle is equipped with a headrestraint/headrest that may be integrated,adjustable or non-adjustable.

● Adjustable head restraints/headrests havemultiple notches along the stalk(s) to lockthem in a desired adjustment position.

● The non-adjustable headrestraints/headrests have a single lockingnotch to secure them to the seat frame.

● Proper Adjustment:

– For the adjustable type, align the headrestraint/headrest so the center of yourear is approximately level with the centerof the head restraint/headrest.

– If your ear position is still higher than therecommended alignment, place the headrestraint/headrest at the highest position.

● If the head restraint/headrest has been re-moved, ensure that it is reinstalled andlocked in place before riding in that desig-nated seating position.

LRS2695

HEAD RESTRAINTS/HEADRESTS


ADJUSTABLE HEAD RESTRAINT/HEADREST COMPONENTS

1. Removable head restraint/headrest

2. Multiple notches

3. Lock knob

4. Stalks

NON-ADJUSTABLE HEADRESTRAINT/HEADRESTCOMPONENTS

1. Removable head restraint/headrest

2. Single notch

3. Lock knob

4. Stalks

REMOVE

Use the following procedure to remove the headrestraint/headrest:

1. Pull the head restraint/headrest up to thehighest position.

2. Push and hold the lock knob.

3. Remove the head restraint/headrest fromthe seat.

4. Store the head restraint/headrest properly ina secure place so it is not loose in thevehicle.

LRS2300 LRS2299 LRS2302


5. Reinstall and properly adjust the headrestraint/headrest before an occupant usesthe seating position.

INSTALL1. Align the head restraint/headrest stalks with

the holes in the seat. Make sure that thehead restraint/headrest is facing the correctdirection. The stalk with the notch (notches)�1 must be installed in the hole with the lockknob �2 .

2. Push and hold the lock knob and push thehead restraint/headrest down.

3. Properly adjust the head restraint/headrestbefore an occupant uses the seating posi-tion.

ADJUSTFor adjustable head restraint/headrest

Adjust the head restraint/headrest so the centeris level with the center of your ears. If your earposition is still higher than the recommendedalignment, place the head restraint/headrest atthe highest position.

LRS2303 WRS0134


For non-adjustable head restraint/headrest

Make sure the head restraint/headrest is posi-tioned so the lock knob is engaged in the notchbefore riding in that designated seating position.

RaiseTo raise the head restraint/headrest, pull it up.


LowerTo lower, push and hold the lock knob and pushthe head restraint/headrest down.


LRS2351 LRS2305 LRS2306


PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELTUSAGEIf you are wearing your seat belt properly ad-justed and you are sitting upright and well back inyour seat with both feet on the floor, your chancesof being injured or killed in a collision and/or theseverity of injury may be greatly reduced.NISSAN strongly encourages you and all of yourpassengers to buckle up every time you drive,even if your seating position includes a supple-mental air bag.

Most U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories specify that seat belts be worn atall times when a vehicle is being driven.

SSS0136

SEAT BELTS


WARNING

● Every person who drives or rides in thisvehicle should use a seat belt at alltimes. Children should be in the rearseats and in an appropriate restraint.

WARNING

● The seat belt should be properly ad-justed to a snug fit. Failure to do so mayreduce the effectiveness of the entirerestraint system and increase thechance or severity of injury in an acci-dent. Serious injury or death can occur ifthe seat belt is not worn properly.

SSS0134 SSS0016


WARNING

● Always route the shoulder belt overyour shoulder and across your chest.Never put the belt behind your back,under your arm or across your neck. Thebelt should be away from your face andneck, but not falling off your shoulder.

● Position the lap belt as low and snug aspossible AROUND THE HIPS, NOT THEWAIST. A lap belt worn too high couldincrease the risk of internal injuries inan accident.

● Be sure the seat belt tongue is securelyfastened to the proper buckle.

● Do not wear the seat belt inside out ortwisted. Doing so may reduce itseffectiveness.

● Do not allow more than one person touse the same seat belt.

● Never carry more people in the vehiclethan there are seat belts.

● If the seat belt warning light glows con-tinuously while the ignition is placed inthe ON position with all doors closedand all seat belts fastened, it may indi-cate a malfunction in the system. Havethe system checked. It is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.

● No changes should be made to the seatbelt system. For example, do not modifythe seat belt, add material, or installdevices that may change the seat beltrouting or tension. Doing so may affectthe operation of the seat belt system.Modifying or tampering with the seatbelt system may result in serious per-sonal injury.

● Once seat belt pretensioner(s) have ac-tivated, they cannot be reused and mustbe replaced together with the retractor.It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

● All seat belt assemblies, including re-tractors and attaching hardware, shouldbe inspected after any collision. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service. NISSAN recom-mends that all seat belt assemblies inuse during a collision be replaced un-less the collision was minor and thebelts show no damage and continue tooperate properly. Seat belt assembliesnot in use during a collision should alsobe inspected and replaced if eitherdamage or improper operation is noted.

● All child restraints and attaching hard-ware should be inspected after any col-lision. Always follow the restraintmanufacturer’s inspection instructionsand replacement recommendations.The child restraints should be replacedif they are damaged.

SSS0014


SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT

Both the driver’s and passenger’s front seats areequipped with a seat belt warning light. Thewarning light, located on the instrument panel,will show the status of the driver and passengerseat belt.

NOTE:

The front passenger seat belt warning lightwill not light up if the seat is not occupied.

For additional information, refer to “Warninglights, indicator lights and audible reminders” inthe “Instruments and controls” section of thismanual.

PREGNANT WOMEN

NISSAN recommends that pregnant women useseat belts. The seat belt should be worn snug andalways position the lap belt as low as possiblearound the hips, not the waist. Place the shoulderbelt over your shoulder and across your chest.Never run the lap/shoulder belt over your ab-dominal area. Contact your doctor for specificrecommendations.

INJURED PERSONS

NISSAN recommends that injured persons useseat belts. Check with your doctor for specificrecommendations.

THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELTWITH RETRACTOR

WARNING

● Every person who drives or rides in thisvehicle should use a seat belt at alltimes. Children should be in the rearseats and in an appropriate restraint.

● Do not ride in a moving vehicle whenthe seatback is reclined. This can bedangerous. The shoulder belt will notbe against your body. In an accident,you could be thrown into it and receiveneck or other serious injuries. Youcould also slide under the lap belt andreceive serious internal injuries.

● For the most effective protection whenthe vehicle is in motion, the seat shouldbe upright. Always sit well back andupright in the seat with both feet on thefloor and adjust the seat belt properly.

● Do not allow children to play with theseat belts. Most seating positions areequipped with Automatic Locking Re-tractor (ALR) mode seat belts. If the seatbelt becomes wrapped around a child’sneck with the ALR mode activated, thechild can be seriously injured or killed ifthe seat belt retracts and becomestight. This can occur even if the vehicleis parked. Unbuckle the seat belt torelease the child. If the seat belt cannotbe unbuckled or is already unbuckled,release the child by cutting the seat beltwith a suitable tool (such as a knife orscissors) to release the seat belt.

LRS0786


Fastening the seat belts1. Adjust the seat. For additional information,

refer to “Seats” in this section.

2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractorand insert the tongue into the buckle �A untilyou hear and feel the latch engage.

● The retractor is designed to lock dur-ing a sudden stop or on impact. Aslow pulling motion permits the seatbelt to move, and allows you somefreedom of movement in the seat.

● If the seat belt cannot be pulled fromits fully retracted position, firmly pullthe belt and release it. Thensmoothly pull the belt out of the re-tractor.

Front seat shownLRS2692 LRS2674


3. Position the lap belt portion low and snugon the hips �B as shown.

4. Pull the shoulder belt portion toward theretractor to take up extra slack �C . Be surethe shoulder belt is routed over your shoul-der and across your chest.

The front passenger seat and the rear seatingpositions three-point seat belts have two modesof operation:

● Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR)

● Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)

The ELR mode allows the seat belt to extend andretract to allow the driver and passengers some

freedom of movement in the seat. The ELR locksthe seat belt when the vehicle slows down rapidlyor during certain impacts.

The ALR mode (child restraint mode) locks theseat belt for child restraint installation.

When the ALR mode is activated, the seat beltcannot be extended again until the seat belttongue is detached from the buckle and fullyretracted. The seat belt returns to the ELR modeafter the seat belt fully retracts. For additionalinformation, refer to “Child restraints” in this sec-tion.

The ALR mode should be used only forchild restraint installation. During normalseat belt use by an occupant, the ALR modeshould not be activated. If it is activated, itmay cause uncomfortable seat belt ten-sion. It can also change the operation ofthe front passenger air bag. For additionalinformation, refer to “Front passenger airbag and status light” in this section.

WARNING

When fastening the seat belts, be certainthat the seatbacks are completely securedin the latched position. If they are notcompletely secured, passengers may beinjured in an accident or sudden stop.

Unfastening the seat beltsTo unfasten the seat belt, press the button on thebuckle �1 . The seat belt automatically retracts.

Checking seat belt operationSeat belt retractors are designed to lock seat beltmovement by two separate methods:

● When the seat belt is pulled quickly from theretractor

● When the vehicle slows down rapidly

LRS2675 WRS0139


To increase your confidence in the seat belts,check the operation as follows:

● Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forwardquickly. The retractor should lock and re-strict further belt movement.

If the retractor does not lock during this check,get the system checked. It is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer for this service or tolearn more about seat belt operation.

Shoulder belt height adjustment (frontseats)

The shoulder belt anchor height should be ad-justed to the position best for you. For additionalinformation, refer to “Precautions on seat beltusage” in this section. To adjust, pull out theadjustment button �1 and move the shoulder beltanchor to the desired position �2 , so the beltpasses over the center of the shoulder. The beltshould be away from your face and neck, but notfalling off your shoulder. Release the adjustmentbutton to lock the shoulder belt anchor into posi-tion.

WARNING

● After adjustment, release the adjust-ment button and try to move the shoul-der belt anchor up and down to makesure it is securely fixed in position.

● The shoulder belt anchor height shouldbe adjusted to the position best for you.Failure to do so may reduce the effec-tiveness of the entire restraint systemand increase the chance or severity ofinjury in an accident.

SEAT BELT EXTENDERS

If, because of body size or driving position, it isnot possible to properly fit the lap/shoulder beltand fasten it, an extender that is compatible withthe installed seat belts is available for purchase.The extender adds approximately 8 in (200 mm)of length and may be used for either the driver orfront passenger seating position. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for assis-tance with purchasing an extender if an extenderis required.

LRS0242


WARNING

● Only NISSAN seat belt extenders, madeby the same company which made theoriginal equipment seat belts, shouldbe used with NISSAN seat belts.

● Adults and children who can use thestandard seat belt should not use anextender. Such unnecessary use couldresult in serious personal injury in theevent of an accident.

● Never use seat belt extenders to installchild restraints. If the child restraint isnot secured properly, the child could beseriously injured or killed in a collisionor a sudden stop.

SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE● To clean the seat belt webbing, apply a

mild soap solution or any solution recom-mended for cleaning upholstery or carpet.Then wipe with a cloth and allow the seatbelts to dry in the shade. Do not allow theseat belts to retract until they are completelydry.

● If dirt builds up in the shoulder beltguide of the seat belt anchors, the seatbelts may retract slowly. Wipe the shoulderbelt guide with a clean, dry cloth.

● Periodically check to see that the seatbelt and the metal components, such asbuckles, tongues, retractors, flexible wiresand anchors, work properly. If loose parts,deterioration, cuts or other damage on thewebbing is found, the entire seat belt as-sembly should be replaced.

WARNING

Do not allow children to play with the seatbelts. Most seating positions areequipped with Automatic Locking Retrac-tor (ALR) mode seat belts. If the seat beltbecomes wrapped around a child’s neckwith the ALR mode activated, the child canbe seriously injured or killed if the seatbelt retracts and becomes tight. This canoccur even if the vehicle is parked. Un-buckle the seat belt to release the child. Ifthe seat belt cannot be unbuckled or isalready unbuckled, release the child bycutting the seat belt with a suitable tool(such as a knife or scissors) to release theseat belt.

Children need adults to help protect them.They need to be properly restrained.

In addition to the general information in thismanual, child safety information is available frommany other sources, including doctors, teachers,government traffic safety offices, and communityorganizations. Every child is different, so be sureto learn the best way to transport your child.

CHILD SAFETY


There are three basic types of child restraintsystems:

● Rear-facing child restraints

● Forward-facing child restraints

● Booster seats

The proper restraint depends on the child’s size.Generally, infants up to about 1 year and lessthan 20 lbs (9 kg) should be placed in rear-facingchild restraints. Forward-facing child restraintsare available for children who outgrow rear-facing child restraints and are at least 1 year old.Booster seats are used to help position a vehiclelap/shoulder belt on a child who can no longeruse a forward-facing child restraint.

WARNING

Infants and children need special protec-tion. The vehicle’s seat belts may not fitthem properly. The shoulder belt maycome too close to the face or neck. The lapbelt may not fit over their small hip bones.In an accident, an improperly fitting seatbelt could cause serious or fatal injury.Always use appropriate child restraints.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or territo-ries require the use of approved child restraintsfor infants and small children. For additional infor-mation, refer to “Child restraints” in this section.

A child restraint may be secured in the vehicle byusing either the LATCH (Lower Anchors andTethers for CHildren) system or with the vehicleseat belt. For additional information, refer to“Child restraints” in this section.

NISSAN recommends that all pre-teensand children be restrained in the rear seat.Studies show that children are safer whenproperly restrained in the rear seat than inthe front seat.

This is especially important because yourvehicle has a supplemental restraint sys-tem (air bag system) for the front passen-ger. For additional information, refer to“Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)” inthis section.

INFANTSInfants up to at least 1 year old should be placedin a rear-facing child restraint. NISSAN recom-mends that infants be placed in child restraintsthat comply with Federal Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards or Canadian Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards. You should choose a child restraintthat fits your vehicle and always follow the manu-facturer’s instructions for installation and use.

SMALL CHILDRENChildren that are over 1 year old and weigh atleast 20 lbs (9 kg) should remain in a rear-facingchild restraint as long as possible up to the heightor weight limit of the child restraint. Children whooutgrow the height or weight limit of the rear-facing child restraint and are at least 1 year oldshould be secured in a forward-facing child re-straint with a harness. Refer to the manufactur-er’s instructions for minimum and maximumweight and height recommendations. NISSANrecommends that small children be placed inchild restraints that comply with Federal MotorVehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Ve-hicle Safety Standards. You should choose achild restraint that fits your vehicle and alwaysfollow the manufacturer’s instructions for instal-lation and use.

LARGER CHILDRENChildren should remain in a forward-facing childrestraint with a harness until they reach the maxi-mum height or weight limit allowed by the childrestraint manufacturer.


Once a child outgrows the height or weight limitof the harness-equipped forward-facing child re-straint, NISSAN recommends that the child beplaced in a commercially available booster seat toobtain proper seat belt fit. For a seat belt to fitproperly, the booster seat should raise the childso that the shoulder belt is properly positionedacross the chest and the top, middle portion ofthe shoulder. The shoulder belt should not crossthe neck or face and should not fall off the shoul-der. The lap belt should lie snugly across thelower hips or upper thighs, not the abdomen. Abooster seat can only be used in seating posi-tions that have a three-point type seat belt. Thebooster seat should fit the vehicle seat and havea label certifying that it complies with FederalMotor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Mo-tor Vehicle Safety Standards.

A booster seat should be used until the child canpass the seat belt fit test below:

● Are the child’s back and hips against thevehicle seatback?

● Is the child able to sit without slouching?

● Do the child’s knees bend easily over thefront edge of the seat with feet flat on thefloor?

● Can the child safely wear the seat belt (lapbelt low and snug across the hips and shoul-der belt across mid-chest and shoulder)?

● Is the child able to use the properly adjustedhead restraint/headrest?

● Will the child be able to stay in position forthe entire ride?

If you answered no to any of these questions, thechild should remain in a booster seat using athree-point type seat belt.

LRS2690


NOTE:

Laws in some communities may follow dif-ferent guidelines. Check local and stateregulations to confirm your child is usingthe correct restraint system before travel-ing.

WARNING

Never let a child stand or kneel on any seatand do not allow a child in the cargo area.The child could be seriously injured orkilled in a sudden stop or collision.

PRECAUTIONS ON CHILDRESTRAINTS

WARNING

● Failure to follow the warnings and in-structions for proper use and installa-tion of child restraints could result inserious injury or death of a child orother passengers in a sudden stop orcollision:

– The child restraint must be used andinstalled properly. Always follow allof the child restraint manufacturer’sinstructions for installation and use.

– Infants and children should never beheld on anyone’s lap. Even the stron-gest adult cannot resist the forces ofa collision.

– Do not put a seat belt around both achild and another passenger.

ARS1098 WRS0256

CHILD RESTRAINTS


– NISSAN recommends that all childrestraints be installed in the rearseat. Studies show that children aresafer when properly restrained in therear seat than in the front seat. If youmust install a forward-facing childrestraint in the front seat, refer to“Forward-facing child restraint in-stallation using the seat belts” in thissection.

– Even with the NISSAN Advanced AirBag System, never install a rear-facing child restraint in the front seat.An inflating air bag could seriouslyinjure or kill a child. A rear-facingchild restraint must only be used inthe rear seat.

– Be sure to purchase a child restraintthat will fit the child and vehicle.Some child restraints may not fitproperly in your vehicle.

– Child restraint anchorages are de-signed to withstand only those loadsimposed by correctly fitted child re-straints. Under no circumstances arethey to be used to attach adult seatbelts, or other items or equipment tothe vehicle. Doing so could damagethe child restraint anchorages. Thechild restraint will not be properlyinstalled using the damaged anchor-age, and a child could be seriouslyinjured or killed in a collision.

– Never use the anchor points for adultseat belts or harnesses.

– A child restraint with a top tetherstrap should not be used in the frontpassenger seat.

– Keep seatbacks as upright as pos-sible after fitting the child restraint.

– Infants and children should alwaysbe placed in an appropriate child re-straint while in the vehicle.

● When the child restraint is not in use,keep it secured with the LATCH systemor a seat belt. In a sudden stop or colli-sion, loose objects can injure occupantsor damage the vehicle.

CAUTION

A child restraint in a closed vehicle canbecome very hot. Check the seating sur-face and buckles before placing a child inthe child restraint.

This vehicle is equipped with a universal childrestraint anchor system, referred to as the LATCH(Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren) sys-tem. Some child restraints include rigid orwebbing-mounted attachments that can be con-nected to these anchors. For additional informa-tion, refer to “LATCH (Lower Anchors and Teth-ers for CHildren) system” in this section.

If you do not have a LATCH compatible childrestraint, the vehicle seat belts can be used.

Several manufacturers offer child restraints forinfants and children of various sizes. When se-lecting any child restraint, keep the followingpoints in mind:

● Choose only a restraint with a label certifyingthat it complies with Federal Motor VehicleSafety Standard 213 or Canadian MotorVehicle Safety Standard 213.

● Check the child restraint in your vehicle to besure it is compatible with the vehicle’s seatand seat belt system.


● If the child restraint is compatible with yourvehicle, place your child in the child restraintand check the various adjustments to besure the child restraint is compatible withyour child. Choose a child restraint that isdesigned for your child’s height and weight.Always follow all recommended procedures.

● If the combined weight of the child and childrestraint is less than 65 lbs (29.5 kg), youmay use either the LATCH anchors or theseat belt to install the child restraint (not bothat the same time).

● If the combined weight of the child and childrestraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5 kg), usethe vehicle’s seat belt (not the lower an-chors) to install the child restraint.

● Be sure to follow the child restraint manufac-turer’s instructions for installation.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require that infants and smallchildren be restrained in an approved childrestraint at all times while the vehicle isbeing operated. Canadian law requires thetop tether strap on forward-facing child re-straints be secured to the designated an-chor point on the vehicle.

LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethersfor CHildren) SYSTEM

Your vehicle is equipped with special anchorpoints that are used with LATCH system compat-ible child restraints. This system may also bereferred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX compatiblesystem. With this system, you do not have to usea vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraintunless the combined weight of the child and childrestraint exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). If the com-bined weight of the child and child restraint isgreater than 65 lbs (29.5 kg) use the vehicle’sseat belt (not the lower anchors) to install the

child restraint. Be sure to follow the child restraintmanufacturer’s instructions for installation.

The LATCH anchor points are provided to installchild restraints in the rear outboard seating posi-tions only. Do not attempt to install a child re-straint in the center position using the LATCHanchors.

LATCH lower anchor

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-tions for proper use and installation ofchild restraints could result in serious in-jury or death of a child or other passen-gers in a sudden stop or collision:

– Attach LATCH system compatiblechild restraints only at the locationsshown in the illustration.

– Do not secure a child restraint in thecenter rear seating position using theLATCH lower anchors. The child re-straint will not be secured properly.

LATCH system lower anchor locationsLRS2676


– Inspect the lower anchors by insert-ing your fingers into the lower anchorarea. Feel to make sure there are noobstructions over the anchors suchas seat belt webbing or seat cushionmaterial. The child restraint will notbe secured properly if the lower an-chors are obstructed.

– Child restraint anchorages are de-signed to withstand only those loadsimposed by correctly fitted child re-straints. Under no circumstances arethey to be used to attach adult seatbelts, or other items or equipment tothe vehicle. Doing so could damagethe child restraint anchorages. Thechild restraint will not be properlyinstalled using the damaged anchor-age, and a child could be seriouslyinjured or killed in a collision.

LATCH lower anchor locationThe LATCH lower anchors are located at the rearof the seat cushion near the seatback. A label isattached to the seatback to help you locate theLATCH lower anchors.

Installing child restraint LATCH loweranchor attachments

LATCH compatible child restraints include tworigid or webbing-mounted attachments that canbe connected to two anchors located at certainseating positions in your vehicle. With this sys-tem, you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt tosecure the child restraint. Check your child re-straint for a label stating that it is compatible withLATCH. This information may also be in the in-structions provided by the child restraint manu-facturer.

LATCH lower anchor locationWRS0700

LATCH webbing-mounted attachmentLRS0661


When installing a child restraint, carefully readand follow the instructions in this manual andthose supplied with the child restraint.

Top tether anchor point locations

WARNING

Child restraint anchorages are designedto withstand only those loads imposed bycorrectly fitted child restraints. Under nocircumstances are they to be used to at-tach adult seat belts, or other items orequipment to the vehicle. Doing so coulddamage the child restraint anchorages.The child restraint will not be properlyinstalled using the damaged anchorage,and a child could be seriously injured orkilled in a collision.

The child restraint top tether strap must be usedwhen installing the child restraint with the LATCHlower anchor attachments or seat belts. For ad-ditional information, refer to “Installing top tetherstrap” in this section.

If you have any questions when installing atop tether strap child restraint, it is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

Anchor points �1 are located on the rear parcelshelf.

REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINTINSTALLATION USING LATCHFor additional information, refer to all Warningsand Cautions in the “Child safety” and “Childrestraints” sections of this manual before install-ing a child restraint.

Do not use the lower anchors if the combinedweight of the child and the child restraint exceeds65 lbs (29.5 kg). If the combined weight of thechild and the child restraint is greater than 65 lbs(29.5 kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt (not thelower anchors) to install the child restraint. Besure to follow the child restraint manufacturer’sinstructions for installation.

LATCH rigid-mounted attachmentLRS0662 LRS0243


Follow these steps to install a rear-facing childrestraint using the LATCH system:

1. Position the child restraint on the seat. Al-ways follow the child restraint manufactur-er’s instructions.

2. Secure the child restraint anchor attach-ments to the LATCH lower anchors. Checkto make sure the LATCH attachment is prop-erly attached to the lower anchors.

Rear-facing webbing-mounted – step 2WRS0801

Rear-facing rigid-mounted – step 2WRS0802


3. For child restraints that are equipped withwebbing-mounted attachments, remove anyadditional slack from the anchor attach-ments. Press downward and rearward firmlyin the center of the child restraint with yourhand to compress the vehicle seat cushionand seatback while tightening the webbingof the anchor attachments.

4. After attaching the child restraint, test it be-fore you place the child in it. Push it from sideto side while holding the child restraint nearthe LATCH attachment path. The child re-straint should not move more than 1 inch(25 mm), from side to side. Try to tug itforward and check to see if the LATCH at-tachment holds the restraint in place. If therestraint is not secure, tighten the LATCHattachment as necessary, or put the restraintin another seat and test it again. You mayneed to try a different child restraint or tryinstalling by using the vehicle seat belt (ifapplicable). Not all child restraints fit in alltypes of vehicles.

5. Check to make sure the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If thechild restraint is loose, repeat steps 1through 4.

REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINTINSTALLATION USING THE SEATBELTS

WARNING

The three-point seat belt with AutomaticLocking Retractor (ALR) must be used wheninstalling a child restraint. Failure to use theALR mode will result in the child restraintnot being properly secured. The restraintcould tip over or be loose and cause injuryto a child in a sudden stop or collision.

For additional information, refer to all Warningsand Cautions in the “Child safety” and “Childrestraints” sections of this manual before install-ing a child restraint.


Rear-facing – step 3LRS0673



Follow these steps to install a rear-facing childrestraint using the vehicle seat belts in the rearseats:

1. Child restraints for infants must beused in the rear-facing direction andtherefore must not be used in the frontseat. Position the child restraint on the seat.Always follow the child restraint manufactur-er’s instructions.

2. Route the seat belt tongue through the childrestraint and insert it into the buckle until youhear and feel the latch engage. Be sure tofollow the child restraint manufacturer’s in-structions for belt routing.

Rear-facing – step 1WRS0256



3. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fullyextended. At this time, the seat belt retractoris in the ALR mode (child restraint mode). Itreverts to the ELR mode when the seat beltis fully retracted.

4. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on theshoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt.

5. Remove any additional slack from the seatbelt; press downward and rearward firmly inthe center of the child restraint to compressthe vehicle seat cushion and seatback whilepulling up on the seat belt.





6. After attaching the child restraint, test it be-fore you place the child in it. Push it from sideto side while holding the child restraint nearthe seat belt path. The child restraint shouldnot move more than 1 inch (25 mm), fromside to side. Try to tug it forward and checkto see if the belt holds the restraint in place.If the restraint is not secure, tighten the seatbelt as necessary, or put the restraint inanother seat and test it again. You may needto try a different child restraint. Not all childrestraints fit in all types of vehicles.

7. Check to make sure that the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If theseat belt is not locked, repeat steps 1through 6.

After the child restraint is removed and the seatbelt fully retracted, the ALR mode (child restraintmode) is canceled.

FORWARD-FACING CHILDRESTRAINT INSTALLATION USINGLATCHFor additional information, refer to all Warningsand Cautions in the “Child safety” and “Childrestraints” sections of this manual before install-ing a child restraint.


Follow these steps to install a forward-facingchild restraint using the LATCH system:


2. Secure the child restraint anchor attach-ments to the LATCH lower anchors. Checkto make sure the LATCH attachment is prop-erly attached to the lower anchors.

If the child restraint is equipped with a toptether strap, route the top tether strap andsecure the tether strap to the tether anchorpoint. For additional information, refer to “In-stalling top tether strap” in this section.

Do not install child restraints that require theuse of a top tether strap in seating positionsthat do not have a top tether anchor.


Forward-facing webbing-mounted – step 2WRS0799


3. The back of the child restraint should besecured against the vehicle seatback.

If necessary, adjust or remove the headrestraint/headrest to obtain the correct childrestraint fit. If the head restraint/headrest isremoved, store it in a secure place. Be sureto reinstall the head restraint/headrestwhen the child restraint is removed. Foradditional information about headrestraint/headrest adjustment, refer to“Head restraints/headrests” in this section.

If the seating position does not have anadjustable head restraint/headrest and it isinterfering with the proper child restraint fit,try another seating position or a differentchild restraint.

4. For child restraints that are equipped withwebbing-mounted attachments, remove anyadditional slack from the anchor attach-ments. Press downward and rearward firmlyin the center of the child restraint with yourknee to compress the vehicle seat cushionand seatback while tightening the webbingof the anchor attachments.

5. Tighten the tether strap according to themanufacturer’s instructions to remove anyslack.

Forward-facing rigid-mounted – step 2WRS0800

Forward-facing – step 4LRS0671


6. After attaching the child restraint, test it be-fore you place the child in it. Push it from sideto side while holding the child restraint nearthe LATCH attachment path. The child re-straint should not move more than 1 inch(25 mm), from side to side. Try to tug itforward and check to see if the LATCH at-tachment holds the restraint in place. If therestraint is not secure, tighten the LATCHattachment as necessary, or put the restraintin another seat and test it again. You mayneed to try a different child restraint. Not allchild restraints fit in all types of vehicles.

7. Check to make sure the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If thechild restraint is loose, repeat steps 1through 6.

�1 Top tether strap

�2 Anchor point

Installing top tether strapThe child restraint top tether strap must be usedwhen installing the child restraint with the LATCHlower anchor attachments.

First, secure the child restraint with the LATCHlower anchors (rear outboard positions only).

Forward-facing – step 6WRS0697

Rear seatsLRS2671


Rear bench seat

1. Remove the head restraint/headrest andstore it in a secure place. Be sure to reinstallthe head restraint/headrest when the childrestraint is removed. For additional informa-tion about head restraint/headrest adjust-ment, removal and installation, refer to“Head restraints/headrests” in this section.

2. Position the top tether strap �1 over theseatback.

3. Secure the tether strap to the tether anchorpoint �2 on the rear-parcel shelf behind thechild restraint.


If you have any questions when installing atop tether strap, it is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer for details.

WARNING


FORWARD-FACING CHILDRESTRAINT INSTALLATION USINGTHE SEAT BELTS

WARNING

The three-point seat belt with AutomaticLocking Retractor (ALR) must be usedwhen installing a child restraint. Failure touse the ALR mode will result in the childrestraint not being properly secured. Therestraint could tip over or be loose andcause injury to a child in a sudden stop orcollision. Also, it can change the operationof the front passenger air bag. For addi-tional information, refer to “Front passen-ger air bag and status light” in this section.

For additional information, refer to all Warningsand Cautions in the “Child safety” and “Childrestraints” sections of this manual before install-ing a child restraint.

Do not use the lower anchors if the combinedweight of the child and the child restraint exceeds65 lbs. (29.5 kg). If the combined weight of thechild and the child restraint is greater than 65 lbs,(29.5 kg) use the vehicle’s seat belt (not thelower anchors) to install the child restraint. Besure to follow the child restraint manufacturer’sinstructions for installation.

Forward-facing (front passenger seat) –step 1

WRS0699


Follow these steps to install a forward-facingchild restraint using the vehicle seat belt in therear seats or in the front passenger seat:

1. If you must install a child restraint inthe front seat, it should be placed in aforward-facing direction only. Movethe seat to the rearmost position. Childrestraints for infants must be used inthe rear-facing direction and thereforemust not be used in the front seat.


The back of the child restraint should besecured against the vehicle seatback.

If necessary, adjust or remove the headrestraint/headrest to obtain the correct childrestraint fit. If the head restraint/headrest isremoved, store it in a secure place. Be sureto reinstall the head restraint/headrestwhen the child restraint is removed. Foradditional information about headrestraint/headrest adjustment, removal andinstallation, refer to “Headrestraints/headrests” in this section.

If the seating position does not have anadjustable head restraint/headrest and it isinterfering with the proper child restraint fit,try another seating position or a differentchild restraint.

3. Route the seat belt tongue through the childrestraint and insert it into the buckle until youhear and feel the latch engage. Be sure tofollow the child restraint manufacturer’s in-structions for belt routing.If the child restraint is equipped with a toptether strap, route the top tether strap andsecure the tether strap to the tether anchorpoint (rear seat installation only). For addi-tional information, refer to “Installing toptether strap” in this section.

Do not install child restraints that require theuse of a top tether strap in seating positionsthat do not have a top tether anchor.



4. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fullyextended. At this time, the seat belt retractoris in the ALR mode (child restraint mode). Itreverts to ELR mode when the seat belt isfully retracted.

5. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on theshoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt.

6. Remove any additional slack from the seatbelt; press downward and rearward firmly inthe center of the child restraint with yourknee to compress the vehicle seat cushionand seatback while pulling up on the seatbelt.






8. After attaching the child restraint, test it be-fore you place the child in it. Push it from sideto side while holding the child restraint nearthe seat belt path. The child restraint shouldnot move more than 1 inch (25 mm), fromside to side. Try to tug it forward and checkto see if the belt holds the restraint in place.If the restraint is not secure, tighten the seatbelt as necessary, or put the restraint inanother seat and test it again. You may needto try a different child restraint. Not all childrestraints fit in all types of vehicles.

9. Check to make sure the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If theseat belt is not locked, repeat steps 2through 8.

10. If the child restraint is installed in the frontpassenger seat, place the ignition switch inthe ON position. The front passenger air bagstatus light should illuminate. If thislight is not illuminated, refer to �Front pas-senger air bag and status light� in this sec-tion. Move the child restraint to anotherseating position. Have the systemchecked. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

After the child restraint is removed and the seatbelt is fully retracted, the ALR mode (child re-straint mode) is canceled.




�1 Top tether strap

�2 Anchor point

Installing top tether strap

The child restraint top tether strap must be usedwhen installing the child restraint with seat belts.

First, secure the child restraint with the seat belt.

Rear bench seat

1. Remove the head restraint/headrest andstore it in a secure place. Be sure to reinstallthe head restraint/headrest when the childrestraint is removed. For additional informa-

tion about head restraint/headrest adjust-ment, removal and installation, refer to“Head restraints/headrests” in this section.

2. Position the top tether strap �1 over theseatback.

3. Secure the tether strap to the tether anchorpoint �2 on the rear-parcel shelf behind thechild restraint.


If you have any questions when installing atop tether strap, it is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer for details.

WARNING


BOOSTER SEATSFor additional information on installing a boosterseat in your vehicle, follow the instructions out-lined in this section.

Precautions on booster seats

WARNING

If a booster seat and seat belt are not usedproperly, the risk of a child being injuredor killed in a sudden stop or collisiongreatly increases:

– Make sure the shoulder portion ofthe belt is away from the child’s faceand neck and the lap portion of thebelt does not cross the stomach.

– Make sure the shoulder belt is notbehind the child or under the child’sarm.

– A booster seat must only be installedin a seating position that has alap/shoulder belt.

Rear seatsLRS2671


A. Low back booster seat

B. High back booster seat

Booster seats of various sizes are offered byseveral manufacturers. When selecting anybooster seat, keep the following points in mind:

● Choose only a booster seat with a labelcertifying that it complies with Federal MotorVehicle Safety Standard 213 or CanadianMotor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.

● Check the booster seat in your vehicle to besure it is compatible with the vehicle’s seatand seat belt system.

● Make sure the child’s head will be properlysupported by the booster seat or vehicleseat. The seatback must be at or above thecenter of the child’s ears. For example, if alow back booster seat is chosen, the vehicleseatback must be at or above the center ofthe child’s ears. If the seatback is lower thanthe center of the child’s ears, a high backbooster seat should be used.

● If the booster seat is compatible with yourvehicle, place the child in the booster seatand check the various adjustments to besure the booster seat is compatible with thechild. Always follow all recommended pro-cedures.

LRS2479 LRS0453 LRS0464


All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require that infants and smallchildren be restrained in an approved childrestraint at all times while the vehicle isbeing operated.

The instructions in this section apply to boosterseat installation in the rear seats or the frontpassenger seat.

Booster seat installation

WARNING

To avoid injury to child, do not use thelap/shoulder belt in the Automatic Lock-ing Retractor (ALR) mode when using abooster seat with the seat belts.

For additional information, refer to all Warningsand Cautions in the “Child safety,” “Child re-straint” and “Booster seats” sections of thismanual before installing a child restraint.

Follow these steps to install a booster seat in therear seats or in the front passenger seat:

1. If you must install a booster seat in thefront seat, move the seat to the rear-most position.

2. Position the booster seat on the seat. Onlyplace it in a front-facing direction. Alwaysfollow the booster seat manufacturer’s in-structions.

3. The booster seat should be positioned onthe vehicle seat so that it is stable.

If necessary, adjust or remove the headrestraint/headrest to obtain the correctbooster seat fit. If the headrestraint/headrest is removed, store it in asecure place. Be sure to reinstall thehead restraint/headrest when thebooster seat is removed. For additionalinformation about head restraint/headrestadjustment, removal and installation, refer to“Head restraints/headrests” in this section.

WRS0699Front passenger position

LRS0454


If the seating position does not have anadjustable head restraint/headrest and it isinterfering with the proper booster seat fit,try another seating position or a differentbooster seat.

4. Position the lap portion of the seat belt lowand snug on the child’s hips. Be sure tofollow the booster seat manufacturer’s in-structions for adjusting the seat belt routing.

5. Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belttoward the retractor to take up extra slack.Be sure the shoulder belt is positionedacross the top, middle portion of the child’sshoulder. Be sure to follow the booster seatmanufacturer’s instructions for adjusting theseat belt routing.

6. Follow the warnings, cautions and instruc-tions for properly fastening a seat beltshown in “Three-point type seat belt withretractor” in this section.

7. If the booster seat is installed in the frontpassenger seat, place the ignition switch inthe ON position. The front passenger air bagstatus light may or may not illuminate,depending on the size of the child and thetype of booster seat being used. For addi-tional information, refer to “Front passengerair bag and status light” in this section.

PRECAUTIONS ON SRSThis SRS section contains important informationconcerning the following systems:

● Driver and front passenger supplementalfront-impact air bag (NISSAN Advanced AirBag System)

● Front seat-mounted side-impact supple-mental air bag

● Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and roll-over supplemental air bag

● Seat belt with pretensioner(s) (front seats)

Supplemental front-impact air bag system

The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System can helpcushion the impact force to the head and chest ofthe driver and front passenger in certain frontalcollisions.

Front seat-mounted side-impact supple-mental air bag system

This system can help cushion the impact force tothe chest and pelvic area of the driver and frontpassenger in certain side-impact collisions. Theside air bags are designed to inflate on the sidewhere the vehicle is impacted.

WRS0475

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTSYSTEM (SRS)


** Click HERE to see "Owner's Manual Supplement" **

SchulzH

Rectangle

Roof-mounted curtain side-impact androllover supplemental air bag system

This system can help cushion the impact force tothe head of occupants in front and rear outboardseating positions in certain side-impact or roll-over collisions. In a side impact, the curtain airbags are designed to inflate on the side wherethe vehicle is impacted. In a rollover, curtain airbags on both sides are designed to inflate andremain inflated for a short time.

The SRS is designed to supplement the crashprotection provided by the driver and front pas-senger seat belts and is not a substitute forthem. Seat belts should always be correctly wornand the occupant seated a suitable distanceaway from the steering wheel, instrument paneland door finishers. For additional information,instructions, and precautions on seat belt usage,refer to “Seat belts” in this section.

The supplemental air bags operate onlywhen the ignition switch is in the ON posi-tion.

After placing the ignition switch in the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates. The supplemental air bagwarning light will turn off after about 7 sec-onds if the system is operational.

WARNING

● The front air bags ordinarily will notinflate in the event of a side impact, rearimpact, rollover, or lower severity fron-tal collision. Always wear your seatbelts to help reduce the risk or severityof injury in various kinds of accidents.

● The front passenger air bag will notinflate if the passenger air bag statuslight is lit or if the front passenger seatis unoccupied. For additional informa-tion, refer to “Front passenger air bagand status light” in this section.

● The seat belts and the front air bags aremost effective when you are sitting wellback and upright in the seat. The front airbags inflate with great force. Even withthe NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System, ifyou are unrestrained, leaning forward,sitting sideways or out of position in anyway, you are at greater risk of injury ordeath in a crash. You may also receiveserious or fatal injuries from the front airbag if you are up against it when it in-flates. Always sit back against the seat-back and as far away as practical fromthe steering wheel or instrument panel.Always properly use the seat belts.

WRS0031



SchulzH

Rectangle

● The driver and front passenger seat beltbuckles are equipped with sensors thatdetect if the seat belts are fastened. TheNISSAN Advanced Air Bag Systemmonitors the severity of a collision andseat belt usage, then inflates the airbags as needed. Failure to properlywear seat belts can increase the risk orseverity of injury in an accident.

● The front passenger seat is equippedwith an occupant classification sensor(weight sensor) that turns the front pas-senger air bag OFF under some condi-tions. This sensor is only used in thisseat. Failure to be properly seated andwearing the seat belt can increase therisk or severity of injury in an accident.For additional information, refer to“Front passenger air bag and statuslight” in this section.

● Keep hands on the outside of the steer-ing wheel. Placing them inside thesteering wheel rim could increase therisk that they are injured when the frontair bag inflates.

ARS1133



SchulzH

Rectangle

WARNING

● Never let children ride unrestrained orextend their hands or face out of thewindow. Do not attempt to hold them inyour lap or arms. Some examples ofdangerous riding positions are shownin the illustrations

WARNING

● Children may be severely injured orkilled when the front air bags, side airbags or curtain air bags inflate if theyare not properly restrained. Pre-teensand children should be properly re-strained in the rear seat, if possible.

ARS1041 ARS1042 ARS1043



SchulzH

Rectangle

WARNING

● Even with the NISSAN Advanced AirBag System, never install a rear-facingchild restraint in the front seat. An in-flating front air bag could seriously in-jure or kill your child. For additionalinformation, refer to “Child restraints”in this section.

ARS1044 ARS1045 WRS0256



SchulzH

Rectangle

WARNING

Front seat-mounted side-impact supple-mental air bags and roof-mounted curtainside-impact and rollover supplemental airbags:

● The side air bags and curtain air bagsordinarily will not inflate in the event ofa frontal impact, rear impact, or lowerseverity side collision. Always wearyour seat belts to help reduce the risk orseverity of injury in various kinds ofaccidents.

WARNING

● The seat belts, the side air bags andcurtain air bags are most effective whenyou are sitting well back and upright inthe seat with both feet on the floor. Theside air bag and curtain air bag inflatewith great force. Do not allow anyone toplace their hand, leg or face near theside air bag on the side of the seatbackof the front seat or near the side roofrails. Do not allow anyone sitting in thefront seats or rear outboard seats toextend their hand out of the window orlean against the door. Some examplesof dangerous riding positions areshown in the previous illustrations.

SSS0101 SSS0188



SchulzH

Rectangle

WARNING

● When sitting in the rear seat, do nothold onto the seatback of the front seat.If the side air bag inflates, you may beseriously injured. Be especially carefulwith children, who should always beproperly restrained. Some examples ofdangerous riding positions are shownin the illustrations.

● Do not use seat covers on the frontseatbacks. They may interfere with sideair bag inflation.

WRS0032 SSS0159 SSS0162



SchulzH

Rectangle

NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System(front seats)

1. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and roll-over supplemental air bag inflators

2. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and roll-over supplemental air bags

3. Front seat-mounted side-impact supple-mental air bag modules

4. Air bag Control Unit (ACU)

5. Supplemental front-impact air bag modules

6. Crash zone sensor

7. Occupant classification system control unit

8. Occupant classification sensor (weight sen-sor)

9. Seat belt buckle switches for driver’s andfront passenger’s side

10. Seat belt with pretensioner(s) (front seats)

11. Side satellite sensor

WARNING

To ensure proper operation of the passen-ger’s NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System,please observe the following items.

● Do not allow a passenger in the rearbench seats to push or pull on the seat-back pocket.

● Do not place heavy loads heavier than2.2 lb (1kg) on the seatback, headrestraint/headrest or in the seatbackpocket.

● Do not store luggage behind the seatthat can press into the seatback.

LRS2788



SchulzH

Rectangle

● Do not position the front passengerseat so it contacts the rear bench seats.If the front seat does contact the rearbench seats, the air bag system maydetermine a sensor malfunction has oc-curred and the front passenger air bagstatus light may illuminate and thesupplemental air bag warning light mayflash.

● If a forward-facing child restraint is in-stalled in the front passenger seat, donot position the front passenger seat sothe child restraint contacts the instru-ment panel. If the child restraint doescontact the instrument panel, the sys-tem may determine the seat as occu-pied and the passenger air bag maydeploy in a collision. Also the front pas-senger air bag status light may not illu-minate. For additional information, re-fer to “Child restraints” in this sectionfor information about installing and us-ing child restraints.

● Confirm the operating condition withthe front passenger air bag status light.

● If you notice that the front passenger airbag status light is not operating as de-scribed in this section, check the occu-pant classification system. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.

● Until you have confirmed with yourdealer that your passenger seat occu-pant classification system is workingproperly, position the occupants in therear seating positions.

This vehicle is equipped with the NISSAN Ad-vanced Air Bag System for the driver and frontpassenger seats. This system is designed tomeet certification requirements under U.S. regu-lations. It is also permitted in Canada. All of theinformation, cautions and warnings in thismanual still apply and must be followed.

The driver supplemental front-impact air bag islocated in the center of the steering wheel. Thefront passenger supplemental front-impact airbag is mounted in the dashboard above the glovebox. The front air bags are designed to inflate inhigher severity frontal collisions, although theymay inflate if the forces in another type of collisionare similar to those of a higher severity frontalimpact. They may not inflate in certain frontal

collisions. Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is notalways an indication of proper front air bag sys-tem operation.

The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System monitorsinformation from the crash zone sensor and theAir bag Control Unit (ACU). Inflator operation isbased on the severity of a collision and seat beltusage for the driver. For the front passenger, theoccupant classification sensor is also monitored.Based upon information from the sensor, onlyone front air bag may inflate in a crash, dependingon the crash severity. Additionally, the front pas-senger air bag may be automatically turned offunder some conditions, depending on the weightdetected on the front passenger seat and howthe seat belt is used. If the front passenger air bagis OFF, the front passenger air bag status lightwill be illuminated (if the seat is unoccupied, thelight will not be illuminated, but the air bag will beoff). For additional information, refer to “Frontpassenger air bag and status light” in this section.One front air bag inflating does not indicate im-proper performance of the system.

If you have any questions about your air bagsystem, it is recommended that you contactNISSAN or a NISSAN dealer. If you are consid-ering modification of your vehicle due to a disabil-ity, you may also contact NISSAN. Contact infor-mation is contained in the front of this Owner’sManual.



SchulzH

Rectangle

When a front air bag inflates, a fairly loud noisemay be heard, followed by the release of smoke.This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate afire. Care should be taken to not inhale it, as it maycause irritation and choking. Those with a historyof a breathing condition should get fresh airpromptly.

Front air bags, along with the use of seat belts,help to cushion the impact force on the face andchest of the front occupants. They can help savelives and reduce serious injuries. However, aninflating front air bag may cause facial abrasionsor other injuries. Front air bags do not providerestraint to the lower body.

Even with NISSAN Advanced Air Bags, seatbelts should be correctly worn and the driver andfront passenger seated upright as far as practicalaway from the steering wheel or instrumentpanel. The front air bags inflate quickly in order tohelp protect the front occupants. Because of this,the force of the front air bag inflating can increasethe risk of injury if the occupant is too close to, oris against, the front air bag module during infla-tion.

The front air bags deflate quickly after a collision.

The front air bags operate only when theignition switch is in the ON position.


Front passenger air bag and status light

WARNING

The front passenger air bag is designed toautomatically turn OFF under some condi-tions. Read this section carefully to learnhow it operates. Proper use of the seat,seat belt and child restraints is necessaryfor most effective protection. Failure tofollow all instructions in this manual con-cerning the use of seats, seat belts andchild restraints can increase the risk orseverity of injury in an accident.

WRS0475



SchulzH

Rectangle

Status lightThe front passenger seat is equipped with anoccupant classification sensor (weight sensor)that turns the front passenger air bag on or offdepending on the weight applied to the frontpassenger seat. The status of the front passen-ger air bag (ON or OFF) is indicated by the frontpassenger air bag status light which islocated on the instrument panel.After the ignition switch is placed in the �ON�position, the front passenger air bag status lighton the instrument panel illuminates for about7 seconds and then turns off or remains illumi-nated depending on the front passenger seatoccupied status. The light operates as follows:

● Unoccupied front passenger’s seat:The light is OFF and the front passen-ger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in acrash.

● Front passenger seat occupied by a smalladult, child or child restraint as outlined inthis section: The light illuminates toindicate that the front passenger air bag isOFF and will not inflate in a crash.

● Occupied front passenger seat and the pas-senger meets the conditions as outlined inthis section: The light is OFF to indi-cate that the front passenger air bag is op-erational.

In addition to the above, certain objects placedon the front passenger seat may also cause thelight to operate as described above dependingon their weight.

For additional information related to the normaloperation and troubleshooting of this occupantclassification sensor system, please refer to“Normal operation” and “Troubleshooting” in thissection.

Front passenger air bag

The front passenger air bag is designed to auto-matically turn OFF when the vehicle is operatedunder some conditions as described below inaccordance with U.S. regulations. If the frontpassenger air bag is OFF, it will not inflate in acrash. The driver air bag and other air bags in yourvehicle are not part of this system.

The purpose of the regulation is to help reducethe risk of injury or death from an inflating air bagto certain front passenger seat occupants, suchas children, by requiring the air bag to be auto-matically turned OFF. Certain sensors are used tomeet the requirements.

The occupant classification sensor in this vehicleis a weight sensor. It is designed to detect anoccupant and objects on the seat by weight. Forexample, if a child is in the front passenger seat,the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System is de-

signed to turn the front passenger air bag OFF inaccordance with the regulations. Also, if a childrestraint of the type specified in the regulations ison the seat, its weight and the child’s weight canbe detected and cause the air bag to turn OFF.

Front passenger seat adult occupants who areproperly seated and using the seat belt as out-lined in this manual should not cause the frontpassenger air bag to be automatically turnedOFF. For small adults it may be turned OFF,however if the occupant takes his/her weight offthe seat cushion (for example, by not sitting up-right, by sitting on an edge of the seat, or byotherwise being out of position), this could causethe sensor to turn the air bag OFF. Always besure to be seated and wearing the seat beltproperly for the most effective protection by theseat belt and supplemental air bag.

NISSAN recommends that pre-teens and chil-dren be properly restrained in a rear seat.NISSAN also recommends that appropriate childrestraints and booster seats be properly installedin a rear seat. If this is not possible, the occupantclassification sensor is designed to operate asdescribed above to turn the front passenger airbag OFF for specified child restraints as requiredby the regulations. Failing to properly securechild restraints and to use the ALR mode mayallow the restraint to tip or move in a collision orsudden stop. This can also result in the passen-



SchulzH

Rectangle

ger air bag inflating in a crash instead of beingOFF. For additional information about proper useand installation, refer to “Child restraints” in thissection.

If the front passenger seat is not occupied, thefront passenger air bag is designed not to inflatein a crash. However, heavy objects placed on theseat could result in air bag inflation, because ofthe object’s weight detected by the occupantclassification sensor. Other conditions could alsoresult in air bag inflation, such as if a child isstanding on the seat, or if two children are on theseat, contrary to the instructions in this manual.Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupantsare seated and restrained properly.

Using the front passenger air bag status light, youcan monitor when the front passenger air bag isautomatically turned OFF with the seat occupied.The light will not illuminate when the front pas-senger seat is unoccupied.

If an adult occupant is in the seat but the frontpassenger air bag status light is illuminated (indi-cating that the air bag is OFF), it could be that theperson is a small adult, or is not sitting on the seatproperly or not using the seat belt properly.

If a child restraint must be used in the front seat,the front passenger air bag status light may ormay not be illuminated, depending on the size ofthe child and the type of child restraint being

used. If the air bag status light is not illuminated(indicating that the air bag might inflate in acrash), it could be that the child restraint or seatbelt is not being used properly. Make sure thatthe child restraint is installed properly, the seatbelt is used properly and the occupant is posi-tioned properly. If the air bag status light is still notilluminated, reposition the occupant or child re-straint in a rear seat.

If the front passenger air bag status light will notilluminate even though you believe that the childrestraint, the seat belts and the occupant areproperly positioned, the system may be sensingan unoccupied seat (in which case the air bag isOFF). A NISSAN dealer can check that the sys-tem is OFF by using a special tool. However, untilyou have confirmed with a dealer that your air bagis working properly, reposition the occupant orchild restraint in a rear seat.

The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System and frontpassenger air bag status light will take a fewseconds to register a change in the front passen-ger seat status. For example, if a large adult whois sitting in the front passenger seat exits thevehicle, the front passenger air bag status lightwill go from OFF to ON for a few seconds andthen to OFF. This is normal system operation anddoes not indicate a malfunction.

If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger airbag system, the supplemental air bag warninglight , located in the meter and gauges areaof the instrument panel, will blink. Have the sys-tem checked. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

Normal operationIn order for the occupant classification sensorsystem to classify the front passenger based onweight, please follow the precautions and stepsoutlined below:

Precautions

● Make sure that there are no objects weigh-ing over 2.2 lbs (1 kg) hanging on the seat orplaced in the seatback pocket.

● Make sure that a child restraint or otherobject is not pressing against the rear of theseatback.

● Make sure that a rear passenger is not push-ing or pulling on the back of the front pas-senger seat.

● Make sure that the front passenger seat orseatback is not forced back against an ob-ject on the seat or floor behind it.

● Make sure that there is no object placedunder the front passenger seat.



SchulzH

Rectangle

Steps

1. Adjust the seat as outlined in the “Seats”section of this manual. Sit upright, leaningagainst the seatback, and centered on theseat cushion with your feet comfortably ex-tended to the floor.

2. Make sure there are no objects on your lap.

3. Fasten the seat belt as outlined in the “Seatbelts” section of this manual.

4. Remain in this position for 30 seconds al-lowing the system to classify the front pas-senger before the vehicle is put into motion.

5. Ensure proper classification by checking thefront passenger air bag status light.

NOTE:

This vehicle’s occupant classification sen-sor system locks the classification duringdriving so it is important that you confirmthat the front passenger is properly classi-fied prior to driving. Also, the occupantclassification sensor system may recalcu-late the weight of the occupant when thevehicle comes to a stop (i.e. stop light, stopsign, etc.), so front passenger seat occu-pants should continue to remain seated asoutlined above.

Troubleshooting

If you think the front passenger air bag status lightis incorrect:

1. If the light is ON with no front passenger andno objects on the front passenger seat:

This may be due to the following conditions thatmay be interfering with the weight sensors:

● An object weighing over 2.2 lbs (1 kg) hang-ing on the seat or placed in the seatbackpocket.

● A child restraint or other object pressingagainst the rear of the seatback.

● A rear passenger pushing or pulling on theback of the front passenger seat.

● Forcing the front seat or seatback against anobject on the seat or floor behind it.

● An object placed under the front passengerseat.

● An object placed between the seat cushionand center console or between the seatcushion and the door.

If the vehicle is moving, please come to a stopwhen it is safe to do so. Check and correct any ofthe above conditions. Restart the vehicle andwait 1 minute.

NOTE:

A system check will be performed duringwhich the front passenger air bag statuslight will remain lit for about 7 secondsinitially.

If the light is still ON after this, the vehicle shouldbe checked as soon as possible. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.

2. If the light is ON with an adult occupying thefront passenger seat:

● Occupant is a small adult — the air bag lightis functioning as intended. The front passen-ger air bag is suppressed.

However, if the occupant is not a small adult, thenthis may be due to the following conditions thatmay be interfering with the weight sensors:

● Occupant is not sitting upright, leaningagainst the seatback, and centered on theseat cushion with his/her feet comfortablyextended to the floor.





SchulzH

Rectangle





NOTE:


If the light is still ON after this, the person shouldbe advised not to ride in the front passenger seatand the vehicle should be checked as soon aspossible. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

3. If the light is OFF with a small adult, child orchild restraint occupying the front passen-ger seat.

This may be due to the following conditionsthat may be interfering with the weight sen-sors:

● Small adult or child is not sitting upright,leaning against the seatback, and centeredon the seat cushion with his/her feet com-fortably extended to the floor.

● The child restraint is not properly installed,as outlined in the “Child restraints”section ofthis manual.






● An object placed between the seat cushionand center console.


NOTE:


If the light is still OFF after this, the small adult,child or child restraint should be repositioned inthe rear seat and the vehicle should be checkedas soon as possible. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

Other supplemental front-impact air bagprecautions

WARNING

● Do not place any objects on the steeringwheel pad or on the instrument panel.Also, do not place any objects betweenany occupant and the steering wheel orinstrument panel. Such objects may be-come dangerous projectiles and causeinjury if the front air bags inflate.



SchulzH

Rectangle

● Immediately after inflation, severalfront air bag system components will behot. Do not touch them; you may se-verely burn yourself.

● No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofthe supplemental air bag system. This isto prevent accidental inflation of thesupplemental air bag or damage to thesupplemental air bag system.

● Do not make unauthorized changes toyour vehicle’s electrical system, sus-pension system or front end structure.This could affect proper operation ofthe front air bag system.

● Tampering with the front air bag systemmay result in serious personal injury.Tampering includes changes to thesteering wheel and the instrumentpanel assembly by placing materialover the steering wheel pad and abovethe instrument panel or by installingadditional trim material around the airbag system.

● Removing or modifying the front pas-senger seat may affect the function ofthe air bag system and result in seriouspersonal injury.

● Modifying or tampering with the frontpassenger seat may result in seriouspersonal injury. For example, do notchange the front seats by placing mate-rial on the seat cushion or by installingadditional trim material, such as seatcovers, on the seat that are not specifi-cally designed to assure proper air bagoperation. Additionally, do not stow anyobjects under the front passenger seator the seat cushion and seatback. Suchobjects may interfere with the properoperation of the occupant classificationsensor (weight sensor).

● No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofthe seat belt system. This may affect thefront air bag system. Tampering withthe seat belt system may result in seri-ous personal injury.

● It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for work on and aroundthe front air bag. It is also recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealerfor installation of electrical equipment.The Supplemental Restraint System(SRS) wiring harnesses* should not bemodified or disconnected. Unauthor-ized electrical test equipment and prob-ing devices should not be used on theair bag system.

● A cracked windshield should be re-placed immediately by a qualified repairfacility. A cracked windshield could af-fect the function of the supplemental airbag system.

*The SRS wiring harness connectors areyellow and orange for easy identification.

When selling your vehicle, we request that youinform the buyer about the front air bag systemand guide the buyer to the appropriate sectionsin this Owner’s Manual.



SchulzH

Rectangle

Front seat-mounted side-impactsupplemental air bag and roof-mounted curtain side-impact androllover supplemental air bag systems

The side air bags are located in the outside of theseatback of the front seats. The curtain air bagsare located in the side roof rails in both rows. Allof the information, cautions and warningsin this manual apply and must be followed.The side air bags and curtain air bags are de-signed to inflate in higher severity side collisions,although they may inflate if the forces in anothertype of collision are similar to those of a higherseverity impact. They are designed to inflate on

the side where the vehicle is impacted. They maynot inflate in certain side collisions.

Curtain air bags are also designed to inflate incertain types of rollover collisions or near roll-overs. As a result, certain vehicle movements (forexample, during severe off-roading) may causethe curtain air bags to inflate.

Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always anindication of proper side air bag and curtain airbag operation.

When the side air bags and curtain air bagsinflate, a fairly loud noise may be heard, followedby release of smoke. This smoke is not harmfuland does not indicate a fire. Care should be takennot to inhale it, as it may cause irritation andchoking. Those with a history of a breathing con-dition should get fresh air promptly.

Side air bags, along with the use of seat belts,help to cushion the impact force on the chest ofthe front occupants. Curtain air bags help tocushion the impact force to the head of occu-pants in the front and rear outboard seating po-sitions in all rows. They can help save lives andreduce serious injuries. However, an inflatingside air bag or curtain air bag may cause abra-sions or other injuries. Side air bags and curtainair bags do not provide restraint to the lowerbody.

The seat belts should be correctly worn and thedriver and front passenger seated upright as faras practical away from the side air bag. Rear seatpassengers should be seated as far away aspractical from the door finishers and side roofrails. The side air bags and curtain air bags inflatequickly in order to help protect the occupants.Because of this, the force of the side air bags andcurtain air bags inflating can increase the risk ofinjury if the occupant is too close to, or is against,these air bag modules during inflation. The sideair bag will deflate quickly after the collision isover.

The curtain air bag will remain inflated for a shorttime.

The side air bags and curtain air bags op-erate only when the ignition switch isplaced in the ON position.


LRS0259


WARNING

● Do not place any objects near the seat-back of the front seats. Also, do notplace any objects (an umbrella, bag,etc.) between the front door finisherand the front seat. Such objects maybecome dangerous projectiles andcause injury if a side air bag inflates.

● Right after inflation, several side air bagand curtain air bag system componentswill be hot. Do not touch them; you mayseverely burn yourself.

● No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofthe side air bag and curtain air bagsystems. This is to prevent damage to oraccidental inflation of the side air bagand curtain air bag systems.

● Do not make unauthorized changes toyour vehicle’s electrical system, sus-pension system or side panel. Thiscould affect proper operation of the cur-tain air bag systems.

● Tampering with the side air bag systemmay result in serious personal injury.For example, do not change the frontseats by placing material near the seat-backs or by installing additional trimmaterial, such as seat covers, aroundthe side air bag.

● It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for work on and aroundthe side air bag and curtain air bagsystem. It is also recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for installation ofelectrical equipment. The SRS wiringharnesses* should not be modified ordisconnected. Unauthorized electricaltest equipment and probing devicesshould not be used on the side air bagor curtain air bag systems.

*The SRS wiring harness or connectors areyellow or orange for easy identification.

When selling your vehicle, we request that youinform the buyer about the side air bags andcurtain air bag system and guide the buyer to theappropriate sections in this Owner’s Manual.

Seat belt with pretensioner(s) (frontseats)

WARNING

● The pretensioner(s) cannot be reusedafter activation. They must be replacedtogether with the retractor and buckleas a unit.

● If the vehicle becomes involved in acollision but pretensioner(s) are not ac-tivated, be sure to have the preten-sioner system checked and, if neces-sary, replaced. It is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.

● No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofthe pretensioner system. This is to pre-vent damage to or accidental activationof the pretensioner(s). Tampering withthe pretensioner system may result inserious personal injury.


● It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for work on and aroundthe pretensioner system. It is also rec-ommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for installation of electricalequipment. Unauthorized electrical testequipment and probing devices shouldnot be used on the pretensioner system.

● If you need to dispose of the preten-sioner(s) or scrap the vehicle, it is rec-ommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service. Incorrect dis-posal procedures could cause personalinjury.

The pretensioner system may activate with thesupplemental air bag system in certain types ofcollisions. Working with the seat belt retractor,the pretensioner(s) help tighten the seat beltwhen the vehicle becomes involved in certaintypes of collisions, helping to restrain front seatoccupants.

The pretensioner(s) are encased within the seatbelt retractor and to the seat belt anchor affixedto the floor of the vehicle. These seat belts areused the same way as conventional seat belts.

When pretensioner(s) activate, smoke is re-leased and a loud noise may be heard. Thissmoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire.Care should be taken not to inhale it, as it maycause irritation and choking. Those with a historyof a breathing condition should get fresh airpromptly.

After the pretensioner(s’) activation, load limitersallow the seat belt to release webbing (if neces-sary) to reduce forces against the chest.

The supplemental air bag warning light isused to indicate malfunctions in the pretensionersystem. For additional information, refer to�Supplemental air bag warning light� in this sec-tion. If the operation of the supplemental air bagwarning light indicates there is a malfunction,have the system checked. It is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.When selling your vehicle, we request that youinform the buyer about the pretensioner systemand guide the buyer to the appropriate sectionsin this Owner’s Manual.

1. SRS Air Bag Warning Labels (locatedon the sun visors)

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAGWARNING LABELSWarning labels about the supplemental front-impact air bag system are placed in the vehicle asshown in the illustration.

WARNING

Do not use a rear-facing child restraint ona seat protected by an air bag in front of it.If the air bag deploys, it may cause seriousinjury or death.

LRS2699


SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAGWARNING LIGHTThe supplemental air bag warning light,displaying in the instrument panel, moni-tors the circuits for the air bag systems, preten-sioner(s) and all related wiring.When the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warning lightilluminates for about 7 seconds and then turnsoff. This means the system is operational.

If any of the following conditions occur, the frontair bag, side air bag, curtain air bag and preten-sioner systems need servicing:

● The supplemental air bag warning light re-mains on after approximately 7 seconds.

● The supplemental air bag warning lightflashes intermittently.

● The supplemental air bag warning light doesnot come on at all.

Under these conditions, the front air bag, side airbag, curtain air bag or pretensioner systems maynot operate properly. They must be checked andrepaired. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warning lightis on, it could mean that the front air bag,side air bag, curtain air bag and/or preten-sioner systems will not operate in an acci-dent. To help avoid injury to yourself orothers, have your vehicle checked as soonas possible. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

Repair and replacement procedure

The front air bags, side air bags, curtain air bagsand pretensioner(s) are designed to inflate on aone-time-only basis. As a reminder, unless it isdamaged, the supplemental air bag warning lightremains illuminated after inflation has occurred.These systems should be repaired and/or re-placed as soon as possible. It is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

When maintenance work is required on the ve-hicle, the front air bags, side air bags, curtain airbags, pretensioner(s) and related parts should bepointed out to the person performing the mainte-nance. The ignition switch should always beplaced in the LOCK position when working underthe hood or inside the vehicle.

WARNING

● Once a front air bag, side air bag, orcurtain air bag has inflated, the air bagmodule will not function again andmust be replaced. Additionally, the acti-vated pretensioner(s) must also be re-placed. The air bag module and preten-sioner(s) should be replaced. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service. However, the airbag module and pretensioner(s) cannotbe repaired.

LRS0100


● The front air bag, side air bag, curtainair bag systems and the pretensionersystem should be inspected if there isany damage to the front end or sideportion of the vehicle. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.

● If you need to dispose of the supple-mental air bag or pretensioner systemsor scrap the vehicle, it is recommendedthat you contact a NISSAN dealer forthis service. Incorrect disposal proce-dures could cause personal injury.

● If there is an impact to your vehicle fromany direction, your Occupant Classifica-tion Sensor (OCS) should be checked toverify it is still functioning correctly. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service. The OCS shouldbe checked even if no air bags deploy asa result of the impact. Failure to verifyproper OCS function may result in animproper air bag deployment resultingin injury or death.


2 Instruments and controls

Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2Meters and gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3

Speedometer and odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6

Warning lights, indicator lights and audiblereminders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7

Checking lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12Audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14

Vehicle information display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15How to use the vehicle information display . . . . . . . 2-16Startup display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16Drive computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17Vehicle information display warnings andindicators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26

Control Panel and vehicle information displayInteraction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31

Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31Receiving a call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31Text Messaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31

Navigation System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33Navigation Swipe to Meter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36

Security systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36Vehicle security system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37

Wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39Switch operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39Rain-sensing auto wiper system(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40

Rear window and outside mirror (if so equipped)defroster switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41Headlight and turn signal switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42

Headlight control switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42Daytime running light system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44Instrument brightness control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45Turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45Fog light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46

Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46Climate controlled seat switches (if so equipped) . . . . 2-46Heated seat switches (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47Heated steering wheel switch (if so equipped) . . . . . . . 2-48Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off switch. . . . . . . . . . . 2-49E-call (SOS) switch (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49

Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50Extended storage switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51

Map pockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51Seatback pockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-52Storage tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-52Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53Console box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53Sunglasses holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53Cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54

Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-55Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-55

Moonroof (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-58Power moonroof. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-58

Dual Panel Moonroof (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-59Power moonroof. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-59

Rear power sunshade (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-61Interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-62

Console light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-63Map lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-63Personal lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-64

Trunk light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-64HomeLink® Universal Transceiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-64

Programming HomeLink® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-65Programming HomeLink® for Canadiancustomers and gate openers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-66Operating the HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-67Programming trouble-diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-67Clearing the programmed information . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-67Reprogramming a single HomeLink® button. . . . . . 2-68If your vehicle is stolen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-68

1. Vent (P. 4-24)2. Headlight/fog light/turn signal switch

(P. 2-42)3. Supplemental front-impact air bag

(P. 1-40)Horn (P. 2-46)

4. Meters and gauges (P. 2-3)Warning and indicator lights (P. 2-7)Vehicle information display (P. 2-15)

5. Paddle shifters (if so equipped)(P. 5-15)

6. Wiper and washer switch (P. 2-39)7. Audio controls*

Navigation controls*8. Hazard warning flasher switch (P. 6-2)9. Navigation display*

Audio display*10. Front passenger supplemental air bag

(P. 2-36)11. Glove box (P. 2-51)12. Front passenger air bag status light

(P. 1-40)13. AUX input/USB port*14. Heater and air conditioning controls

(P. 4-25)15. Shift lever (P. 5-22)16. Display Commander*LII2445

INSTRUMENT PANEL

2-2 Instruments and controls

17. Push-button ignition switch (P. 5-10)18. Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System

(P. 4-30)Cruise control switches(if so equipped) (P. 5-40)Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)switches (if so equipped) (P. 5-42)

19. Tilt and telescopic steering (P. 3-26)20. Audio control switches*

Vehicle information display controlswitches (P. 2-16)

21. Hood release (P. 3-21)22. Fuse box (P. 8-18)23. Heated steering wheel switch

(if so equipped) (P. 2-48)Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFFswitch (P. 2-49)Trunk release switch (P. 3-22)Rear power sunshade switch(if so equipped) (P. 2-61)

24. Instrument brightness control (P. 2-42)Twin trip odometer reset switch (P. 2-4)

*: Refer to the separate Navigation System Own-er’s Manual.


1. Tachometer2. Warning and indicator lights3. Vehicle information display

OdometerTwin trip odometer

4. Speedometer

5. Fuel gauge6. Engine coolant temperature gauge

LIC3191

METERS AND GAUGES

Instruments and controls 2-3

SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETERThis vehicle is equipped with a speedometer andodometer. The speedometer is located on theright side of the meter cluster. The odometer islocated within the vehicle information display.

SpeedometerThe speedometer indicates vehicle speed.

Odometer/Twin trip odometerThe odometer and the twin trip odometer �1 aredisplayed in the vehicle information display whenthe ignition switch is placed in the ON position.

The odometer records the total distance the ve-hicle has been driven.

The twin trip odometer records the distance ofindividual trips.

LIC2218 LIC3179


Changing the display

Push the TRIP RESET �2 switch on the left sideof the instrument panel to change the display asfollows:

Trip → Trip → Odometer Mileage →Trip

Resetting the trip odometerPushing the TRIP RESET switch �2 for morethan 1 second resets the currently displayed tripodometer to zero.

Average fuel economy and distance to emptyinformation is also available. For additional infor-mation, refer to “Vehicle information display” inthis section. TACHOMETER

The tachometer indicates engine speed in revo-lutions per minute (rpm). Do not rev engine intothe red zone �1 .

CAUTION

When engine speed approaches the redzone, reduce engine speed. Operating theengine in the red zone may cause seriousengine damage.

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATUREGAUGE

The gauge indicates the engine coolant tempera-ture. The engine coolant temperature is within thenormal range �1 when the gauge needle pointswithin the zone shown in the illustration.

The engine coolant temperature varies with theoutside air temperature and driving conditions.

LIC3536 LIC3538


CAUTION

If the gauge indicates coolant tempera-ture near the hot (H) end of the normalrange, reduce vehicle speed to decreasetemperature. If the gauge is over the nor-mal range, stop the vehicle as soon assafely possible. If the engine is over-heated, continued operation of the vehiclemay seriously damage the engine. For ad-ditional information, refer to “If your ve-hicle overheats” in the “In case of emer-gency” section of this manual forimmediate action required.

FUEL GAUGE

The gauge indicates the approximate fuel levelin the tank.

The gauge may move slightly during braking,turning, acceleration, or going up or down hills.

The gauge needle returns to 0 (Empty) after theignition switch is placed in the OFF position.

The low fuel warning message shows in the ve-hicle information display when the amount of fuelin the tank is getting low.

Refill the fuel tank before the gauge regis-ters 0 (Empty).

The indicates that the fuel-filler door islocated on the driver’s side of the vehicle.

CAUTION

● If the vehicle runs out of fuel, theMalfunction Indicator Light (MIL) maycome on. Refuel as soon as possible.After a few driving trips. the lightshould turn off. If the light remains onafter a few driving trips, have the vehicleinspected. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

● For additional information, refer to“Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)” inthis section.

LIC2222


or Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)warning light

Master warning light Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)

Brake warning light (parking brake) Power steering warning light Security indicator light

Brake warning light Seat belt warning light and chime Side light and headlight indicator light (green)

Charge warning light Supplemental air bag warning light Slip indicator light

Engine oil pressure warning light Front fog light indicator light (green) Turn signal/hazard indicator lights

Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) system warn-ing light (if so equipped)

Front passenger air bag status light Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF indicatorlight

Low tire pressure warning light High beam indicator light (blue)

CHECKING LIGHTSWith all doors closed, apply the parking brake,fasten the seat belts and place the ignition switchin the ON position without starting the engine.The following lights (if so equipped) will come on:

, or , ,The following lights (if so equipped) will come onbriefly and then go off:

or , , , ,If any light does not come on or operate in a wayother than described, it may indicate a burned-out bulb and/or a system malfunction. Have thesystem checked. It is recommended that you visita NISSAN dealer for this service.

Some indicators and warnings are also displayedon the vehicle information display between the

speedometer and tachometer. For additional in-formation, refer to “Vehicle information display” inthis section.

WARNING LIGHTS

For additional information on warnings and indi-cators, refer to “Vehicle information display” inthis section.

WARNING LIGHTS, INDICATORLIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS


or Anti-lock BrakingSystem (ABS)warning light

When the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, the ABS warning light illuminates andthen turns off. This indicates the ABS is opera-tional.

If the ABS warning light illuminates while theengine is running or while driving, it may indicatethe ABS is not functioning properly. Have thesystem checked. It is recommended that you visita NISSAN dealer for this service.

If an ABS malfunction occurs, the anti-lock func-tion is turned off. The brake system then operatesnormally but without anti-lock assistance. Foradditional information, refer to “Brake system” inthe “Starting and driving” section of this manual.

Brake warning light (parkingbrake)

This light functions for the foot brake systems.

Parking brake indicator

When the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, this light comes on when the parkingbrake is applied.

Brake warning light

This light illuminates if there is a problem with thefoot brake systems.

Low brake fluid warning light

When the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, the light warns of a low brake fluid level.If the light comes on while the engine is running,with the parking brake not applied, stop the ve-hicle and perform the following:

1. Check the brake fluid level. Add brake fluidas necessary. For additional information, re-fer to “Brake fluid” in the “Do-it-yourself”section of this manual.

2. If the brake fluid level is correct, have thewarning system checked. It is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer for this ser-vice.

WARNING

● Your brake system may not be workingproperly if the warning light is on. Driv-ing could be dangerous. If you judge itto be safe, drive carefully to the nearestservice station for repairs. Otherwise,have your vehicle towed because driv-ing it could be dangerous.

● Pressing the brake pedal with the en-gine stopped and/or a low brake fluidlevel may increase your stopping dis-tance and braking will require greaterpedal effort as well as pedal travel.

● If the brake fluid level is below theMINIMUM or MIN mark on the brakefluid reservoir, do not drive until thebrake system has been checked. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warningindicator

When the parking brake is released and thebrake fluid level is sufficient, if both the brakewarning light and the ABS warning light illumi-nate, it may indicate the ABS is not functioningproperly. Have the brake system checked and, ifnecessary, repaired. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service. Avoidhigh-speed driving and abrupt braking. For addi-tional information, refer to “Anti-lock Braking Sys-tem (ABS) warning light” in this section.

Charge warning light

If this light comes on while the engine is running,it may indicate the charging system is not func-tioning properly. Turn the engine off and check


the generator belt. If the belt is loose, broken,missing, or if the light remains on, have the sys-tem checked. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

CAUTION

● Do not ground electrical accessories di-rectly to the battery terminal. Doing sowill bypass the variable control systemand the vehicle battery may not chargecompletely. For additional information,refer to “Variable voltage control sys-tem” in the “Do-it-yourself” section ofthis manual.

● Do not continue driving if the generatorbelt is loose, broken or missing.

Engine oil pressure warninglight

This light warns of low engine oil pressure. If thelight flickers or comes on during normal driving,pull off the road in a safe area, stop the engineimmediately and call a NISSAN dealer or otherauthorized repair shop.

The engine oil pressure warning light is notdesigned to indicate a low oil level. Use thedipstick to check the oil level. For additional in-formation, refer to “Engine oil” in the “Do-it-yourself” section of this manual.

CAUTION

Running the engine with the engine oilpressure warning light on could cause se-rious damage to the engine almost imme-diately. Such damage is not covered bywarranty. Turn off the engine as soon as itis safe to do so.

Forward Emergency Braking(FEB) system warning light (ifso equipped)

This light comes on when the ignition switch isplace in the ON position. It turns off after theengine is started.

This light illuminates when the Forward Emer-gency Braking system is set to OFF on the meterdisplay.

If the light illuminates when the Forward Emer-gency Braking system is on, it may indicate thatthe system is unavailable. For additional informa-tion, refer to “Forward Emergency Braking (FEB)”in the “Starting and driving” section of thismanual.

Low tire pressure warning light

Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS) that monitors the tirepressure of all tires except the spare.

The low tire pressure warning light warns of lowtire pressure or indicates that the TPMS is notfunctioning properly.

After the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, this light illuminates for about 1 secondand turns off.

Low tire pressure warning

If the vehicle is being driven with low tirepressure, the warning light will illuminate.A “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” warningalso appears in the vehicle information dis-play.

When the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates, you should stop and adjust thetire pressure of all four tires to the recom-mended COLD tire pressure shown on theTire and Loading Information label locatedin the driver’s door opening. The low tirepressure warning light does not automati-cally turn off when the tire pressure is ad-justed. After the tire is inflated to the rec-ommended pressure, the vehicle must bedriven at speeds above 16 mph (25 km/h) to


activate the TPMS and turn off the low tirepressure warning light. Use a tire pressuregauge to check the tire pressure.

The “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” warning ap-pears each time the ignition switch is placed inthe ON position as long as the low tire pressurewarning light remains illuminated.

For additional information, refer to “Vehicle infor-mation display” in this section, “Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS)” in the “Starting anddriving” and “In case of emergency” sections ofthis manual.

TPMS malfunction

If the TPMS is not functioning properly, the lowtire pressure warning light will flash for approxi-mately 1 minute when the ignition switch isplaced in the ON position. The light will remain onafter 1 minute. Have the system checked. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service. The �Tire Pressure Low — Add Air�warning does not appear if the low tire pressurewarning light illuminates to indicate a TPMS mal-function.

For additional information, refer to “Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS)” in the “Starting anddriving” section and “Tire pressure” in the “Do-it-yourself” section of this manual.

WARNING

● Radio waves could adversely affectelectric medical equipment. Those whouse a pacemaker should contact theelectric medical equipment manufac-turer for the possible influences beforeuse.

● If the light does not illuminate with theignition switch placed in the ON posi-tion, have the vehicle checked as soonas possible. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

● If the light illuminates while driving,avoid sudden steering maneuvers orabrupt braking, reduce vehicle speed,pull off the road to a safe location andstop the vehicle as soon as possible.Driving with under-inflated tires maypermanently damage the tires and in-crease the likelihood of tire failure. Se-rious vehicle damage could occur andmay lead to an accident and could resultin serious personal injury or death.Check the tire pressure for all four tires.Adjust the tire pressure to the recom-mended COLD tire pressure show onthe Tire and Loading Information labellocated in the driver’s door opening to

turn the low tire pressure warning lightOFF. If the light still illuminates whiledriving after adjusting the tire pressure,a tire may be flat or the TPMS may bemalfunctioning. If you have a flat tire,replace it with a spare tire as soon aspossible. If no tire is flat and all tires areproperly inflated, have the vehiclechecked. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

● Since the spare tire is not equipped withTPMS, when a spare tire is mounted or awheel is replaced the TPMS will notfunction and the low tire pressure warn-ing light will flash for approximately1 minute. The light will remain on after1 minute. Have your tires replacedand/or TPMS system reset as soon aspossible. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for these services.

● Replacing tires with those not originallyspecified by NISSAN could affect theproper operation of the TPMS.


CAUTION

● The TPMS is not a substitute for theregular tire pressure check. Be sure tocheck the tire pressure regularly.

● If the vehicle is being driven at speedsof less than 16 mph (25 km/h), theTPMS may not operate correctly.

● Be sure to install the specified size oftires to the four wheels correctly.

Master warning light

The master warning light illuminates wheneverthere is an active warning that can be reviewed inthe “warnings review” content page in the meter,or if there is a red-level warning being displayed(which cannot be dismissed). The master warn-ing light will illuminate red if a red-level warning isbeing displayed, or yellow otherwise.

● Push Engine Start Lock Warning

● Key Fob Removed from Vehicle Warning

● Incorrect Key (RED)

● Door/Trunk Open (vehicle stationary)

● Trunk Open (vehicle moving)

● Door Open (RED with vehicle moving)

● Parking Brake ON (RED)

● Low Washer Fluid

● I-Key System Fault

● Low Tire Pressure

● CVT Warning

● Sonar Parking Sensor Error

● LED Headlight Failure (RED if no other redwarnings are active)

● Chassis Control warning

For additional information, refer to “Vehicle infor-mation display” in this section.

Power steering warning light

WARNING

● If the engine is not running or is turnedoff while driving, the power assist forthe steering will not work. Steering willbe harder to operate.

● When the power steering warning lightilluminates with the engine running,there will be no power assist for thesteering. You will still have control ofthe vehicle, but the steering will beharder to operate. Have the powersteering system checked. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.

When the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, the power steering warning light illumi-nates. After starting the engine, the power steer-ing warning light turns off. This indicates thepower steering is operational.

If the power steering warning light illuminateswhile the engine is running, it may indicate thepower steering is not functioning properly andmay need servicing. Have the power steeringchecked. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

When the power steering warning light illumi-nates with the engine running, there will be nopower assist for the steering, but you will stillhave control of the vehicle. At this time, greatersteering effort is required to operate the steeringwheel, especially in sharp turns and at lowspeeds.


For additional information, refer to “Power steer-ing” in the “Starting and driving” section of thismanual.

Seat belt warning light andchime

The light and chime remind you to fasten yourseat belts. The light illuminates whenever theignition switch is placed in the ON or STARTposition and remains illuminated until the driver’sseat belt is fastened. At the same time, the chimesounds for about 6 seconds unless the driver’sseat belt is securely fastened.

The seat belt warning light may also illuminate ifthe front passenger’s seat belt is not fastenedwhen the front passenger’s seat is occupied . For7 seconds after the ignition switch is placed inthe ON position, the system does not activate thewarning light for the front passenger.

For additional information, refer to “Seat belts” inthe “Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplementalrestraint system” section of this manual.

Supplemental air bag warninglight

When the ignition switch is placed in the ON orSTART position, the supplemental air bag warn-ing light illuminates for about 7 seconds and thenturns off. This means the system is operational.

If any of the following conditions occur, the frontair bag, side air bag, curtain air bag, and preten-sioner seat belt systems need servicing:

● The supplemental air bag warning light re-mains on after approximately 7 seconds.

● The supplemental air bag warning lightflashes intermittently.

● The supplemental air bag warning light doesnot come on at all.

It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealerfor these services.

Unless checked and repaired, the supplementalrestraint system (air bag system) and/or the pre-tensioner(s) may not function properly. For addi-tional information, refer to “Supplemental Re-straint System (SRS)” in the “Safety—Seats, seatbelts and supplemental restraint system” sectionof this manual.

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warning lightis on, it could mean that the front air bag,side air bag, curtain air bag and/or preten-sioner systems will not operate in an acci-dent. To help avoid injury to yourself orothers, have your vehicle checked as soonas possible. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

INDICATOR LIGHTS

For additional information, refer to “Vehicle infor-mation display” in this section.

Front fog light indicator light(green)

The front fog light indicator light illuminates whenthe front fog lights are on. For additional informa-tion, refer to “Fog light switch” in this section.

Front passenger air bag statuslight

The front passenger air bag status light will be litand the passenger front air bag will be off de-pending on how the front passenger seat is beingused.

For additional information, refer to “Front passen-ger air bag and status light” in the “Safety —Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint sys-tem” section of this manual.

High beam indicator light(blue)

This blue light comes on when the headlight highbeams are on and goes out when the low beamsare selected.

The high beam indicator light also comes onwhen the passing signal is activated.


Malfunction Indicator Light(MIL)

If this indicator light comes on steady or blinkswhile the engine is running, it may indicate apotential emission control malfunction.

The MIL may also come on steady if the fuel-fillercap is loose or missing, or if the vehicle runs outof fuel. Check to make sure the fuel-filler cap isinstalled and closed tightly, and that the vehiclehas at least 3 gallons (11.4 liters) of fuel in thefuel tank.

After a few driving trips, the light shouldturn off if no other potential emission controlsystem malfunction exists.If this indicator light comes on steady for 20 sec-onds and then blinks for 10 seconds when theengine is not running, it indicates that the vehicleis not ready for an emission control systeminspection/maintenance test. For additional infor-mation, refer to “Readiness forinspection/maintenance (I/M) test” in the “Tech-nical and consumer information” section of thismanual.

Operation

The MIL will come on in one of two ways:

● MIL on steady — An emission control systemmalfunction has been detected. Check thefuel-filler cap if the LOOSE FUEL CAPwarning appears in the vehicle informationdisplay. If the fuel-filler cap is loose or miss-ing, tighten or install the cap and continue todrive the vehicle. The light should turnoff after a few driving trips. If the lightdoes not turn off after a few driving trips,have the vehicle inspected. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service. You do not need to have yourvehicle towed to the dealer.

● MIL blinking — An engine misfire has beendetected which may damage the emissioncontrol system. To reduce or avoid emissioncontrol system damage:

– do not drive at speeds above 45 mph(72 km/h).

– avoid hard acceleration or deceleration.

– avoid steep uphill grades.

– if possible, reduce the amount of cargobeing hauled or towed.

The MIL may stop blinking and come on steady.Have the vehicle inspected. It is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.You do not need to have your vehicle towed to thedealer.

CAUTION

Continued vehicle operation without hav-ing the emission control system checkedand repaired as necessary could lead topoor driveability, reduced fuel economy,and possible damage to the emission con-trol system.

Security indicator light

This light blinks when the ignition switch isplaced in the OFF, LOCK or ACC (if soequipped) position.

The blinking security indicator light indicates thatthe security systems equipped on the vehicle areoperational.

For additional information, refer to “Security sys-tems” in this section.


Side light and headlightindicator light (green)

The side light and headlight indicator light illumi-nates when the side light or headlights are on(not including daytime running or signaturelights). If the headlight switch is in the AUTOposition, the side light and headlight indicatorlight will illuminate when the headlights turn on.For additional information, refer to “Headlight andturn signal switch” in this section.

Slip indicator light

This indicator will blink when the VDC system isoperating, thus alerting the driver to the fact thatthe road surface is slippery and the vehicle isnearing its traction limits.

You may feel or hear the system working; this isnormal.

The light will blink for a few seconds after theVDC system stops limiting wheel spin.

The indicator light also comes on whenyou place the ignition switch in the ON position.The light will turn off after approximately 2 sec-onds if the system is operational. If the light doesnot come on have the system checked. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

Turn signal/hazard indicatorlights

The appropriate light flashes when the turn signalswitch is activated.

Both lights flash when the hazard switch is turnedon.

Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) OFF indicator light

This indicator light comes on when the VDC offswitch is pushed to OFF. This indicates the VDCsystem has been turned off.

Push the VDC off switch again or restart theengine and the system will operate normally. Foradditional information, refer to “Vehicle DynamicControl (VDC) system” in the “Starting and driv-ing” section of this manual.

The VDC light also comes on when you place theignition switch in the ON position. The light willturn off after about 2 seconds if the system isoperational. If the light stays on or comes onalong with the indicator light while you aredriving, have the VDC system checked. It is rec-ommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.

While the VDC system is operating, you mightfeel a slight vibration or hear the system workingwhen starting the vehicle or accelerating, but thisis normal.

AUDIBLE REMINDERS

Brake pad wear warningThe disc brake pads have audible wear warnings.When a disc brake pad requires replacement, itmakes a high pitched scraping sound when thevehicle is in motion, whether or not the brakepedal is depressed. Have the brakes checked assoon as possible if the warning sound is heard. Itis recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.

Light reminder chimeWith the ignition switch placed in the OFF posi-tion, a chime sounds when the driver’s door isopened if the headlights or parking lights are on.

Turn the headlight control switch off or to AUTObefore leaving the vehicle.


NISSAN Intelligent Key® Lock-inPreventionThe Intelligent Key buzzer sounds if the IntelligentKey is left inside the vehicle when the doors areclosed and locked. When the buzzer sounds, besure to take the Intelligent Key with you whenleaving the vehicle. For additional information,refer to “NISSAN Intelligent Key®” in the “Pre-driving checks and adjustments” section of thismanual.

Parking brake reminder chimeA chime sounds if the parking brake is set and thevehicle is driven. The chime will stop if the parkingbrake is released or the vehicle speed returns tozero.

The vehicle information display is located to theleft of the speedometer. It displays such items as:

● Home

● Audio Information

● Navigation Information

● Drive Computer Information

● Fuel Economy Information

● Driving Aids Information (if so equipped)

● Tire Pressure Information

● Sport Information (Oil pressure, Gear OilTemperature, Digital Speedometer, Horse-power)

● Indicators and Warnings

● Vehicle and Meter Display Settings

● Cruise Control Status

● Odometer/twin trip odometer

● Gear Position Indicator (P, R, N, D)

● Distance To Empty and Fuel Indicator

LIC3224

VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY


HOW TO USE THE VEHICLEINFORMATION DISPLAY

The vehicle information display can be changed

using the and buttons locatedon the steering wheel.

�1 SOURCE - Pressing SOURCE with the ig-nition ON will display a list of available audiosources in the vehicle information display.The audio sources can then be selected with

the , and OK buttons on thesteering switch for direct access.

�2 OK - Change or select an item in the vehicleinformation display.

�3 — Scroll up or down the vehicle infor-mation menu items. If the vehicle informationdisplay is not showing a menu with

the buttons, pressingor will change to the previous/next au-dio preset.

�4 — go back or forward throughthe vehicle information menu items or tochange from one display screen to the next.

The OK, and buttons alsocontrol audio and control panel functions in someconditions. Most screens and menus offer in-struction prompts of the steering switch buttonsto indicate how to control the vehicle informationdisplay. An orange cursor is shown to indicatewhere you are in the available menu items. Ascroll bar with up and down arrows will appear ifthere is more than one page of menu items. Foradditional information, refer to the separate Navi-gation System Owner’s Manual.

STARTUP DISPLAYWhen the vehicle in placed in the ON or ACCposition the screens that display in the vehicleinformation display include:

● Home

● Audio

● Navigation

● Drive Computer

● Fuel economy

● Driving Aids (if so equipped)

● Tire Pressures

● Chassis Control (if so equipped)

● SPORT

● Warning Review

● Settings

The warnings review title screen will show howmany active warnings exist, or 0 in the event thatno warnings are active. For additional informationon warnings and indicators, refer to “Vehicle in-formation display warnings and indicators” in thissection.

To control what items display in the vehicle infor-mation display, refer to “Customize display” in thissection.

LIC3177


DRIVE COMPUTERThe Drive Computer displays driving and averagetrip information, and can be accessed from thestartup display on the vehicle information display.Select the Drive Computer icon, and press theOK button. To reset the driving and average trip

information, use the or button toselect which item to reset, or select Reset All.Select YES, and press the OK button to resetinformation history.

SETTINGSThe setting mode allows you to change the infor-mation displayed in the vehicle information dis-play as well as the model for several vehiclefunctions:

● Driver Assistance

● Customize Display

● Vehicle Settings

● Maintenance

● Clock

● TPMS Settings

● Unit/Language

● Key-Linked Settings

● Factory Reset

LIC3261


Driver AssistanceThe driver assistance menu allows the user tochange the various driving aids and assistanceoptions.

Menu item Result

Blind Spot (if so equipped) Allows user to turn the blind spot feature on or off. For additional information, refer to “Blind Spot Warning (BSW)” in the “Start-ing and driving” section of this manual.

Parking Aids (if so equipped) Displays the available parking aids. For additional information, refer to “Front and rear sonar system” in the “Starting and driving”section of this manual.

Sensor Allows user to turn the sensor on, off, or front onlyDisplay Allows user to turn the display on or offVolume Allows user to adjust the volume to Low/Med./HighRange Allows user to adjust the range to Near/Mid./Far

Emergency Brake (if so equipped) Displays the available emergency brake options. For additional information, refer to “Forward Emergency Braking (FEB)” in the“Starting and driving” section of this manual.

System Allows user to turn the system on or offDriver Attention (if so equipped) Allows user to turn the driver attention feature on or off. For additional information, refer to “Driver Attention Alert” in the “Starting

and driving” section of this manual.Timer Alert Allows user to set or reset an alert at a specific time intervalLow Temperature Alert Allows user to turn the low temperature alert on or offChassis Control (if so equipped) Displays the available chassis control options. For addition information, refer to “Integrated Dynamics-control Module” in the

“Starting and driving” section of this manual.Active Trace Control Allows user to turn the active trace control on or offActive Engine Brake Allows user to turn the active engine brake on or off


Customize DisplayThe customize display menu allows the user tocustomize the information that appears in thevehicle information display

Menu item Result

Main Menu Selection Displays available screens that can be shown in the vehicle information displayHome Allows user to turn the home screen on or off in the vehicle information displayAudio Allows user to turn the audio screen on or off in the vehicle information displayNavigation Allows user to turn the navigation screen on or off in the vehicle information displayDrive Computer Allows user to turn the drive computer screen on or off in the vehicle information displayFuel Economy Allows user to turn the fuel economy screen on or off in the vehicle information displayDriver Assistance (if so equipped) Allows user to turn the driver assistance screen on or off in the vehicle information displayTire Pressures Allows user to turn the tire pressure screen on or off in the vehicle information displayChassis Control (if so equipped) Allows user to turn the chassis control screen on or off in the vehicle information displaySPORT Allows user to turn the SPORT screen on or off in the vehicle information display

Car Icon Color Displays available colors of the vehicle shown in the vehicle information displayECO Info Settings Displays the various ECO info settings

ECO Drive Report Select to display this report when the ignition in switch is placed in the ON positionView History Select to view the vehicle’s history

Navigation Settings Displays the available navigation settingsAlerts Allows user to set available navigation alertsView Mode Allows user to change the navigation view mode to “City” or “Arrow”

Welcome Effect Displays the various welcome fffect settings


Vehicle SettingsThe vehicle settings allow the user to change thesettings for lights, wipers, locking, keys, andother vehicle settings.

Menu item Result

Lighting Displays the various lighting settingsAuto Room Lamp Allows user to turn the auto room lamp on or offAccent Lighting (if so equipped) Allows user to adjust the brightness of the accent lightsLight Sensitivity Allows user to change when the lights illuminate based on the brightness outside the vehicleLight Off Delay Allows user to change the duration of time, from 0 to 180 seconds, that the automatic headlights stay on after the vehicle is

shut offTurn Indicator Displays the various turn indicator settings

3 Flash On Allows user to turn the 3 flash pass on or off. For additional information, refer to “Headlight and turn signal switch” in thissection.

Locking Displays the various locking settingsExt. Door Switch Allows user to turn the ext. door switch on or off. When turned on, the request switch on the door is activated.Selective Unlock Allows user to turn the selective unlock feature on or off. When turned on, only the driver’s door is unlocked after the door

unlock operation. When the door handle request switch on the driver’s or front passenger’s side door is pushed to beunlocked, only the corresponding door is unlocked first. All the doors can be unlocked if the door unlock operation is per-formed again within 1 minute. When this item is turned off, all the doors will be unlocked after the door unlock operation isperformed once.

Answer Back Horn Allows user to turn answer back horn on or off. When turned on, the horn will chirp and the hazard indicators will flash oncewhen locking the vehicle with the Intelligent Key.

Wipers Displays the various wipers settings. For additional information, refer to “Wipers” in this section.Speed Dependent (if so equipped) Allows user to turn the speed dependent feature on or offRain Sensor (if so equipped) Allows user to turn the rain sensor feature on or off

Driving Position (if so equipped) Displays the various driving position settings


Menu item Result

Exit Seat Slide Allows user to turn the exit seat slide on of off. For additional information, refer to “Automatic drive positioner” in the “Pre-driving checks and adjustments” section of this manual.

Exit Steering Up Allows user to turn the exit steering up on or off. For additional information, refer to “Automatic drive positioner” in the “Pre-driving checks and adjustments” section of this manual.

Remote Engine Start Allows user to turn the remote engine start feature on or off. When turned on, the engine can be restarted remotely. Foradditional information, refer to “Remote engine start” in the “Pre-driving checks and adjustments” section of this manual.


Maintenance

The maintenance menu allows the user to setreminders for various vehicle maintenance items

WARNING

The tire replacement indicator is not asubstitute for regular tire checks, includ-ing tire pressure checks. For additionalinformation, refer to “Changing wheelsand tires” in the “Do-it-yourself”section ofthis manual. Many factors including tireinflation, alignment, driving habits androad conditions affect tire wear and whentires should be replaced. Setting the tirereplacement indicator for a certain drivingdistance does not mean your tires will lastthat long. Use the tire replacement indica-tor as a guide only and always performregular tire checks. Failure to performregular tire checks, including tire pressurechecks could result in tire failure. Seriousvehicle damage could occur and may leadto a collision, which could result in seriouspersonal injury or death.

Menu item Result

Maintenance Displays various Maintenance reminder optionsOil and Filter Allows user to set a reminder at a specific interval or reset the current oneTire Allows user to set a reminder at a specific interval or reset the current oneOther Allows user to set a reminder at a specific interval or reset the current one


Clock

Menu item Result

Clock When selected, the following message appears: “Go to the settings menu on the center display to set clock”. For addi-tional information, refer to the separate Navigation Owner’s Manual.

TPMS SettingsThe TPMS settings menu allows the user tochange the tire pressure units displayed in thevehicle information display

Menu item Result

TPMS Settings Displays available TPMS SettingsTire Pressure Unit Allows user to select the tire pressure units that will display in the vehicle information display

Unit/LanguageThe Unit/Language menu allows the user tochange the units shown in the vehicle informationdisplay.

Menu item Result

Mileage/Fuel Displays the available mileage/fuel display units and allows user to select preferred unit for displayTire Pressure Unit Allows user to select the tire pressure display unitsTemperature Allows user to select the temperature display unitsLanguage Displays the available language options and allows user to select preferred language for display


Key-Linked Settings (if so equipped)

Menu item Result

Key-Linked Settings Allows user to turn the Key-Linked Settings ON/OFF. For additional information, refer to “Linking an Intelligent Key to themeter display” in the “Pre-driving checks and adjustments” section of this manual.

Factory ResetThe factory reset menu allows the user to restorethe vehicle information display settings to factorystatus.

Menu item Result

Factory Reset Allows user to reset the vehicle information display settings to the original factory settings. Once selected, the user canconfirm or deny the reset


LIC3589


VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAYWARNINGS AND INDICATORS

1. No Key Detected

2. Key ID Incorrect

3. Key Battery Low

4. I-Key System Error: See Owner’s Manual

5. Shift to Park

6. Push brake and start switch to drive

7. Engine start operation for Intelligent Key sys-tem (if I-Key battery level is low)

8. Release Parking Brake

9. Low Fuel

10. Low Washer Fluid

11. Tire Pressure Low – Add Air

12. Door/Trunk Open

13. Alarm - Time for a break? (if so equipped)

14. Power will turn off to save the battery

15. Power turned off to save the battery

16. Reminder: Turn OFF Headlights

17. Headlight System Error: See Owner’sManual (if so equipped)

18. Sensor (if so equipped)

19. Park Sensor (if so equipped)

20. Parking Sensor Error: See Owner’s Manual(if so equipped)

21. Blind Spot Warning (BSW) and Rear CrossTraffic Alert (RCTA) indicator (if soequipped)

22. Malfunction: See Owner’s Manual (if soequipped)

23. Chassis Control System Error: See Owner’sManual (if so equipped)

24. Cruise control indicator (if so equipped)

25. Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) indicator (ifso equipped)

26. Driver Attention Alert - Take a Break? (if soequipped)

27. Driver Attention Alert Malfunction (if soequipped)

28. Shipping Mode On Push Storage Fuse

29. CVT Error: See Owner’s Manual

30. SPORT

31. Illumination indicator

32. Transmission Shift Position indicator

33. Outside Temperature Display

34. Low Outside Temperature Alert

35. Oil and Filter

36. Tire

37. Other

38. Loose Fuel Cap

No Key Detected

This warning appears when the Intelligent Key isleft outside the vehicle with the ignition switch inthe ON position. Make sure the Intelligent Key isinside the vehicle.

For additional information, refer to “NISSAN In-telligent Key®” in the “Pre-driving checks andadjustments” section of this manual.

Key ID Incorrect

This warning appears when the ignition switch isplaced from the OFF position and the IntelligentKey is not recognized by the system. You cannotstart the engine with an unregistered key.



Key Battery Low

This indicator illuminates when the Intelligent Keybattery is running out of power.

If this indicator illuminates, replace the batterywith a new one. For additional information, referto “Battery replacement” in the “Do-it-yourself”section of this manual.

I-Key System Error: See Owner’s Manual

After the ignition switch is pushed to the ONposition, this light comes on for a period of timeand then turns off.

The I-Key System Error message warns of amalfunction with the Intelligent Key system. If thelight comes on while the engine is stopped, it maybe impossible to start the engine.

If the light comes on while the engine is running,you can drive the vehicle. However in thesecases, have the system checked. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.

Shift to Park

This warning illuminates when the ignition switchis in the ACC or OFF position and the shift leveris not in the P (Park) position. Also, a chimesounds when the ignition switch is in the ACC orOFF position.

If this warning illuminates, move the shift lever tothe P (Park) position and start the engine.

Push brake and start switch to drive

This indicator appears when the shift lever is inthe P (Park) position.

This indicator also appears when the vehicle hasbeen started using the remote start function.

This indicator means that the engine will start bypushing the ignition switch with the brake pedaldepressed. You can start the engine from anyposition of the ignition switch.

Engine start operation for Intelligent Keysystem (if I-Key battery level is low)

This indicator appears when the battery of theIntelligent Key is low and when the Intelligent Keysystem and the vehicle are not communicatingnormally.

If this appears, touch the ignition switch with theIntelligent Key while depressing the brake pedal.For additional information, refer to “NISSAN In-telligent Key® battery discharge” in the “Startingand driving” section of this manual.

Release Parking Brake

This warning illuminates in the message area ofthe vehicle information display when the parkingbrake is set and the vehicle is driven.

Low Fuel

This warning illuminates when the fuel level in thefuel tank is getting low. Refuel as soon as it isconvenient, preferably before the fuel gaugereaches 0 (Empty). There will be a small re-serve of fuel in the tank when the fuelgauge needle reaches 0 (Empty).

Low Washer Fluid

This warning illuminates when the windshield-washer fluid is at a low level. Add windshield-washer fluid as necessary. For additional informa-tion, refer to “Windshield-washer fluid” in the“Do-it-yourself” section of this manual.

Tire Pressure Low - Add Air

This warning appears when the low tire pressurewarning light in the meter illuminates and low tirepressure is detected. The warning appears eachtime the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition as long as the low tire pressure warninglight remains illuminated. If this warning appears,stop the vehicle and adjust the tire pressures ofall four tires to the recommended COLD tirepressure shown on the Tire and Loading Informa-tion label. For additional information, refer to“Low tire pressure warning light” in this sectionand “Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)”in the “Starting and driving” section of thismanual.


Door/Trunk Open

This warning illuminates when a door or the trunkhas been opened.

Alarm - Time for a break? (if so equipped)

This indicator appears when the driver enablesthe Timer Alert function within the Driving AidsSettings and the selected set time is expired. Thetime is based on ignition on time and can be setup to six hours.

Power will turn off to save the battery

This message appears in the vehicle informationdisplay after a period of time if the ignition switchis in the ACC or the ON position and if the vehicleis in P (Park). For additional information, refer to“Push-button ignition switch positions” in the“Starting and driving” section of this manual.

Power turned off to save the battery

This message appears after the ignition switch isautomatically turned to off. For additional infor-mation, refer to “Push-button ignition switch po-sitions” in the “Starting and driving”section of thismanual.

Reminder: Turn OFF Headlights

This warning appears when the headlights areleft in the ON position when exiting the vehicle.Place the headlight switch in the OFF or AUTO

position. For additional information, refer to“Headlight and turn signal switch” in this section.

Headlight System Error: See Owner’sManual (if so equipped)

This warning illuminates when there is an errorwith the system. For additional information, referto “Headlight and turn signal switch” in this sec-tion.

Sensor (if so equipped)

This warning illuminates when the sensor is acti-vated. For additional information, refer to “Frontand rear sonar system” in the “Starting and driv-ing” section of this manual.

Park Sensor (if so equipped)

This indicator illuminates when the sensor is ac-tivated. For additional information, refer to “Frontand rear sonar system” in the “Starting and driv-ing” section of this manual.

Parking Sensor Error: See Owner’sManual (if so equipped)

This warning illuminates when there is an errorwith the system. For additional information, referto “Front and rear sonar system” in the “Startingand driving” section of this manual.

Blind Spot Warning (BSW) and Rear CrossTraffic Alert (RCTA) indicator (if soequipped)

This indicator shows when the BSW and RCTAsystems are engaged.

For additional information, refer to “Blind SpotWarning (BSW)” and “Rear Cross Traffic Alert(RCTA)” in the “Starting and driving” section ofthis manual.

Malfunction: See Owner’s Manual (if soequipped)

This warning appears when one or more of thefollowing systems (if so equipped) is not func-tioning properly:

● Forward Emergency Braking (FEB)

● Blind Spot Warning (BSW)

● Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)

If one or more of these warning appears, have thesystem checked. It is recommended that you visita NISSAN dealer for this service.


Chassis Control System Error: See Own-er’s Manual (if so equipped)

This warning appears if the Integrated Dynamics-control Module detects an error in the ActiveTrace Control, Active Engine Brake, or the ActiveRide Control systems. Have the system checked.It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service. For additional information, refer to“Integrated Dynamics-control Module” in the“Starting and driving” section of this manual.

Cruise control indicator (if so equipped)

This indicator shows the cruise control systemstatus.

When cruise control is activated, a green circlewill illuminate to indicate it is set. The vehicleinformation display will also display the speed thecruise control was set at. If you accelerate pastthe set speed, the speed will blink until you eithercancel cruise control or go back to the set speed.If cruise control is on and cancelled, the speedwill be displayed to show the speed the vehiclewill return to if the resume button his activated.

Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) indicator(if so equipped)

This indicator shows the Intelligent Cruise Con-trol (ICC) system status. The status is shown bythe color. For additional information, refer to “In-

telligent Cruise Control (ICC)” in the “Startingand driving” section of this manual.

Driver Attention Alert - Take a Break? (ifso equipped)

This alert appears when the system has detectedthat the driver may be displaying fatigue or a lackof attention.

Driver Attention Alert Malfunction (if soequipped)

This warning appears when the Driver AttentionAlert system is not functioning properly. For ad-ditional information, refer to “Driver AttentionAlert” in the “Starting and driving” section of thismanual.

Shipping Mode On Push Storage Fuse

This warning may appear if the extended storageswitch is not pushed in. When this warning ap-pears, push in the extended storage switch toturn off the warning. For additional information,refer to “Extended storage switch” in this section.

CVT Error: See Owner’s Manual

This warning illuminates when there is a problemwith the CVT system. If this warning comes on,have the system checked. It is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

SPORT

This indicator illuminates when sport mode isactivated. The sport mode screen will remain onfor about 6 seconds unless the driver dismissesthe notification early using the vehicle informationdisplay switches. For additional information, referto “Sport mode” in the “Starting and driving”section of this manual.

Illumination indicator

This indicator shows the illumination adjustmentof the instrument panel. For additional informa-tion, refer to “Instrument brightness control” inthis section.

Transmission Shift Position indicator

This indicator shows the transmission shift posi-tion.

Outside Temperature Display

The outside temperature display appears in thecenter region of the vehicle information display.

Low Outside Temperature

This warning appears if the outside temperatureis below 37°F (3°C). The temperature can bechanged to display in Celsius or Fahrenheit. Foradditional information, refer to “Settings” in thissection.


Oil and Filter

This indicator appears when the customer setdistance comes for changing the engine oil andfilter. You can set or reset the distance for check-ing or replacing these items. For scheduled main-tenance items and intervals, refer to the “Mainte-nance and schedules” section of this manual.

Tire

This indicator appears when the customer setdistance is reached for replacing tires. You canset or reset the distance for replacing tires.

WARNING

The tire replacement indicator is not asubstitute for regular tire checks, includ-ing tire pressure checks. For additionalinformation, refer to “Changing wheelsand tires” in the “Do-it-yourself”section ofthis manual. Many factors including tireinflation, alignment, driving habits androad conditions affect tire wear and whentires should be replaced. Setting the tirereplacement indicator for a certain drivingdistance does not mean your tires will lastthat long. Use the tire replacement indica-tor as a guide only and always performregular tire checks. Failure to performregular tire checks, including tire pressurechecks could result in tire failure. Seriousvehicle damage could occur and may leadto a collision, which could result in seriouspersonal injury or death.

Other

This indicator appears when the customer setdistance is reached for checking or replacingmaintenance items other than the engine oil, oilfilter and tires. Other maintenance items can in-clude such things as air filter or tire rotation. Thedistance for checking or replacing the items canbe set or reset.

Loose Fuel Cap

This warning appears when the fuel-filler cap isnot tightened correctly after the vehicle has beenrefueled. For additional information, refer to“Fuel-filler cap” in the “Pre-driving checks andadjustments” section of this manual.


Some of the information and operations availableon the control panel can also be viewed andoperated on the vehicle information display. Thevehicle information display operations can beconducted with the switches on the steeringwheel.

AUDIO

Use or and select on the ve-hicle information display main menu.The vehicle information display shows the statusfor the audio source currently in use.

Some examples of what will be displayed:

● Source

● Artist

● Song

● Album

Pushing the source button will display a list ofavailable sources to select with the steeringswitch controls if the ignition is on, or cyclethrough the available audio sources in accessorymode.

RECEIVING A CALLUsing the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone Sys-tem, a received phone call can be operated onthe vehicle information display as well as on thetouch-screen display.

1. When there is an incoming call, the callerinformation and the operation keys are dis-played on the vehicle information display.

2. Use or to highlight the pre-ferred item and press the OK button to se-lect the item.

Available keys Action

[Answer] Answers the receivedphone call.

[Decline] Declines the receivedphone call.

INFO:

A cellular phone device must be connected andselected among other connected Bluetooth®devices before hands-free operation. For addi-tional information, refer to the separate Naviga-tion Owner’s Manual.

TEXT MESSAGINGUsing the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone Sys-tem, a received text message can be operated onthe vehicle information display as well as on thetouch-screen display.

To read/ignore an incoming text

1. When a new text message is received, apop-up window and operation keys will ap-pear with the sender’s name or phone num-ber on the vehicle information display.

2. Use or to highlight the pre-ferred item and press OK to select the item.


[Read] View or hear the receivedmessage.

[Ignore] Ignore the receivedmessage.

CONTROL PANEL AND VEHICLEINFORMATION DISPLAYINTERACTION


To reply to/exit from a text

1. When a new text message is received and[Read] is selected, operation keys are dis-played on the vehicle information display.

2. Use or to highlight the pre-ferred item and push the OK button to selectthe item.


[Reply] Available pre-determined messages will be displayed on thevehicle information display if the steering switch controls areused. Further operations, such as voice recognition replyoperation, is available when using the touch-screen display.

[Exit] Ends text message operation and the vehicle informationdisplay will show the previous screen.

INFO

A cellular phone device must be connected and selected from among other connected Bluetooth®devices before hands-free operation. For additional information, refer to the separate NavigationOwner’s Manual.


NAVIGATION SYSTEMTurn-by-turn route guidance can be displayed onthe vehicle information display.

To view turn-by-turn route guidance on the ve-

hicle information display, use or andscroll to on the vehicle information displaymenu.

City viewCity view shows representation of intersectionswith road curvature and surroundings.

Lane guidance will appear in the lower right cor-ner if the data is available for that street. The nextturn and the distance to the next turn are dis-played on the vehicle information display. Acountdown bar is shown in the arrow. The bargets smaller as you get closer to the next turn.

Arrow viewLane guidance will appear in the lower right cor-ner, if the data is available for that street.

A turn direction arrow with an icon indicating yourcurrent route location is displayed. A countdownbar will be shown on the left side of the vehicleinformation display. The bar gets smaller as youget closer to the next turn.

LIC3228 LIC3163


Compass viewCompass view is displayed when no route is set,and shows current weather conditions andspeed limit information (if available).

Far screen viewFar screen view shows destination information,weather and speed limit information (if availablefor the street).

LIC3229 LIC3230


Navigation settingsThe navigation related display settings can bechanged.

1. Select using or and

press the OK button. A menu will display.

2. Using or , select [CustomizeDisplay] and then select [Navigation Set-tings].

3. Select the preferred item usingor .

Available items Action

[Alerts] When this item is turned on, the view of the turning pointwith an alarm sound will interrupt the displays other thannavigation screen when the vehicle approaches the guidepoint.

[Arrow view] When this mode is selected, the Arrow view will be dis-played on the vehicle information display.

[City view] When this mode is selected, the view on the vehicle infor-mation display will switch from the Arrow view to the Cityview as the vehicle approaches a guide point.

4. Press the OK button to turn on or off the [Alerts] setting or to toggle the view mode between[Arrow] or [City].


NAVIGATION SWIPE TO METER

Turn-by-turn route guidance can also be viewedin the vehicle information display by using Navi-gation Swipe to Meter. This can be done byprogramming a route, touching the turn-by-turnroute icon on the center display, and swipingtowards the general direction of the vehicle infor-mation display.

The turn-by-turn route icon will move across thecenter display and transfer the route informationto the vehicle information display when the ve-hicle is not moving.

The icon will not move across the screen if thevehicle is moving over speeds of 7 km/h (4 mph),yet the information will still transfer to the vehicleinformation display.

The turn-by-turn route guidance cannot be trans-ferred to the vehicle information display if thenavigation screen is already shown or if a warningis present.

For additional information, refer to the separateNavigation Owner’s Manual.

Your vehicle has two types of security systems:

● Vehicle security system

● NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System

VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEMThe vehicle security system provides visual andaudible alarm signals if someone opens thedoors, trunk, or hood when the system is armed. Itis not, however, a motion detection type systemthat activates when a vehicle is moved or when avibration occurs.

The system helps deter vehicle theft but cannotprevent it, nor can it prevent the theft of interior orexterior vehicle components in all situations. Al-

LIC3234 LIC2930

SECURITY SYSTEMS


ways secure your vehicle even if parking for abrief period. Never leave your Intelligent Key inthe vehicle, and always lock the vehicle whenunattended. Be aware of your surroundings, andpark in secure, well-lit areas whenever possible.

Many devices offering additional protection, suchas component locks, identification markers, andtracking systems, are available at auto supplystores and specialty shops. A NISSAN dealermay also offer such equipment. Check with yourinsurance company to see if you may be eligiblefor discounts for various theft protection features.

How to arm the vehicle securitysystem

1. Close all windows. (The system can bearmed even if the windows are open.)

2. Remove the Intelligent Key from the vehicle.

3. Close all doors, hood and trunk. Lock alldoors. The doors can be locked with theIntelligent Key, door handle request switch,or mechanical key.

4. Confirm that the security indicatorlight stays on for about 30 seconds. Thevehicle security system is now pre-armed.The vehicle security system will automati-cally shift into the armed phase. Thesecurity light begins to flash once every

three seconds. If during the pre-armedphase one of the following occurs, the sys-tem will not arm:

● Any door is unlocked with the mechanicalkey, the Intelligent Key or door requestswitch.

● Ignition switch is placed in ACC or ONposition.

● Even when the driver and/or passen-gers are in the vehicle, the system willactivate with all the doors, hood andtrunk lid locked with the ignition switchplaced in the LOCK position. Whenplacing the ignition switch in the ACCor ON position, the system will be re-leased.

Vehicle security system activationThe vehicle security system will give the followingalarm:

● The headlights blink and the horn soundsintermittently but synchronously.

● The alarm automatically turns off after a pe-riod of time. However, the alarm reactivates ifthe vehicle is tampered with again.

The alarm is activated by:

● opening any door or hood without using thekey or Intelligent Key (even if the door isunlocked by releasing the door inside lockknob).

How to stop an activated alarm

The alarm stops only by unlocking a door or thetrunk with the mechanical key, pushing thebutton on the Intelligent Key, or pushing the re-quest switch on the driver’s or passenger’s doorwith the Intelligent Key in range of the doorhandle.

NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZERSYSTEMThe NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will notallow the engine to start without the use of aregistered key.

If the engine fails to start using a registered key(for example, when interference is caused byanother registered key, an automated toll roaddevice or automatic payment device on the keyring), restart the engine using the following pro-cedures:

1. Leave the ignition switch in the ON positionfor approximately 5 seconds.


2. Place the ignition switch in the OFF orLOCK position and wait approximately10 seconds.

3. Repeat steps 1 and 2.

4. Restart the engine while holding the device(which may have caused the interference)separate from the registered key.

If the no start condition re-occurs, NISSAN rec-ommends placing the registered key on a sepa-rate key ring to avoid interference from otherdevices.

Never leave these keys in the vehicle.

FCC Notice:

For USA:

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol-lowing two conditions: (1) This device maynot cause harmful interference, and (2) thisdevice must accept any interference re-ceived, including interference that maycause undesired operation.

NOTE:

Changes or modifications not expressly ap-proved by the party responsible for compli-ance could void the user’s authority to op-erate the equipment.

For Canada:

This device complies with Industry Canadalicense-exempt RSS standard(s). Opera-tion is subject to the following two condi-tions: (1) this device may not cause inter-ference, and (2) this device must accept anyinterference received, including interfer-ence that may cause undesired operationof the device.

Security indicator lightThis light blinks when the ignition switch isplaced in the LOCK position with the key re-moved from the ignition switch.

This function indicates the NISSAN Vehicle Im-mobilizer System is operational.

If the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System is mal-functioning, the light will remain on while theignition switch is placed in the ON position.

LIC0474


If the light still remains on and/or the en-gine will not start, seek service for theNISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System assoon as possible. Please bring all regis-tered keys that you have. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

SWITCH OPERATION

The windshield wiper and washer operates whenthe ignition switch is placed in the ON position.

Push the lever down to operate the wiper at thefollowing speed:

�1 Intermittent (INT) or (AUTO) — intermittentoperation can be adjusted by turning theknob �A .

�2 Low (LO) — continuous low speed operation

�3 High (HI) — continuous high speed opera-tion

Push the lever up �4 to have one sweep opera-tion (MIST) of the wiper.

Pull the lever toward you �5 to operate thewasher. The wiper will also operate several times.

WARNING

In freezing temperatures the washer solu-tion may freeze on the windshield andobscure your vision which may lead to anaccident. Warm the windshield with thedefroster before you wash the windshield.

Type A (if so equipped)WIC2748

Type B (if so equipped)LIC3187

WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH


CAUTION

● Do not operate the washer continuouslyfor more than 30 seconds.

● Do not operate the washer if thewindshield-washer fluid reservoir isempty.

● Do not fill the windshield-washer fluidreservoir with windshield-washer fluidconcentrates at full strength. Somemethyl alcohol based windshield-washer fluid concentrates may perma-nently stain the grille if spilled whilefilling the windshield-washer fluidreservoir.

● Pre-mix windshield-washer fluid con-centrates with water to the manufactur-er’s recommended levels before pour-ing the fluid into the windshield-washerfluid reservoir. Do not use thewindshield-washer fluid reservoir tomix the windshield-washer fluid con-centrate and water.

NOTE:

If the windshield wiper operation is inter-rupted by snow or ice, the wiper may stopmoving to protect its motor. If this occurs,turn the wiper switch to the OFF positionand remove the snow or ice that is on andaround the wiper arms. In approximately1 minute, turn the switch on again to oper-ate the wiper.

RAIN-SENSING AUTO WIPERSYSTEM (if so equipped)The rain-sensing auto wiper system can auto-matically turn on the wipers and adjust the wiperspeed depending on the rainfall and the vehiclespeed by using the rain sensor located on theupper part of the windshield.

To set the rain-sensing auto wiper system, pushthe lever down to the AUTO position �1 . Thewiper will sweep once while the ignition switch isin the ON position.

The rain sensor sensitivity level can be adjustedby turning the knob toward the front �2 (High) ortoward the rear �3 (Low).

LIC3233


– High — High sensitive operation

– Low — Low sensitive operation

To turn the rain-sensing auto wiper system off,push up the lever to the OFF position, or pulldown the lever to the LO or HI position.

For additional information on disabling the rain-sensing feature, refer to “How to Use the VehicleInformation Display” in “Vehicle Information Dis-play” in this section.

CAUTION

● Do not touch the rain sensor andaround it when the wiper switch is in theAUTO position and the ignition switch isin the ON position. The wipers may op-erate unexpectedly and cause an injuryor damage a wiper.

● The rain-sensing auto wipers are in-tended for use during rain. If the switchis left in the AUTO position, the wipersmay operate unexpectedly when dirt,fingerprints, oil film or insects are stuckon or around the sensor. The wipersmay also operate when exhaust gas ormoisture affect the rain sensor.

● When the windshield glass is coatedwith water repellent, the speed of therain-sensing auto wipers may be highereven though the amount of the rainfallis small.

● Be sure to turn off the rain-sensing autowiper system when you use a car wash.

● The rain-sensing auto wipers may notoperate if rain does not hit the rainsensor even if it is raining.

● Using Genuine NISSAN wiper blades isrecommended for proper operation ofthe rain-sensing auto wiper system. Foradditional information, refer to “Wind-shield wiper blades” in the “Do-it-yourself” section of this manual.

To defrost the rear window glass and outsidemirror (if so equipped), start the engine and pushthe rear window defroster switch on. The rearwindow defroster indicator light on the switchcomes on. Push the switch again to turn thedefroster off.

The rear window defroster automatically turns offafter approximately 15 minutes.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inner side of the rearwindow, be careful not to scratch or dam-age the rear window defroster.

LIC2325

REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDEMIRROR (if so equipped)DEFROSTER SWITCH


NOTE:

The top and bottom few rows of wires onthe rear window are not part of the rearwindow defroster system. These wiresmake up the antenna for the audio system.

HEADLIGHT CONTROL SWITCH

Lighting

�1 Rotate the switch to the position, andthe front parking, tail, license plate, and in-strument panel lights will come on.

�2 Rotate the switch to the position, andthe headlights will come on and all the otherlights remain on.

CAUTION

Use the headlights with the engine run-ning to avoid discharging the vehiclebattery.

WIC1435

HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNALSWITCH


Autolight systemThe autolight system allows the headlights to beset so they turn on and off automatically. Theautolight system can:

● Turn on the headlights, front parking, tail,license plate and instrument panel lights au-tomatically when it is dark.

● Turn off all the lights when it is light.

● Keep all the lights on for a period of time afteryou turn the key to OFF and all doors areclosed.

NOTE:

Autolight activation sensitivity and the timedelay for autolight shutoff can be adjusted.For additional information, refer to “Ve-hicle information display” in this section.To turn on the autolight system:

1. Turn the headlight switch to the AUTO posi-tion �1 .

2. Turn the ignition key to ON.

3. The autolight system automatically turns theheadlights on and off.

Initially, if the ignition switch is turned off and adoor is opened and left open, the headlightsremain on for a period of time. If another door isopened while the headlights are on, then thetimer is reset.

To turn the autolight system off, turn the switch to

the OFF, , or position.

Be sure you do not put anything on top ofthe autolight sensor located in the top sideof the instrument panel. The autolight sen-sor controls the autolight; if it is covered,the autolight sensor reacts as if it is darkout and the headlights will illuminate. Ifthis occurs while parked with the engine offand the key in the ON position, your vehi-cle’s battery could become discharged.

LIC3188 WHA1170


Headlight beam select

�1 To select the high beam function, push thelever forward. The high beam lights come onand the light illuminates.

�2 Pull the lever back to select the low beam.

�3 Pulling and releasing the lever flashes theheadlight high beams on and off.

Battery saver systemIf the ignition switch is placed in the OFF positionwhile the headlight switch is in theor position, the headlights will turn off aftera period of time.

CAUTION

Even though the battery saver feature au-tomatically turns off the headlights after aperiod of time, you should turn the head-light switch to the OFF position when theengine is not running to avoid dischargingthe vehicle battery.

DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEMThe LED portion of the headlights automaticallyilluminate at 100% intensity when the engine isstarted and the parking brake released. The day-time running lights operate with the headlightswitch in the OFF position. When you turn theheadlight switch to the position for fullillumination the LED lights switch from daytimerunning lights to the park function.If the parking brake is applied before the engine isstarted, the daytime running lights do not illumi-nate. The daytime running lights illuminate whenthe parking brake is released. The daytime run-ning lights remain on while the engine is running.

It is necessary at dusk to turn the headlight switchon for interior controls and switches to illuminate,as those remain off while the switch is in the OFFposition.

WARNING

When the daytime running light system isactive, tail lights on your vehicle are noton. It is necessary at dusk to turn on yourheadlights. Failure to do so could causean accident injuring yourself and others.

LIC3192


INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESSCONTROLPress the “+”button to increase the brightness ofinstrument panel lights.

Press the “-”button to decrease the brightness ofinstrument panel lights.

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

Turn signal

�1 Move the lever up or down until it latches tosignal the turning direction. When the turn iscompleted, the turn signal cancels automati-cally.

Lane change signal

�2 Move the lever up or down until the turnsignal begins to flash, but the lever does notlatch, to signal a lane change. Hold the leveruntil the lane change is completed.

Move the lever up or down until the turnsignal begins to flash, but the lever does notlatch, and release the lever. The turn signalwill automatically flash three times.

Choose the appropriate method to signal a lanechange based on road and traffic conditions.

NOTE:

The 3 flash pass feature can be disabled.For additional information, refer to “Ve-hicle information display” in this section.

LIC3176 LIC3193


FOG LIGHT SWITCHTo turn the fog lights on, turn the headlight switchto the position, then turn the fog lightswitch to the position.To turn the fog lights on with the headlight switchin the AUTO position, the headlights must be on,then turn the fog light switch to the posi-tion.To turn the fog lights off, turn the fog light switchto the OFF position.

The headlights must be on and the low beamsselected for the fog lights to operate. The foglights automatically turn off when the high beamheadlights are selected.

To sound the horn, push near the center pad ofthe steering wheel.

WARNING

Do not disassemble the horn. Doing socould affect proper operation of thesupplemental front air bag system. Tam-pering with the supplemental front air bagsystem may result in serious personalinjury.

The climate controlled seat warms up or coolsdown the front seat by blowing warm or cool airfrom under the surface of the seat. The climatecontrol switch is located on the center console.

The climate controlled seat can be operated asfollows:

1. Start the engine.2. Turn the control knob �A to the heat side �1

or the cool side �2 . The indicator light �B onthe control knob will illuminate.

3. Adjust the desired amount of air using thecontrol knob. The climate controlled seatblower remains on low speed for approxi-mately 60 seconds after turning the switchon or selecting the desired temperature.

WIC1440 LIC3174 SIC4334

HORN CLIMATE CONTROLLED SEATSWITCHES (if so equipped)


4. When the vehicle’s interior is warmed orcooled, or before you leave the vehicle, besure to turn the control knob to the OFF(center) position. The indicator light �B onthe control knob goes off with the switch inthe OFF (center) position.

To check the air filter for the climate controlledseat, it is recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer.

WARNING

Do not use or allow occupants to use theclimate controlled seats if you or the oc-cupants cannot monitor seat tempera-tures or have an inability to feel pain inthose body parts in contact with the seat.Use of the climate controlled seats bysuch people could result in serious injury.

CAUTION

● The battery could run down if the cli-mate control seat is operated while theengine is not running.

● Do not use the climate control seat forextended periods or when no one isusing the seat.

● Do not put anything on the seat whichinsulates heat, such as a blanket, cush-ion, seat cover, etc. Otherwise, the seatmay become overheated.

● Do not place anything hard or heavy onthe seat or pierce it with a pin or similarobjects. This may result in damage tothe climate controlled seat.

● Any liquid spilled on the seat should beremoved immediately with a dry cloth

● The climate controlled seat has an airfilter. Do not operate the climate con-trolled seat without an air filter. Thismay result in damage to the system.

● When cleaning the seat, never usegasoline, benzine, thinner, or any simi-lar materials.

● If any malfunctions are found or theclimate controlled seat does not oper-ate, turn the switch off and have thesystem checked. It is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.

The front seats are warmed by built-in heaters.

1. Start the engine.

2. Push the LO or HI position of the switch, asdesired. The indicator light in the switch willilluminate.

The heater is controlled by a thermostat,automatically turning the heater on and off.The indicator light will remain on as long asthe switch is on.

3. When the seat is warmed or before youleave the vehicle, be sure to turn the switchoff.

LIC3037

HEATED SEAT SWITCHES (if soequipped)


WARNING

Do not use or allow occupants to use theseat heater if you or the occupants cannotmonitor elevated seat temperatures orhave an inability to feel pain in body partsthat contact the seat. Use of the seatheater by such people could result in seri-ous injury.

CAUTION

● The battery could run down if the seatheater is operated while the engine isnot running.

● Do not use the seat heater for extendedperiods or when no one is using theseat.

● Do not put anything on the seat whichinsulates heat, such as a blanket, cush-ion, seat cover, etc. Otherwise, the seatmay become overheated.

● Do not place anything hard or heavy onthe seat or pierce it with a pin or similarobject. This may result in damage to theheater.

● Any liquid spilled on the heated seatshould be removed immediately with adry cloth.

● When cleaning the seat, never usegasoline, benzine, thinner, or any simi-lar materials.

● If any malfunctions are found or theheated seat does not operate, turn theswitch off and have the system checked.It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

The heated steering wheel system is designed tooperate only when the surface temperature of thesteering wheel is below 68°F (20°C).

Push the heated steering wheel switch to warmthe steering wheel after the engine starts. Theindicator light will come on.

If the surface temperature of the steering wheel isbelow 68°F (20°C), the system will heat thesteering wheel and cycle off and on to maintain atemperature above 68°F (20°C). The indicatorlight will remain on as long as the system is on.

Push the switch again to turn the heated steeringwheel system off manually. The indicator light willgo off.

LIC0421

HEATED STEERING WHEEL SWITCH(if so equipped)


NOTE:

If the surface temperature of the steeringwheel is above 68°F (20°C) when the switchis turned on, the system will not heat thesteering wheel. This is not a malfunction.

The vehicle should be driven with the VDC sys-tem on for most driving conditions.

If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, the VDCsystem reduces the engine output to reducewheel spin. The engine speed will be reducedeven if the accelerator is depressed to the floor. Ifmaximum engine power is needed to free a stuckvehicle, turn the VDC system off.

To turn off the VDC system, push the VDC OFFswitch. The indicator will come on.Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart theengine to turn on the system. For additional infor-mation, refer to “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)system” in the “Starting and driving” section ofthis manual.

The E-call (SOS) system switch is used in com-bination with a NissanConnectSM Services sub-scription to call for assistance in case of anemergency.

Pushing the switch will (with a paid subscription)reach a Response Specialist that will provideassistance based on the situation described bythe vehicle’s occupant. For additional informa-tion, or to enroll your vehicle, refer towww.NissanUSA.com/connect or call855–426–6628.

LIC3344 LIC3357

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC)OFF SWITCH

E-CALL (SOS) SWITCH (if soequipped)


The power outlet is for powering electrical acces-sories such as cellular telephones. It is rated at12 volt, 120W (10A) maximum.

The power outlet is powered only when the igni-tion switch is in the ACC or ON position.

CAUTION

● The outlet and plug may be hot duringor immediately after use.

● Only certain power outlets are designedfor use with a cigarette lighter unit. Donot use any other power outlet for anaccessory lighter. It is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer for addi-tional information.

● Do not use with accessories that exceeda 12 volt, 120W (10A) power draw.

● Do not use double adapters or morethan one electrical accessory.

● Use power outlets with the engine run-ning to avoid discharging the vehiclebattery.

● Avoid using power outlets when the airconditioner, headlights, or rear windowdefroster is on.

● Before inserting or disconnecting aplug, be sure the electrical accessorybeing used is turned OFF.

● Push the plug in as far as it will go. Ifgood contact is not made, the plug mayoverheat or the internal temperaturefuse may open.

● When not in use, be sure to close thecap. Do not allow water or any otherliquid to contact the outlet.

The extended storage switch is used when thevehicle is in transit from the factory. It is located inthe fuse panel to the left of the steering wheel onthe instrument panel. If any electrical equipmentdoes not operate, ensure the extended storageswitch is pushed fully in place, as shown.

Console BoxWIC1119 LDI2758

POWER OUTLET EXTENDED STORAGE SWITCH


MAP POCKETSPulled positionLIC3266

Pushed positionLIC3268 LIC3181

STORAGE


SEATBACK POCKETS

The seatback pockets are located on the back ofthe driver’s and passenger’s seats. The pocketscan be used to store maps.

WARNING

To ensure proper operation of the passen-ger’s NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System,please observe the following items:

● Do not allow a passenger in the rearseat to push or pull on the seatbackpocket or head restraint/headrest.

● Do not place heavy loads heavier than2.2 lbs. (1 kg) on the seatback, headrestraint/headrest or in the seatbackpocket.

STORAGE TRAY

WARNING

Do not place sharp objects in the trays tohelp prevent injury in an accident or sud-den stop.

LIC0016

Storage TrayLIC3186


GLOVE BOXOpen the glove box by pulling the handle. Use themaster key when locking or unlocking the glovebox.

There is a trunk cancel switch in the glove box.For additional information, refer to “Cancelswitch” in the “Pre-driving checks and adjust-ments” section of this manual.

WARNING

Keep glove box lid closed while driving tohelp prevent injury in an accident or asudden stop.

CONSOLE BOXTo open the console box, press up on the lever�1 and raise the lid �2 .

To close, push the lid down until the lock latches.

SUNGLASSES HOLDERTo open the sunglasses holder, push and release.

Only store one pair of sunglasses in the holder.

WARNING

Keep the sunglasses holder closed whiledriving to avoid obstructing the driver’sview and to help prevent an accident.

LIC2429 WIC1504 LIC2312


CAUTION

● Do not use for anything other thansunglasses.

● Do not leave sunglasses in the sun-glasses holder while parking in directsunlight. The heat may damage thesunglasses.

CUP HOLDERS

CAUTION

● Avoid abrupt starting and braking whenthe cup holder is being used to preventspilling the drink. If the liquid is hot, itcan scald you or your passenger. Spilledliquid can also damage the seat climatesystem.

● Use only soft cups in the cup holder.Hard objects can injure you in anaccident.

Front cup holdersLIC3182

Rear cup holdersLIC2915


CAUTION

● Do not use bottle holder for any otherobjects that could be thrown about inthe vehicle and possibly injure peopleduring sudden braking or an accident.

● Do not use bottle holder for open liquidcontainers.

POWER WINDOWS

WARNING

● Make sure that all passengers havetheir hands, etc. inside the vehicle whileit is in motion and before closing thewindows. Use the window lock switch toprevent unexpected use of the powerwindows.

● To help avoid risk of injury or deaththrough unintended operation of thevehicle and or its systems, includingentrapment in windows or inadvertentdoor lock activation, do not leave chil-dren, people who require the assistanceof others or pets unattended in yourvehicle. Additionally, the temperatureinside a closed vehicle on a warm daycan quickly become high enough tocause a significant risk of injury ordeath to people and pets.

The power windows operate when the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position, or for aperiod of time after the ignition switch is placed inthe OFF position. If the driver’s or passenger’sdoor is opened during this period of time, thepower to the windows is canceled.

Bottle holder — frontLIC3183

Bottle holder — rearLIC3184

WINDOWS


Driver’s side power window switch1. Window lock button

2. Power door lock switch

3. Front passenger side automatic switch

4. Right rear passenger side

5. Left rear passenger side

6. Driver side automatic switch

The driver’s side control panel is equipped withswitches to open or close all of the windows.

To open a window, push the switch and continueto hold it down until the desired window positionis reached. To close a window, pull the switchand continue to hold it up until the desired win-dow position is reached.

Front passenger’s power windowswitchThe passenger’s window switch operates onlythe corresponding passenger’s window. To openthe window partially, push the switch down lightlyuntil the desired window position is reached. Toclose the window partially, pull the switch up untilthe desired window position is reached.

LIC3238 LIC2397


Rear power window switchThe rear power window switches open or closeonly the corresponding windows. To open thewindow, push the switch to the first detent andcontinue to hold it down until the desired windowposition is reached �1 . To close the window, pullthe switch to the first detent and continue to holdup until the desired window position is reached�2 .

Locking passengers’ windowsWhen the window lock switch is depressed, onlythe driver’s side window can be opened orclosed. Push it again to cancel the window lockfunction.

Automatic operation

To fully open a window equipped with automaticoperation, push the window switch down to thesecond detent and release it; it need not be held.The window automatically opens all the way. Tostop the window, lift the switch up while thewindow is opening.

To fully close a window equipped with automaticoperation, pull the switch up to the second detentand release it; it need not be held. To stop thewindow, push the switch down while the windowis closing.

Auto-reverse function

If the control unit detects something caught in anautomatic operation window as it is closing, thewindow will be immediately lowered.

The auto-reverse function may be activated whenthe window is closed by automatic operationwhen the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition or for a period of time after the ignitionswitch is placed in the OFF position.

Depending on the environment or drivingconditions, the auto-reverse function maybe activated if an impact or load similar tosomething being caught in the window oc-curs.

WARNING

There are some small distances immedi-ately before the closed position whichcannot be detected. Make sure that allpassengers have their hands, etc., insidethe vehicle before closing the window.

If the windows do not closeautomaticallyIf the power window automatic function (closingonly) does not operate properly, perform the fol-lowing procedure to initialize the power windowsystem.

LIC0718 LIC0410


1. Place the ignition switch in the ON position.

2. Close the door.

3. Open the window more than halfway byoperating the power window switch.

4. Pull the power window switch and hold it toclose the window, and then hold the switchfor more than 3 seconds after the window isclosed completely.

5. Release the power window switch. Operatethe window by automatic function to confirmthe initialization is complete.

6. Perform steps 2 through 5 above for otherwindows.

If the power window automatic function does notoperate properly after performing the above pro-cedure, have your vehicle checked. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.

POWER MOONROOF

The moonroof will only operate when the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position. The powermoonroof is operational for a period of time, evenif the ignition switch is placed in the ACC or OFFposition. If the driver’s door or the front passen-ger’s door is opened during this period of time,the power to the moonroof is canceled.

Sliding the moonroofTo fully open the moonroof, push the switch to-ward �1 .

To fully close the moonroof, push the switchtoward �2 .

To open or close the moonroof part way, push theswitch in any direction while the moonroof issliding to stop it in the desired position.

Tilting the moonroofTo tilt the moonroof:

● To tilt the moonroof up, push and release thetilt switch �3 . When the moonroof is open, itwill automatically close and then tilt up.

● To tilt the moonroof down, push and releasethe tilt switch �3 or push the switch �2toward the close position until it reaches thefirst detent.

WARNING

● In an accident you could be thrown fromthe vehicle through an open moonroof.Always use seat belts and childrestraints.

● Do not allow anyone to stand up orextend any portion of their body out ofthe moonroof opening while the vehicleis in motion or while the moonroof isclosing.

LIC3477

MOONROOF (if so equipped)


CAUTION

● Remove water drops, snow, ice or sandfrom the moonroof before opening.

● Do not place heavy objects on themoonroof or surrounding area.

Auto-reverse function (when closing ortilting down the moonroof)

The auto-reverse function can be activated whenthe moonroof is closed or tilted down by auto-matic operation when the ignition switch isplaced in the ON position or for a period of timeafter the ignition switch is placed in the OFFposition.

Depending on the environment or drivingconditions, the auto-reverse function maybe activated if an impact or load similar tosomething being caught in the moonroofoccurs.

WARNING

There are some small distances immedi-ately before the closed position whichcannot be detected. Make sure that allpassengers have their hands, etc., insidethe vehicle before closing the moonroof.

When closing

If the control unit detects something caught in themoonroof as it moves to the front, the moonroofwill immediately open backward.

When tilting down

If the control unit detects something caught in themoonroof as it tilts down, the moonroof will im-mediately tilt up.

If the auto-reverse function malfunctions and re-peats opening or tilting up the moonroof, keeppushing the tilt down switch within 5 secondsafter it happens; the moonroof will fully closegradually. Make sure nothing is caught in themoonroof.

SunshadeOpen and close the sunshade by sliding it for-ward or backward.

If the moonroof does not closeHave your moonroof checked and repaired. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

POWER MOONROOFThe moonroof will only operate when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position. The power moonroofis operational for a period of time, even if theignition switch is placed in the ACC or OFFposition. If the driver’s door or the front passen-ger’s door is opened during this period of time,the power to the moonroof is canceled.

LIC3477

DUAL PANEL MOONROOF (if soequipped)


Sliding the moonroof

To slide the moonroof:

● To fully open the moonroof, push the switch�1 toward the open position until it reachesthe second detent. If the switch �1 ispushed to the first detent, only the sunshadewill open.

● To fully close the moonroof, push the switch�2 toward the close position until it reachesthe second detent. If the switch �2 ispushed to the first detent, the moonroof willclose but the sunshade will remain open.

● To open or close the moonroof part way,release the switch �1 or �2 while the moon-roof is sliding open or closed. The moonroofwill stop at the desired position.

Tilting the moonroof

To tilt the moonroof:

● To tilt the moonroof up, push and release thetilt switch �3 . When the moonroof is open, itwill automatically close and then tilt up.

● To tilt the moonroof down, push and releasethe tilt switch �3 or push the switch �2toward the close position until it reaches thefirst detent.

● To tilt the moonroof down and close thesunshade at the same time, push the switch�2 to the close position until it reaches thesecond detent.

Auto-reverse function (when closing ortilting down the moonroof)

The auto-reverse function can be activated whenthe moonroof is closed or tilted down by auto-matic operation when the ignition switch isplaced in the ON position or for a period of timeafter the ignition switch is placed in the OFFposition. Depending on the environment ordriving conditions, the auto-reverse func-tion may be activated if an impact or loadsimilar to something being caught in themoonroof occurs.

WARNING

There are some small distances immedi-ately before the closed position whichcannot be detected. Make sure that allpassengers have their hands, etc., insidethe vehicle before closing the moonroof.

When closing

If the control unit detects something caught in themoonroof as it moves to the front, the moonroofwill immediately open backward.

When tilting down

If the control unit detects something caught in themoonroof as it tilts down, the moonroof will im-mediately tilt up.

If the auto-reverse function malfunctions and re-peats opening or tilting up the moonroof, keeppushing the tilt down switch within 5 secondsafter it happens; the moonroof will fully closegradually. Make sure nothing is caught in themoonroof.

WARNING

● In an accident you could be thrown fromthe vehicle through an open moonroof.Always use seat belts and childrestraints.

● Do not allow anyone to stand up orextend any portion of their body out ofthe moonroof opening while the vehicleis in motion or while the moonroof isclosing.

CAUTION

● Remove water drops, snow, ice or sandfrom the moonroof before opening.

● Do not place heavy objects on themoonroof or surrounding area.


SunshadeTo open the sunshade:

● To fully open the sunshade, push the switch�1 toward the open position until it reachesthe first detent.

● To fully open the sunshade and the moon-roof together, push the switch �1 toward theopen position until it reaches the seconddetent.

To close the sunshade:

● To fully close the sunshade, push the switch�2 toward the close position until it reachesthe second detent.

● Pushing the switch �2 to the first detent willclose the moonroof only.

If the moonroof does not closeHave your moonroof checked and repaired. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

The rear sun shade operates when the ignitionswitch is in the ACC or ON position.

The rear sun shade switch is located on the frontconsole.

● To raise the sun shade, push the upper sideof the switch �1 .

● To lower the sun shade, push the lower sideof the switch �2 .

● The switch need not be held down.

LIC2644 WIC1443

REAR POWER SUNSHADE (if soequipped)


CAUTION

● Do not place objects (such as newspa-pers, handkerchiefs, etc.) on the screeninlet port. Doing so may entangle theseobjects in the screen when it is extend-ing or retracting, causing improper op-eration or damage to the screen.

● Do not push the sun shade arm withyour hands, etc., as this may deform it.Improper operation or damage to thescreen may result.

● Do not hang any object on the arm railas this may result in improper operationor damage the screen.

● Do not forcefully pull the screen. Doingso may elongate the screen. Improperoperation or damage to the screen mayresult.

● To avoid personal injury, keep yourhands, fingers and head away from thesun shade arm, arm rail and screen inletport.

● Do not allow children near the rear sunshade system. They could be injured.

● Do not pull or push the rear sun shade.This could cause improper operation ordamage it.

�1 The interior lights can be turned on regard-less of door position. The lights will go offafter a period of time unless the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position when anydoor is opened.

�2 The interior lights can be set to operatewhen the doors are opened. To turn off theinterior lights when a is door open, push theswitch; the interior lights will not illuminate,regardless of door position.

LIC3231 LIC2302

INTERIOR LIGHTS


The lights will go off when the ignition switchis placed in the ON position, or the driver’sdoor is closed and locked. The lights willalso go off after a period of time when thedoors are open.

NOTE:

The step lights illuminate when the driverand passenger doors are opened regard-less of the interior light switch position.These lights will turn off automatically aftera period of time while doors are open toprevent the battery from becoming dis-charged.

CAUTION

Do not use for extended periods of timewith the engine stopped. This could resultin a discharged battery.

CONSOLE LIGHTThe console light will turn on whenever the park-ing lights or headlights are illuminated.

The console light brightness can be adjustedwith the illumination brightness control in thevehicle information display.

MAP LIGHTSTo turn the map lights on, push the switches. Toturn them off, push the switches again.

CAUTION

Do not use for extended periods of timewith the engine stopped. This could resultin a discharged battery.

LIC2303 LIC2304


PERSONAL LIGHTSTo turn the rear personal lights on, push theswitch. To turn them off, push the switch again.

The light illuminates when the trunk lid is opened.When the trunk lid is closed, the light goes off.For additional information, refer to “Exterior andinterior lights” in the “Do-it-yourself” section ofthis manual.

The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver providesa convenient way to consolidate the functions ofup to three individual hand-held transmitters intoone built-in device.

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver:

● Will operate most radio frequency devicessuch as garage doors, gates, home and of-fice lighting, entry door locks and securitysystems.

● Is powered by your vehicle’s battery. Noseparate batteries are required. If the vehi-cle’s battery is discharged or is discon-nected, HomeLink® will retain all program-ming.

When the HomeLink® Universal Trans-ceiver is programmed, retain the originaltransmitter for future programming proce-dures (Example: new vehicle purchases).Upon sale of the vehicle, the programmedHomeLink® Universal Transceiver buttonsshould be erased for security purposes. Foradditional information, refer to “Program-ming HomeLink®” in this section.

LIC1083

TRUNK LIGHT HOMELINK® UNIVERSALTRANSCEIVER


WARNING

● Do not use the HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver with any garage dooropener that lacks safety stop and re-verse features as required by federalsafety standards. (These standards be-came effective for opener modelsmanufactured after April 1, 1982). A ga-rage door opener which cannot detectan object in the path of a closing garagedoor and then automatically stop andreverse, does not meet current federalsafety standards. Using a garage dooropener without these features in-creases the risk of serious injury ordeath.

● During the programming procedureyour garage door or security gate willopen and close (if the transmitter iswithin range). Make sure that people orobjects are clear of the garage door,gate, etc. that you are programming.

● Your vehicle’s engine should be turnedoff while programming the HomeLink®Universal Transceiver. Do not breatheexhaust gases; they contain colorlessand odorless carbon monoxide. Carbonmonoxide is dangerous. It can causeunconsciousness or death.

PROGRAMMING HOMELINK®If you have any questions or are having difficultyprogramming your HomeLink® buttons, refer tothe HomeLink® web site at: www.homelink.comor call 1-800-355-3515.

NOTE:

Place the ignition switch in the ACC posi-tion when programming HomeLink®. It isalso recommended that a new battery beplaced in the hand-held transmitter of thedevice being programmed to HomeLink®for quicker programming and accuratetransmission of the radio frequency.

1. Position the end of your hand-held transmit-ter 1–3 in (2–8 cm) away from theHomeLink® surface, keeping theHomeLink® indicator light �1 in view.

LIC2365


2. Using both hands, simultaneously press andhold the desired HomeLink® button andhand-held transmitter button. DO NOT re-lease until the HomeLink® indicator light �1flashes slowly and then rapidly. When theindicator light flashes rapidly, both buttonsmay be released. (The rapid flashing indi-cates successful programming.)

NOTE:

Some devices may require you to replaceStep 2 with the cycling procedure noted in“Programming HomeLink® for Canadiancustomers and gate openers” in this sec-tion.

3. Press and hold the programmedHomeLink® button and observe the indica-tor light.

● If the indicator light �1 issolid/continuous, programming iscomplete and your device should acti-vate when the HomeLink® button ispressed and released.

● If the indicator light �1 blinks rapidly for2 seconds and then turns to asolid/continuous light, continuewith Steps 4-6 for a rolling code device.A second person may make the followingsteps easier. Use a ladder or other device.Do not stand on your vehicle to performthe next steps.

4. At the receiver located on the garage dooropener motor in the garage, locate the“learn”or “smart”button (the name and colorof the button may vary by manufacturer but itis usually located near where the hangingantenna wire is attached to the unit). If there

is difficulty locating the button, reference thegarage door opener’s manual.

5. Press and release the “learn” or “smart” but-ton.

6. Return to the vehicle and firmly press andhold the trained HomeLink® button for2 seconds and release. Repeat the“press/hold/release” sequence up to threetimes to complete the training process.HomeLink® should now activate your rollingcode equipped device.

7. If you have any questions or are having diffi-culty programming your HomeLink® but-tons, refer to the HomeLink® web site at:www.homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515.

PROGRAMMING HOMELINK® FORCANADIAN CUSTOMERS ANDGATE OPENERS

Canadian radio-frequency laws require transmit-ter signals to “time-out” (or quit) after severalseconds of transmission – which may not be longenough for HomeLink® to pick up the signalduring training. Similar to this Canadian law,some U.S. gate operators are designed to “tim-eout” in the same manner.

LIC2366


If you live in Canada or you are having difficultiestraining a gate operator or garage door openerby using the “Training” procedures, replace“Programming HomeLink®” Step 2 with the fol-lowing:

NOTE:

When programming a garage door opener,etc., unplug the device during the “cycling”process to prevent possible damage to thegarage door opener components.

1. For additional information, refer to “Pro-gramming HomeLink®” step 1 in this sec-tion.

2. Using both hands, simultaneously press andhold the desired HomeLink® button and thehand-held transmitter button. During train-ing, your hand-held transmitter may auto-matically stop transmitting. Continue topress and hold the desired HomeLink® but-ton while you press and re-press (“cycle”)your hand-held transmitter every 2 secondsuntil the frequency signal has been learned.The HomeLink® indicator light will flashslowly and then rapidly after several secondsupon successful training. DO NOT releaseuntil the HomeLink® indicator light flashesslowly and then rapidly. When the indicatorlight flashes rapidly, both buttons may be

released. The rapid flashing indicates suc-cessful training.Proceed with “Programming HomeLink®”step 3 to complete.If the device was unplugged during the pro-gramming procedure, remember to plug itback in when programming is completed.

OPERATING THE HOMELINK®UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER

The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver, after it isprogrammed, can be used to activate the pro-grammed device. To operate, simply press andrelease the appropriate programmedHomeLink® Universal Transceiver button. Theamber indicator light will illuminate while the sig-nal is being transmitted.

For convenience, the hand-held transmitter of thedevice may also be used at any time.

PROGRAMMING TROUBLE-DIAGNOSIS

If the HomeLink® does not quickly learn thehand-held transmitter information:

● replace the hand-held transmitter batterieswith new batteries.

● position the hand-held transmitter with itsbattery area facing away from theHomeLink® surface.

● press and hold both the HomeLink® andhand-held transmitter buttons without inter-ruption.

● position the hand-held transmitter 1 -3 inches (26 - 76 mm) away from theHomeLink® surface. Hold the transmitter inthat position for up to 15 seconds. IfHomeLink® is not programmed within thattime, try holding the transmitter in anotherposition – keeping the indicator light in viewat all times.

If you have any questions or are having difficultyprogramming your HomeLink® buttons, refer tothe HomeLink® web site at: www.homelink.comor call 1-800-355-3515.

CLEARING THE PROGRAMMEDINFORMATIONThe following procedure clears the programmedinformation from both buttons. Individual buttonscannot be cleared. However, individual buttonscan be reprogrammed. For additional informa-tion, refer to “Reprogramming a singleHomeLink® button” in this section.


To clear all programming:

1. Press and hold the two outer HomeLink®buttons until the indicator light begins toflash in approximately 10 seconds. Do nothold for longer than 20 seconds.

2. Release both buttons.

HomeLink® is now in the programming modeand can be programmed at any time beginningwith “Programming HomeLink®” - Step 1.

REPROGRAMMING A SINGLEHOMELINK® BUTTON

To reprogram a HomeLink® Universal Trans-ceiver button, complete the following:

1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink® but-ton. DO NOT release the button.

2. The indicator light will begin to flash after20 seconds. Without releasing theHomeLink® button, proceed with “Pro-gramming HomeLink®” - Step 1.

For questions or comments, contact HomeLink®at: www.homelink.com or 1–800–355–3515(except Mexico).

The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver buttonhas now been reprogrammed. The new devicecan be activated by pushing the HomeLink®

button that was just programmed. This procedurewill not affect any other programmed HomeLink®buttons.

IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLEN

If your vehicle is stolen, you should change thecodes of any non-rolling code device that hasbeen programmed into HomeLink®. Consult theOwner’s Manual of each device or call the manu-facturer or dealer of those devices for additionalinformation.

When your vehicle is recovered, you willneed to reprogram the HomeLink® Univer-sal Transceiver with your new transmitterinformation.

FCC Notice:

For USA:

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol-lowing two conditions: (1) This device maynot cause interference, and (2) this devicemust accept any interference received, in-cluding interference that may cause unde-sired operation.

NOTE:


For Canada:

This device complies with Industry Canadalicence-exempt RSS standard(s). Opera-tion is subject to the following two condi-tions: (1) this device may not cause inter-ference, and (2) this device must accept anyinterference, including interference thatmay cause undesired operation of the de-vice.


3 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2NISSAN Intelligent Key® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys . . . . . . . . . 3-3

Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4Locking with key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4Locking with inside lock knob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5Locking with power door lock switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6Automatic door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6Child safety rear door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6

NISSAN Intelligent Key® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7Operating range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8Door locks/unlocks precaution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8NISSAN Intelligent Key® Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9How to use the remote keyless entryfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12Warning signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16Troubleshooting guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17

Remote Engine Start. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19Remote engine start operating range . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19Remote starting the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19Extending engine run time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20Canceling a remote start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20

Conditions the remote start will not work . . . . . . . . . 3-20Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21Trunk lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22

Opener operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22Interior trunk lid release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23Interior trunk access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23

Fuel-filler door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24Opening the fuel-filler door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24Fuel-filler cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24

Steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26Manual operation (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26Automatic operation (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27

Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28Vanity mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28

Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29Automatic anti-glare rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29

Automatic drive positioner (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . 3-31Memory Storage Function (Key-Link) . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31Memory storage function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32Entry/exit function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33System operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33

1. Intelligent Keys (two sets)2. Mechanical keys3. Key number plate (one plate)

NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY®

Your vehicle can only be driven with the IntelligentKeys which are registered to your vehicle’s Intel-ligent Key System components.

Never leave these keys in the vehicle.

As many as four Intelligent Keys can be regis-tered and used with one vehicle. The new keysmust be registered by a NISSAN dealer prior touse with the Intelligent Key System of your ve-hicle. Since the registration process requires

erasing all memory in the Intelligent Key compo-nents when registering new keys, be sure to takeall Intelligent Keys that you have to the NISSANdealer.

A key number plate is supplied with your keys.Record the key number and keep it in a safe place(such as your wallet), not in the vehicle. If you loseyour keys, it is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for duplicates by using the keynumber. NISSAN does not record key numbersso it is very important to keep track of your keynumber plate.

A key number is only necessary when you havelost all keys and do not have one to duplicatefrom. If you still have a key, it can be duplicatedwithout knowing the key number.

CAUTION

Listed below are conditions or occur-rences which will damage the IntelligentKey:

● Do not allow the Intelligent Key, whichcontains electrical components, tocome into contact with water or saltwater. This could affect the systemfunction.

● Do not drop the Intelligent Key.

● Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharplyagainst another object.

● Do not change or modify the IntelligentKey.

● Wetting may damage the IntelligentKey. If the Intelligent Key gets wet, im-mediately wipe until it is completely dry.

● Do not place the Intelligent Key for anextended period in an area where tem-peratures exceed 60°C (140°F).

● Do not attach the Intelligent Key with akey holder that contains a magnet.

● Do not place the Intelligent Key nearequipment that produces a magneticfield, such as a TV, audio equipment andpersonal computers.

If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen, NISSANrecommends erasing the ID code of that Intelli-gent Key from the vehicle. This may prevent theunauthorized use of the Intelligent Key to operatethe vehicle. For information regarding the erasingprocedure, it is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer.

LPD2346

KEYS

3-2 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Mechanical key

The Intelligent Key contains the mechanical key,which can be used in case of a discharged bat-tery.

To remove the mechanical key, release the lockknob on the back of the Intelligent Key.

To install the mechanical key, firmly insert it intothe Intelligent Key until the lock knob returns tothe lock position.

The mechanical key can be used for operation inthe same way as an ordinary key.

CAUTION

Always carry the mechanical key installedin the Intelligent Key slot.

For additional information, refer to “Doors” in thissection and “Storage” in the “Instruments andcontrols” section of this manual.

Valet hand-offWhen you have to leave a key with a valet, givethem the Intelligent Key itself and keep the me-chanical key with you to protect your belongings.

To prevent the glove box and the trunk from beingopened during valet hand-off, follow the proce-dures below.

1. Push the trunk cancel switch to the OFFposition.

2. Remove the mechanical key from the Intelli-gent Key.

3. Lock the glove box and the trunk pass-through with the mechanical key.

4. Hand the Intelligent Key to the valet andkeep the mechanical key with you.

For additional information, refer to “Trunk lid” inthis section, “Storage” in the “Instruments andcontrols” section and “Seats” in the “Safety-–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraintsystem” section of this manual.

NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZERSYSTEM KEYS

You can only drive your vehicle using the Intelli-gent Keys which are registered to the NISSANVehicle Immobilizer System components in yourvehicle.

The mechanical key can be used for all the locks.

Never leave the keys in the vehicle.

Additional or replacement keys:

If you still have a key, the key number is notnecessary when you need extra NISSAN VehicleImmobilizer System keys. Your existing key canbe duplicated without knowing the key number.As many as four NISSAN Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem keys can be used with one vehicle. Youshould bring all NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Sys-tem keys that you have to the NISSAN dealer forregistration. This is because the registration pro-cess will erase the memory of all key codespreviously registered into the NISSAN VehicleImmobilizer System. After the registration pro-cess, these components will only recognize keyscoded into the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Sys-tem during registration. Any key that is not givento the dealer at the time of registration will nolonger be able to start your vehicle.

SPA1951

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-3

CAUTION

Do not allow the immobilizer system key,which contains an electrical transponder,to come into contact with water or saltwater. This could affect system function.

When the doors are locked using one of thefollowing methods, the doors cannot be openedusing the inside or outside door handles. Thedoors must be unlocked to open the doors.

WARNING

● Before opening any door, always lookfor and avoid oncoming traffic.

● To help avoid risk of injury or deaththrough unintended operation of thevehicle and or its systems, includingentrapment in windows or inadvertentdoor lock activation, do not leave chil-dren, people who require the assistanceof others or pets unattended in yourvehicle. Additionally, the temperatureinside a closed vehicle on a warm daycan quickly become high enough tocause a significant risk of injury ordeath to people and pets.

LOCKING WITH KEYTo lock or unlock the vehicle, turn the key asshown.

Manual (for driver’s door only)To lock a door, turn the key toward the front of thevehicle �1 . To unlock, turn the key toward the rearof the vehicle �2 .

Driver’s sideLPD2129

DOORS


Power

The power door lock system allows you to lock orunlock all doors at the same time.

Turning the key toward the front �1 of the vehiclelocks all doors.

Turning the key one time toward the rear �2 of thevehicle unlocks that door. From that position,returning the key to neutral �3 (where the key canonly be removed and inserted) and turning ittoward the rear again within 60 seconds unlocksall doors �4 .

Opening and closing windowsThe driver’s door key operation allows you toopen and close windows equipped with auto-matic operation at the same time.

● To open the windows, turn the driver’s doorkey toward the rear of the vehicle for longerthan 1 second after the door is unlocked.

● To close the windows, turn the driver’s doorkey toward the front of the vehicle for longerthan 1 second after the door is locked.

Windows stop when the key cylinder is released.

LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCKKNOBTo lock the door without the key, move the insidelock knob to the lock position �1 , then close thedoor.

To unlock the door without the key, move theinside lock knob to the unlock position �2 .

Driver’s sideLPD0461

Inside lockLPD2092


LOCKING WITH POWER DOORLOCK SWITCHTo lock all the doors without a key, push the doorlock switch (driver’s or front passenger’s side) tothe lock position �1 . When locking the door thisway, be certain not to leave the key inside thevehicle.

To unlock all the doors without a key, push thedoor lock switch (driver’s or front passenger’sside) to the unlock position �2 .

Lockout protectionWhen the power door lock switch (driver’s orfront passenger’s side) is moved to the lockposition with the Intelligent Key left in the vehicleand any door open, all doors will unlock automati-cally and a chime will sound after the door isclosed.

AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS● All doors lock automatically when the vehicle

speed reaches 15 mph (24 km/h).

● All doors unlock automatically when the ig-nition is placed in the OFF position.

CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCKChild safety locks help prevent the rear doorsfrom being opened accidentally, especially whensmall children are in the vehicle.

The child safety lock levers are located on theedge of the rear doors.

When the lever is in the unlock position �2 , thedoor can be opened from the outside or theinside.

When the lever is in the LOCK position �1 ,the door can be opened only from the out-side.

LPD2093 LPD2117


WARNING


● The Intelligent Key transmits radiowaves when the buttons are pressed.The FAA advises the radio waves mayaffect aircraft navigation and communi-cation systems. Do not operate the In-telligent Key while on an airplane. Makesure the buttons are not operated unin-tentionally when the unit is stored for aflight.

● Never leave the Intelligent Key in thevehicle when you leave the vehicle.

The Intelligent Key system can operate all thedoor locks using the remote control function orpushing the request switch on the vehicle withouttaking the key out from a pocket or purse. Theoperating environment and/or conditions may af-fect the Intelligent Key system operation.

Be sure to read the following before using theIntelligent Key system.

CAUTION

Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key withyou when operating the vehicle.

The Intelligent Key is capable of receiving andtransmitting radio waves. The Intelligent Key sys-tem transmits weak radio waves from variousdistances. Environmental conditions may inter-fere with the operation of the Intelligent Key sys-tem under the following operating conditions:

● When operating near a location wherestrong radio waves are transmitted, such asa TV tower, power station and broadcastingstation.

● When in possession of wireless equipment,such as a cellular telephone, transceiver, or aCB radio.

● When the Intelligent Key is in contact with orcovered by metallic materials.

● When any type of radio wave remote controlis used nearby.

● When the Intelligent Key is placed near anelectric appliance such as a personal com-puter.

● When the vehicle is parked near a parkingmeter.

In such cases, correct the operating conditionsbefore using the Intelligent Key function or usethe mechanical key.

Although the life of the battery varies dependingon the operating conditions, the battery’s life isapproximately two years. If the battery is dis-charged, replace it with a new one.

When the Intelligent Key battery is low, a yellowindicator illuminates with the message “Warning,Key ID Incorrect” in the vehicle information dis-play. For additional information, refer to “Vehicleinformation display warnings and indicators” inthe “Instruments and controls” section of thismanual.

Since the Intelligent Key is capable of receivingradio waves, if the key is left near equipmentwhich transmits strong radio waves, such as sig-nals from a TV and personal computer, the bat-tery life may become shorter.

For additional information, refer to “Battery re-placement” in the “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section of this manual.

As many as four Intelligent Keys can be regis-tered and used with one vehicle. For informationabout the purchase and use of additional Intelli-gent Keys, it is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer.

NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY®


OPERATING RANGE

The Intelligent Key functions can only be usedwhen the Intelligent Key is within the specifiedoperating range from the request switch �1 .

NOTE:

If all doors are already unlocked, openingthe trunk does NOT require an IntelligentKey to be in range of the trunk requestswitch or rear of the vehicle.

When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged orstrong radio waves are present near the operat-ing location, the Intelligent Key operating rangebecomes narrower, and the Intelligent Key maynot function properly.

The operating range is within 31.50 in (80 cm)from each request switch �1 .

If the Intelligent Key is too close to the door glass,handle or rear bumper, the request switches maynot function.

When the Intelligent Key is within the operatingrange, it is possible for anyone, even someonewho does not carry the Intelligent Key, to push therequest switch to lock/unlock the doors.

DOOR LOCKS/UNLOCKSPRECAUTION

● Do not push the door handle request switchwith the Intelligent Key held in your hand asillustrated. The close distance to the doorhandle will cause the Intelligent Key systemto have difficulty recognizing that the Intelli-gent Key is outside the vehicle.

● After locking with the door handle requestswitch, verify the doors are securely lockedby testing them.

LPD2073

WPD0375


● To prevent the Intelligent Key from being leftinside the vehicle, make sure you carry theIntelligent Key with you and then lock thedoors.

● Do not pull the door handle before pushingthe door handle request switch. The doorwill be unlocked but will not open. Releasethe door handle once and pull it again toopen the door.

NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY®OPERATIONYou can lock or unlock the doors without takingthe Intelligent Key out of your pocket or bag.

When you carry the Intelligent Key with you, youcan lock or unlock all doors by pushing the doorhandle request switch within the range of opera-tion.

Locking doors

1. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) position,place the ignition switch in the LOCK posi-tion and make sure you carry the IntelligentKey with you.

2. Close all doors.

3. Push any door handle request switch whilecarrying the Intelligent Key with you.

4. All doors will lock.

5. The hazard warning lights flash twice, theoutside buzzer sounds twice, and the frontand tail lights will turn on for 10 seconds.

LPD2074 LPD2347


NOTE:

● Request switches for all doors andtrunk lid can be deactivated when the“Ext. Door Switch” setting is switchedto OFF in the Vehicle Settings of thevehicle information display. For addi-tional information, refer to “Vehicle in-formation display” in the “Instrumentsand controls” section of this manual.

● Doors lock with the door handle re-quest switch �1 while the ignitionswitch is not in the LOCK position.

● Doors do not lock by pushing the doorhandle request switch while any door isopen. However, doors lock with themechanical key even if any door isopen.

● Doors do not lock with the door handlerequest switch with the Intelligent Keyinside the vehicle and a beep sounds towarn you. However, when an IntelligentKey is inside the vehicle, doors can belocked with another Intelligent Key.

CAUTION

● After locking the doors using the re-quest switch, make sure that the doorshave been securely locked by operatingthe door handles or the trunk lid re-quest switch.

● When locking the doors using the re-quest switch, make sure to have theIntelligent Key in your possession be-fore operating the request switch toprevent the Intelligent Key from beingleft in the vehicle.

● The request switch is operational onlywhen the Intelligent Key has been de-tected by the Intelligent Key system.

Lockout protection

To prevent the Intelligent Key from being acci-dentally locked in the vehicle, lockout protectionis equipped with the Intelligent Key system.

When any door is open, the doors are locked,and then the Intelligent Key is put inside thevehicle and all the doors are closed; a chime willsound and the lock will automatically unlock.

NOTE:

The doors may not lock when the Intelli-gent Key is in the same hand that is oper-ating the request switch to lock the door.Put the Intelligent Key in a purse, pocket oryour other hand.

CAUTION

The lockout protection may not functionunder the following conditions:

● When the Intelligent Key is placed ontop of the instrument panel.

● When the Intelligent Key is placed in-side the glove box or a storage bin.

● When the Intelligent Key is placed in-side the door pockets.

● When the Intelligent Key is placed in-side or near metallic materials.

WPD0369


Unlocking doors1. Carry the Intelligent Key.

2. Push the door handle request switch.

3. The door on which the request switch waspressed will unlock and the hazard warninglights flash once, the outside buzzer soundsonce, and the front and tail lights will turn onfor 30 seconds.

4. Push the door handle request switch againwithin one minute, the outside buzzersounds once and the remaining doors un-lock.

NOTE:

● If Selective Unlock is turned off in theVehicle Settings, all doors will unlockupon the first request switch �1 press.

● Request switches for all doors andtrunk lid can be deactivated when the“Ext. Door Switch” is switched to OFFin the Vehicle Settings of the vehicleinformation display. For additional in-formation, refer to “Vehicle informa-tion display” in the “Instruments andcontrols” section of this manual.

If a door handle is pulled while unlocking thedoors, that door may not be unlocked. Returningthe door handle to its original position will unlockthe door. If the door does not unlock after return-ing the door handle, push the door handle re-quest switch to unlock the door.

All doors will be locked automatically unless oneof the following operations is performed withinone minute after pushing the request switch.

● Opening any door.

● Pushing the ignition switch.

The interior light timer illuminates for a period oftime when a door is unlocked and the room lightswitch is in the DOOR position.

The interior light can be turned off without waitingby performing one of the following operations:

● Placing the ignition switch in the ON posi-tion.

● Locking the doors with the remote control.

● Switching the room light switch to the OFFposition.

● Switching the Auto Room Lamp to the OFFposition in Vehicle Settings of the vehicleinformation display. For additional informa-tion, refer to “Vehicle information display” inthe “Instruments and controls”section of thismanual.

LPD2347 WPD0369


Opening the trunk lid

1. Push the trunk opener request switch �A formore than 1 second while carrying the Intel-ligent Key with you. If all doors are alreadyunlocked, opening the trunk does NOT re-quire an Intelligent Key to be in range of thetrunk opener request switch or rear of thevehicle.

2. The trunk will unlatch. A chime will soundfour times.

3. Raise the trunk lid to open the trunk.

Lockout protection

To prevent the Intelligent Key from being acci-dentally locked in the trunk, lockout protection isequipped with the Intelligent Key.

When all doors are locked and the trunk lid isclosed with the Intelligent Key inside the trunk,the outside buzzer will sound and the trunk willopen.

HOW TO USE THE REMOTEKEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION

The remote keyless entry function can operate alldoor locks using the remote keyless function ofthe Intelligent Key. The remote keyless functioncan operate at a distance of 33 ft (10 m) awayfrom the vehicle. The operating distance de-pends upon the conditions around the vehicle.

The remote keyless entry function will not func-tion under the following conditions:

● When the Intelligent Key is not within theoperational range.

● When the Intelligent Key battery is dis-charged.

CAUTION

When locking the doors using the Intelli-gent Key, be sure not to leave the key inthe vehicle.

LPD2351


Locking doors

1. Place the ignition switch in the LOCK posi-tion.

2. Close all doors.

3. Press the button on the IntelligentKey.

4. The hazard warning lights flash twice, thehorn beeps once, and the front and tail lightswill turn on for 10 seconds.

5. All doors will be locked.

CAUTION

After locking the doors using the Intelli-gent Key, be sure that the doors have beensecurely locked by operating the doorhandles.

Unlocking doors

1. Press the button on the IntelligentKey.

2. The driver’s door will unlock and the hazardwarning lights flash once, and the front andtail lights will turn on for 30 seconds.

3. Press the button again within oneminute, the outside buzzer sounds once andthe remaining doors unlock.

LPD2257 LPD2258


NOTE:

If Selective Unlock is turned off in the Ve-hicle Settings, all doors will unlock uponthe first press of the Intelligent Keyremote. For additional information, refer to“Vehicle information display” in the “In-struments and controls” section of thismanual.All doors will be locked automatically unless oneof the following operations is performed withinone minute after pressing the button:

● Opening any doors.

● Pushing the ignition switch.The interior light illuminates for a period of timewhen a door is unlocked and the room lightswitch is in the DOOR position.

The light can be turned off without waiting byperforming one of the following operations:

● Placing the ignition switch in the ON posi-tion.

● Locking the doors with the Intelligent Key.

● Switching the room light switch to the OFFposition.

● Switching the Auto Room Lamp to the OFFposition in Vehicle Settings of the vehicleinformation display. For additional informa-tion, refer to “Vehicle information display” inthe “Instruments and controls”section of thismanual.

Opening windowsThe Intelligent Key allows you to simultaneouslyopen windows equipped with automatic opera-tion.

● To open the windows, press and holdthe button on the Intelligent Key forlonger than 3 seconds.

The door windows will lower while holding downthe button on the Intelligent Key.

NOTE:

The windows will stop lowering at the timethe button is released.The door windows cannot be closed byusing the Intelligent Key.

Releasing the trunk lid

Press the button for longer than 1 secondto open the trunk lid. The trunk release button willnot operate when the ignition switch is in the ONposition or when the trunk cancel switch is in theOFF position. For additional information, refer to“Cancel switch” in this section.

WPD0364


Using the panic alarmIf you are near your vehicle and feel threatened,you may activate the panic alarm to call attentionby pressing and holding the button on theIntelligent Key for longer than 1 second.The panic alarm and headlights will stay on for aperiod of time.

The panic alarm stops when:

● It has run for a period of time, or

● Any button is pressed on the Intelligent Key.

● The request switch on the driver or passen-ger door is pushed and the Intelligent Key isin range of the door handle.

● The trunk open request switch is pressedwhile the Intelligent key is in range of thetrunk request switch area and the doors arelocked.

Answer back horn feature

If desired, the answer back horn feature can bedeactivated using the Intelligent Key. When it isdeactivated and the LOCK button ispushed, the hazard indicator lights flash twice.When the UNLOCK button is pushed, nei-ther the hazard indicator lights nor the horn op-erates.

WPD0361 LPD2259


NOTE:

If you change the answer back horn andlight flash feature with the Intelligent Key,the vehicle information display screen willshow the current mode after the ignitionswitch has been cycled from the OFF to theON position. The vehicle information dis-play screen can also be used to change theanswer back horn mode.To deactivate: Press and hold theand buttons for at least 2 seconds.The hazard indicator lights will flash three times toconfirm that the answer back horn feature hasbeen deactivated.

To activate: Press and hold theand buttons for at least 2 seconds oncemore.The hazard indicator lights will flash once and thehorn will sound once to confirm that the hornbeep feature has been reactivated.

Deactivating the horn beep feature does not si-lence the horn if the alarm is triggered.

WARNING SIGNALSTo help prevent the vehicle from moving unex-pectedly by erroneous operation of the IntelligentKey or to help prevent the vehicle from beingstolen, a chime or buzzer sounds from inside andoutside the vehicle and a warning is displayed inthe instrument panel.

When a chime or beep sounds or a warning isdisplayed, be sure to check the vehicle and theIntelligent Key.

For additional information, refer to “Troubleshoot-ing guide” in this section and “Vehicle informationdisplay” in the “Instruments and controls” sectionof this manual.


TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDEVerify the location of all Intelligent Keys that areprogrammed for the vehicle. If another IntelligentKey is in range or inside the vehicle, the vehiclesystem may respond differently than expected.

Symptom Possible Cause Remedy

When pushing the ignition switch to stopthe engine

The red “Shift to Park” warning appears onthe vehicle information display and the in-side warning chime sounds continuously.

The shift lever is not in the P (Park) position. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) position.

When shifting the shift lever to the P (Park)position

The Push ignition to OFF warning appearsin the display.

The ignition switch is in the ACC position.Place the ignition switch in the OFFposition.

When opening the driver’s door to get outof the vehicle

The door open warning appears on the dis-play and the inside warning chime soundscontinuously.

The ignition switch is in the ACC position.Place the ignition switch in the ON positionor close the driver’s door.

When closing the door after getting out ofthe vehicle

The yellow “No Key Detected” warning ap-pears on the vehicle information display, theoutside chime sounds three times and theinside warning chime sounds for approxi-mately three seconds.

The Intelligent Key is not detected inside ofthe vehicle.

Place the ignition switch in the OFFposition.

The red “Shift to Park” warning appears onthe vehicle information display and the in-side and outside chimes soundcontinuously.

The ignition switch is in the ACC or OFFposition and the shift lever is not in the P(Park) position.

Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

When closing the door with the inside lockknob turned to LOCK

The outside chime sounds for approximatelythree seconds and all the doors unlock.

The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

When pushing the door handle requestswitch or the LOCK button on the Intelli-gent Key to lock the door

The outside chime sounds for approximatelythree seconds.

The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.


Symptom Possible Cause Remedy

When pushing the ignition switch to startthe engine

The Intelligent Key battery indicator appearson the display.

The battery charge is low.

Replace the battery with a new one. Foradditional information, refer to “Battery re-placement” in the “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section of this manual.

The yellow “Key ID Incorrect” warning ap-pears on the vehicle information display.

The Intelligent Key is not detected inside ofthe vehicle.

Carry the registered Intelligent Key withyou.

When closing the trunk lidThe outside chime sounds for approximately10 seconds and the trunk lid opens.

The Intelligent Key is inside the trunk. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.


The button will be on the NISSAN Intelli-gent Key® if the vehicle has remote engine start.This feature allows the engine to start from out-side the vehicle.The following features may be affected when theremote start feature is used:

● Vehicles with an automatic climate controlsystem will default to either a heating orcooling mode depending on outside andcabin temperatures. For additional informa-tion, refer to “Remote engine start logic” inthe “Monitor, climate, audio, phone andvoice recognition systems” section of thismanual.

Laws in some local communities may restrict theuse of remote starters. For example, some lawsrequire a person using remote start to have thevehicle in view. Check local regulations for anyrequirements.

Other conditions may affect the function of theRemote Engine Start feature. For additional infor-mation, refer to “Conditions the remote start willnot work” in this section.

Other conditions can affect the performance ofthe Intelligent Key transmitter. For additional in-formation, refer to “NISSAN Intelligent Key®” inthis section.

REMOTE ENGINE STARTOPERATING RANGE

CAUTION

When the Intelligent Key battery is dis-charged or other strong radio wavesources are present near the operatinglocation, the Intelligent Key operatingrange becomes narrower, and the Intelli-gent Key may not function properly.

The remote engine start function can only beused when the Intelligent Key is within the speci-fied operating range from the vehicle.

The remote engine start operating range is ap-proximately 197 ft (60 m) from the vehicle.

REMOTE STARTING THE VEHICLE

To use the remote start feature to start the engineperform the following:

1. Aim the Intelligent Key at the vehicle.

2. Press the LOCK button to lock alldoors.

3. Within 5 seconds press and hold theremote start button until the turn signal lightsflash and the tail lamps turn on. If the vehicleis not within view press and hold theremote start button for at least 2 seconds.

The following events will occur when the enginestarts:

● The parking lights will turn on and remain onas long as the engine is running.

● The doors will be locked and the climatecontrol system may come on.

● The engine will continue to run for 10 min-utes. Repeat the steps to extend the time foran additional 10 minutes. For additional in-formation, refer to “Extending engine runtime” in this section.

LPD2078

REMOTE ENGINE START


Depress and hold the brake then push the push-button ignition switch to the ON position beforedriving. For additional information, refer to “Driv-ing the vehicle” in the “Starting and driving” sec-tion of this manual.

EXTENDING ENGINE RUN TIMEThe remote start feature can be extended onetime by performing the steps listed in “Remotestarting the vehicle” in this section. Run time willbe calculated as follows:

● The first 10 minute run time will start whenthe remote start function is performed.

● The second 10 minutes will start immedi-ately when the remote start function is per-formed again. For example, if the engine hasbeen running for 5 minutes, and 10 minutesare added, the engine will run for a total of15 minutes.

● Extending engine run time will bring you tothe two remote start limit.

A maximum of two remote starts, or a single startwith an extension, are allowed between ignitioncycles. The ignition switch must be cycled to theON position and then back to the OFF positionbefore the remote start procedure can be usedagain.

CANCELING A REMOTE STARTTo cancel a remote start, perform one of thefollowing:

● Aim the Intelligent Key at the vehicle andpress until the parking lights turn off.

● Turn on the hazard warning flashers.

● Cycle the ignition switch ON and then OFF.

● The extended engine run time has expired.

● The first 10 minute timer has expired.

● The engine hood has been opened.

● The shift lever is moved out of park.

● The alarm sounds due to illegal entry into thevehicle.

● The ignition switch is pushed without anIntelligent Key in the vehicle.

● The ignition switch is pushed with an Intelli-gent Key in the vehicle but the brake pedal isnot depressed.

CONDITIONS THE REMOTE STARTWILL NOT WORKThe remote start will not operate if any of thefollowing conditions are present:

● “Remote Engine Start” is turned off in the“Locking” section of the Vehicle Settingsmenu.

● The ignition switch is placed in the ON po-sition.

● The hood is not securely closed.

● The hazard warning lights are on.

● The engine is still running. The engine mustbe completely stopped. Wait at least 6 sec-onds if the engine goes from running to off.This is not applicable when extending en-gine run time.

● The remote start button is not pressedand held for at least 2 seconds.

● The remote start button is not pressedand held within 5 seconds of pressing thelock button.

● The brake is pressed.

● The doors are not closed and locked.

● The trunk or back door is open.


● The I–Key Indicator Light remainssolid in the vehicle information display.

● The alarm sounds due to illegal entry into thevehicle.

● Two remote vehicle starts, or a single remotestart with an extension, have already beenused.

● The vehicle is not in P (Park).

● There is a detected registered key alreadyinside of the vehicle.

● The remote start function has been switchedto the OFF position in Vehicle Settings of thevehicle information display. For additionalinformation, refer to “Vehicle information dis-play” in the “Instruments and controls” sec-tion of this manual.

The remote engine start may display a warning orindicator in the vehicle information display. Foradditional information, refer to “Vehicle informa-tion display” in the “Instruments and controls”section of this manual.

�1 Pull the hood lock release handle locatedbelow the driver side instrument panel. Thehood will spring up slightly.

�2 Push the lever at the front of the hood to theside as illustrated with your fingertips andraise the hood.

When closing the hood, lower it slowly and makesure it locks into place.

WARNING

● Make sure the hood is completelyclosed and latched before driving. Fail-ure to do so could cause the hood to flyopen and result in an accident.

● If you see steam or smoke coming fromthe engine compartment, to avoid injurydo not open the hood.

LPD2354

HOOD


WARNING

● Do not drive with the trunk lid open. Thiscould allow dangerous exhaust gasesto be drawn into the vehicle. For addi-tional information, refer to “Exhaustgas (carbon monoxide)” in the “Startingand driving” section of this manual.

● Closely supervise children when theyare around cars to prevent them fromplaying and becoming locked in thetrunk where they could be seriously in-jured. Keep the car locked, with the rearseatback and trunk lid securely latchedwhen not in use, and prevent children’saccess to car keys. OPENER OPERATION

To open the trunk lid, push the opener switch.

To close the trunk lid, lower and push the trunk liddown securely.

NOTE:

You can open the trunk lid with the Intelli-gent Key. For additional information, referto “NISSAN Intelligent Key®” in this sec-tion.

Cancel switchWhen the cancel switch located inside the glovebox is OFF, the trunk lid cannot be opened withthe trunk lid release switch or with the IntelligentKey.

LPD2080 LPD0186

TRUNK LID


INTERIOR TRUNK LID RELEASE

WARNING

Closely supervise children when they arearound cars to prevent them from playingand becoming locked in the trunk wherethey could be seriously injured. Keep thecar locked, with the rear seatback andtrunk lid securely latched when not in use,and prevent children’s access to car keys.

The interior trunk lid release mechanism providesa means of escape for children and adults in theevent they become locked inside the trunk.

To open the trunk from the inside, pull the illumi-nated release handle until the lock releases andpush up on the trunk lid. The release handle ismade of a material that glows in the dark after abrief exposure to ambient light.

The handle is located inside the trunk compart-ment on the interior of the trunk lid.

INTERIOR TRUNK ACCESS

The trunk can be accessed from the passengerside of the rear seat.

The rear seat can be locked using the mechanicalkey to prevent unauthorized access. For addi-tional information, refer to “Keys” in this section.

1. Move the front passenger seat to the mostforward position.

2. Open the access cover on the rear parcelshelf.

3. Insert the mechanical key into the access lidlock to unlock (if locked).

4. Push down on the button on the rear parcelshelf.

5. Fold down the passenger’s side seatback.

WARNING

● Never allow anyone to ride in the cargoarea or on the rear seat when it is in thefold-down position. Use of these areasby passengers without proper restraintscould result in serious injury or death inan accident or sudden stop.

● Properly secure all cargo with ropes orstraps to help prevent it from sliding orshifting. Do not place cargo higher thanthe seatbacks. In a sudden stop or col-lision, unsecured cargo could causepersonal injury.

● When returning the seatbacks to theupright position, be certain they arecompletely secured in the latched posi-tion. If they are not completely secured,passengers may be injured in an acci-dent or sudden stop.


WIC1401


OPENING THE FUEL-FILLER DOOR

The fuel-filler door automatically unlocks whenthe driver’s door is unlocked.

1. Unlock the fuel-filler door using one of thefollowing operations.

● Unlock the driver’s door with the Intelli-gent Key.

● Push the power door lock switch to theunlock position.

● Push the door handle request switch.

2. To open the fuel-filler door, push the rightside of the fuel-filler door to release.

To lock, close the fuel-filler door securely andlock the doors.

NOTE:

The fuel-filler door will unlock using thekey only when all doors are unlocked. Un-locking the driver’s door will not unlock thefuel-filler door.

FUEL-FILLER CAP

WARNING

● Gasoline is extremely flammable andhighly explosive under certain condi-tions. You could be burned or seriouslyinjured if it is misused or mishandled.Always stop the engine and do notsmoke or allow open flames or sparksnear the vehicle when refueling.

● Do not attempt to top off the fuel tankafter the fuel pump nozzle shuts offautomatically. Continued refueling maycause fuel overflow, resulting in fuelspray and possibly a fire.

● Use only an original equipment typefuel-filler cap as a replacement. It has abuilt-in safety valve needed for properoperation of the fuel system and emis-sion control system. An incorrect capcan result in a serious malfunction andpossible injury. It could also causethe Malfunction Indicator Light(MIL) to come on.

● Never pour fuel into the throttle body toattempt to start your vehicle.

● Do not fill a portable fuel container inthe vehicle or trailer. Static electricitycan cause an explosion of flammableliquid, vapor or gas in any vehicle ortrailer. To reduce the risk of seriousinjury or death when filling portable fuelcontainers:

– Always place the container on theground when filling.

– Do not use electronic devices whenfilling.

– Keep the pump nozzle in contactwith the container while you are fill-ing it.

– Use only approved portable fuel con-tainers for flammable liquid.

WPD0454

FUEL-FILLER DOOR


CAUTION

● Do not use E-15 or E-85 fuel in yourvehicle. For additional information, re-fer to “Fuel recommendation” in the“Technical and consumer information”section of this manual.

● The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning will ap-pear if the fuel-filler cap is not properlytightened. It may take a few driving tripsfor the message to be displayed. Failureto tighten the fuel-filler cap properlyafter the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning ap-pears may cause the MalfunctionIndicator Light (MIL) to illuminate.

● Failure to tighten the fuel-filler capproperly may cause the Malfunc-tion Indicator Light (MIL) to illuminate.If the light illuminates becausethe fuel-filler cap is loose or missing,tighten or install the cap and continueto drive the vehicle. The lightshould turn off after a few driving trips.If the light does not turn off after afew driving trips, have the vehicle in-spected. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

● For additional information, refer to“Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)” inthe “Instruments and controls” sectionof this manual.

● If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body,flush it away with water to avoid paintdamage.

To remove the fuel-filler cap:

1. Turn the fuel-filler cap counterclockwise toremove.

2. Put the fuel-filler cap on the cap holder �1while refueling.

To install the fuel-filler cap:

1. Insert the fuel-filler cap straight into the fuel-filler tube.

2. Turn the fuel-filler cap clockwise until asingle click is heard.

LPD0482


LOOSE FUEL CAP warningThe LOOSE FUEL CAP warning appears in thevehicle information display when the fuel-fillercap is not tightened correctly after the vehicle hasbeen refueled. It may take a few driving trips forthe message to be displayed. To turn off thewarning, perform the following:

1. Remove and install the fuel-filler cap as soonas possible. For additional information, referto “Fuel-filler cap” in this section.

2. Tighten the fuel-filler cap until it clicks.

WARNING

● Do not adjust the steering wheel whiledriving. You could lose control of yourvehicle and cause an accident.

● Do not adjust the steering wheel anycloser to you than is necessary forproper steering operation and comfort.The driver’s air bag inflates with greatforce. If you are unrestrained, leaningforward, sitting sideways or out of posi-tion in any way, you are at greater risk ofinjury or death in a crash. You may alsoreceive serious or fatal injuries from theair bag if you are up against it when itinflates. Always sit back against theseatback and as far away as practicalfrom the steering wheel. Always use theseat belts.

MANUAL OPERATION (if soequipped)

Tilt and telescopic operationPull the lock lever �1 down:

● Adjust the steering wheel up or down indirection �2 to the desired position.

● Adjust the steering wheel forward or back-ward in direction �3 to the desired position.

Push the lock lever �1 up firmly to lock thesteering wheel in place.

LPD2365 LPD2359

STEERING WHEEL


AUTOMATIC OPERATION (if soequipped)

Tilt and telescopic operation

To adjust the steering wheel move the switch �1in the following directions:

● Adjust the steering wheel up or down indirection �2 to the desired tilt position.

● Adjust the steering wheel forward or back-ward in direction �3 to the desired tele-scopic position.

CAUTION

For vehicles with automatic drive posi-tioner: Failure to reset the tilt and tele-scoping functions of the steering wheel,after the vehicle’s battery has been dis-charged, may prevent the steering wheelposition from being adjusted.

For vehicles with automatic drive positioner: Boththe tilt and telescopic steering operation must bereset after the vehicle’s battery has been dis-charged in order to prevent the tilt and telescopicoperation from locking in one position. When thebattery has been recharged or replaced, performthe following:

● For tilt operation: Adjust the switch �1 sothe steering wheel moves to the highestposition �2 that can be reached.

● For telescopic operation: Adjust the switch�1 so the steering wheel moves to the mostforward and backward position �3 that canbe reached.

Performing these operations resets the range ofthe steering wheel’s tilt and telescopic function.

Entry/Exit function (if so equipped)The automatic drive positioner system will makethe steering wheel move up automatically whenthe driver’s door is opened and the ignitionswitch is in the LOCK position. This lets the driverget into and out of the seat more easily. Thesteering wheel moves back into position whenthe driver’s door is closed and the ignition switchis pushed.

For additional information, refer to “Automaticdrive positioner” in this section.

LPD2439


�1 To block glare from the front, swing down thesun visor.

�2 To block glare from the side, remove the sunvisor from the center mount and swing thevisor to the side.

�3 Slide the extension sun visor in or out asneeded.

CAUTION

● Do not store the sun visor before return-ing the extension to its originalposition.

● Do not pull the extension sun visor forc-ibly downward. VANITY MIRRORS

To access the vanity mirror, pull the sun visordown and flip open the mirror cover. The vanitymirror will illuminate when the mirror cover isopen.

WPD0344

LPD2312

SUN VISORS


AUTOMATIC ANTI-GLAREREARVIEW MIRROR

The inside mirror is designed so that it automati-cally dims during night time conditions and ac-cording to the intensity of the headlights of thevehicle following you. The automatic anti-glarefeature is activated when the ignition switch is inthe ON position.

The indicator light will illuminate when the auto-matic anti-glare feature is operating.

NOTE:

Do not hang any objects over the sensors�1 or apply glass cleaner to the sensors.Doing so will reduce the sensitivity of thesensors, resulting in improper operation.

The indicator light �2 will illuminate when theautomatic anti-glare feature is operating.

To turn off the automatic anti-glare feature, pressthe O button. The indicator light will turn off.

To turn on the automatic anti-glare feature again,press the | button again. The indicator lightwill turn on.

For additional information, refer to the“HomeLink® Universal Transceiver” in the “In-struments and controls” section of this manual.

OUTSIDE MIRRORS

The outside mirror remote control will operateonly when the ignition switch is in the ACC or ONposition.

Move the small switch �1 to select the right or leftmirror. Adjust each mirror to the desired positionusing the large switch �2 .

LPD0469 LPD2352

MIRRORS


WARNING

● Objects viewed in the outside mirror onthe passenger side are closer than theyappear. Be careful when moving to theright. Using only this mirror could causean accident. Use the inside mirror orglance over your shoulder to properlyjudge distances to other objects.

● Do not adjust the mirrors while driving.You could lose control of your vehicleand cause an accident.

Reverse tilt-down feature (if soequipped)

The reverse tilt-down feature will turn both out-side mirror surfaces downward to provide betterrear visibility close to the vehicle when the mirrorcontrol switch is in either the L or R position.

The mirrors automatically returns to their originalposition when you shift out of R (Reverse).

The outside mirror surfaces will return to theiroriginal position when one of the following hasoccurred:

● The shift lever is moved to any position otherthan R (Reverse).

● The outside mirror control switch is set to theneutral or center position.

● The ignition switch is placed in the OFFposition.

NOTE:

If the outside mirror control switch is in theCenter position, mirror surface will NOTturn downward when the shift lever ismoved to R (Reverse).

For additional information regarding this feature,refer to “Automatic drive positioner” in this sec-tion.

Foldable outside mirrorsPull the outside mirror toward the door to fold it.

Heated mirrors (if so equipped)The electric control type outside mirrors can beheated to defrost, defog, or de-ice for improvedvisibility. Push the rear window defroster switchto activate the heating function. Push the switchagain to deactivate, or the heating function willautomatically turn off after approximately 15 min-utes.

MPA0008


The automatic drive positioner system has threefeatures:

● Memory storage function (Key-link)

● Memory storage function (Switch)

● Entry/exit function

Key-link, when enabled, automatically retains thedriver’s last seat, automatic steering wheel, andoutside mirror positions for that specific keywhen the ignition is turned from ON to OFF.

Each memory switch button (1 or 2) on the driv-er’s door can also store one additional positionwhich is independent of the key-linked position.

MEMORY STORAGE FUNCTION(Key-Link)

Use the following process to setup key-link:

1. Unlock the vehicle with the desired Intelli-gent Key while the ignition is OFF.

2. Place the ignition in the ON position.

3. Within the “Settings” menu of the vehicleinformation display, select “Key-Linked Set-tings” and press the OK button on the steer-ing switch.

4. While in the menu, press the OK button onthe steering switch to turn the systemON/OFF.

Once step 4 is completed, every time the ignitionis switched from ON to OFF, the memory posi-tions of the driver’s seat, automatic steeringwheel and the outside mirrors are linked to theIntelligent Key.

Follow the same procedure if you want tolink the 2nd, 3rd or 4th Intelligent Key.

NOTE:

If new memory positions are set prior toturning the ignition from ON to OFF, thepreviously linked memory positions for therespective key will be overwritten by newpositions.

Recalling Intelligent Key MemoryPositions

If the “Key-Linked Settings” are enabled in thevehicle information display for that particular key,every time you enter the vehicle the driver’s seat,automatic steering wheel, and outside mirrors willautomatically move to the driver’s last position ofthe respective Intelligent Key.

LPD2432

AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER (ifso equipped)


NOTE:

The key-linked memory positions can bedifferent from the positions stored in thememory switch (1 or 2).

MEMORY STORAGE FUNCTION

Two positions for the driver’s seat, steering column(if so equipped), and outside mirrors can be storedin the automatic drive positioner memory. Followthese procedures to use the memory system.

1. Place the ignition in the ON or ACC position(The vehicle should be stopped while settingthe memory).

2. Adjust the driver’s seat, steering column (ifso equipped), and outside mirrors to thedesired positions by manually operatingeach adjusting switch. For additional infor-mation, refer to “Seats” in the “Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint

system” section of this manual, and “Steer-ing wheel” and “Outside mirrors” in this sec-tion.

3. Push the SET switch and, within 5 seconds,push the memory switch (1 or 2).

4. The indicator light for the pushed memoryswitch will come on and stay on for approxi-mately 5 seconds.

5. The chime will sound if the memory has beenstored.

NOTE:

If a NEW memory position is stored in thesame memory switch, the previous memoryposition will be overwritten by the newstored position.

Confirming memory storagePush the SET switch.

● If a memory position has not been stored inthe switch (1 or 2) the indicator light for therespective switch will come on for approxi-mately 0.5 seconds.

● If a memory position has been stored in theswitch (1 or 2) then the indicator light for therespective switch will stay on for approxi-mately 5 seconds.

LPD2348


Linking an Intelligent Key to the meterdisplay (if so equipped)Each Intelligent Key, up to a maximum of four, canbe linked to the meter display.

1. When the system is enabled, the recognizedIntelligent Key is displayed at start up, as wellas within “Key-Linked Settings”.

2. When the system is active, the meter settingitems are memorized for each Intelligent Keythat has been enabled in the system.

3. The auto drive positioner system is memo-rized automatically when the ignition switchis turned from ON to OFF by the IntelligentKey with no need to set separate buttons forrecalling and memorizing positions.

4. If two Intelligent Keys are in the vehicle, thesystem will recognize the Intelligent Key thatwas used most recently, such as tounlock/lock the door.

5. If there is a desire to change to anotherIntelligent Key while in the vehicle, the usermust turn the ignition OFF and initiate com-munication from the desired Intelligent Key.

a. Ignition from ON position to the OFF

b. Unlock door with the desired IntelligentKey

c. The desired Intelligent Key number shouldappear on the meter display.

ENTRY/EXIT FUNCTIONThis system is designed so that the driver’s seatand automatic operation steering column will au-tomatically move when the shift lever is in the P(Park) position. This allows the driver to get intoand out of the driver’s seat more easily.

The driver’s seat will slide backward and thesteering wheel will move up:

● When the driver’s door is opened andthe ignition switch is in the OFF posi-tion.

● When the ignition switch is turned fromACC to OFF with the driver’s door open.

The driver’s seat and steering wheel will return tothe previous position:

● When the ignition switch is turned to ACC orON while the shift lever is in the P (Park)position.

The entry/exit function can be adjusted or can-celed through the Vehicle Settings in the vehicleinformation display by performing the following:

● Switch the Exit Seat Slide from ON to OFF.

● Switch the Exit Steering Up from ON to OFF.

Restarting the entry/exit function

If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuseopens, the stored memory positions may be lostand some of the functions will be restricted.

1. Drive the vehicle over 25 mph (40 km/h).

OR

2. Open and close the driver’s door more thantwo times with the ignition switch in the OFFposition.

The entry/exit function should now work properly.

SYSTEM OPERATION

The automatic drive positioner system will notwork or will stop operating under the followingconditions:

● When the vehicle speed is above 0 mph(0 km/h) or 4 mph (7km/h) for some limitedfunctions such as linking a key fob to themeter when the power source is turned onfrom off or during the Exit function.


● When any of the memory switches arepushed while the automatic drive positioneris operating.

● When the adjusting switch for the driver’sseat and steering column is turned on whilethe automatic drive positioner is operating.

● When the seat has already been moved tothe memorized position.

● When no seat position is stored in thememory switch.

● When the shift lever is moved from P (Park)to any other position.


4 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voicerecognition systems

RearView Monitor (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2RearView Monitor system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3How to read the displayed lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3Difference between predicted and actualdistances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4How to park with predicted course lines. . . . . . . . . . . 4-5Adjusting the screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7How to turn on and off predicted courselines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7RearView Monitor system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7System maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8

Around View® Monitor (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9Around View® Monitor system operation . . . . . . . . . 4-10Difference between predicted and actualdistances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13How to park with predicted course lines. . . . . . . . . . 4-15How to switch the display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16Adjusting the screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17Around View® Monitor system limitations . . . . . . . . 4-17

System maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19Moving Object Detection (MOD) (if so equipped) . . . . 4-20

MOD system operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21Turning MOD on and off. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22MOD system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22System maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23

Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24Heater and Air Conditioner (automatic). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25

Automatic operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26Manual operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27Operating tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27

Servicing air conditioner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28Audio System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28

Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28NissanConnectSM Services (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . 4-28Apple CarPlay™ (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29Car phone or CB radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30NISSAN Voice Recognition System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30

1. CAMERA button WARNING

● Failure to follow the warnings and in-structions for proper use of the Rear-View Monitor system could result in se-rious injury or death.

● RearView Monitor is a convenience fea-ture and is not a substitute for properbacking. Always turn and look out thewindows and check mirrors to be surethat it is safe to move before operatingthe vehicle. Always back up slowly.

LHA3579

REARVIEW MONITOR (if soequipped)

4-2 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

● The system is designed as an aid to thedriver in showing large stationary ob-jects directly behind the vehicle, to helpavoid damaging the vehicle.

● The distance guide line and the vehiclewidth line should be used as a referenceonly when the vehicle is on a levelpaved surface. The distance viewed onthe monitor is for reference only andmay be different than the actual dis-tance between the vehicle and dis-played objects.

CAUTION

Do not scratch the camera lens whencleaning dirt or snow from the front of thecamera.

The RearView Monitor system automaticallyshows a rear view of the vehicle when the shiftlever is shifted into the R (Reverse) position orwhen the CAMERA button is pressed. The radiocan still be heard while the RearView Monitor isactive.

To display the rear view, the RearView Monitorsystem uses a camera located just above thevehicle’s license plate �1 .

REARVIEW MONITOR SYSTEMOPERATIONWith the ignition switch in the ON position, movethe shift lever to the R (Reverse) position or pressthe CAMERA button to operate the RearViewMonitor.

HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYEDLINES

Guiding lines which indicate the vehicle widthand distances to objects with reference to thevehicle body line �A are displayed on the monitor.

Distance guide lines

Indicate distances from the vehicle body.

● Red line �1 : approx. 1.5 ft (0.5 m)

● Yellow line �2 : approx. 3 ft (1 m)

● Green line �3 : approx. 7 ft (2 m)

● Green line �4 : approx. 10 ft (3 m)

LHA3581 LHA1196

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-3

Vehicle width guide lines �5

Indicate the vehicle width when backing up.

Predicted course lines �6

Indicate the predicted course when backing up.The predicted course lines will be displayed onthe monitor when the shift lever is in the R (Re-verse) position and the steering wheel is turned.The predicted course lines will move dependingon how much the steering wheel is turned andwill not be displayed while the steering wheel is inthe straight-ahead position.

The vehicle width guide lines and the width of thepredicted course lines are wider than the actualwidth and course.

DIFFERENCE BETWEENPREDICTED AND ACTUALDISTANCESThe displayed guidelines and their locations onthe ground are for approximate reference only.Objects on uphill or downhill surfaces or project-ing objects will be actually located at distancesdifferent from those displayed in the monitor rela-tive to the guidelines (refer to illustrations). Whenin doubt, turn around and view the objects as youare backing up, or park and exit the vehicle toview the positioning of objects behind the ve-hicle.

Backing up on a steep uphill

When backing up the vehicle up a hill, the dis-tance guide lines and the vehicle width guidelines are shown closer than the actual distance.Note that any object on the hill is further than itappears on the monitor.

Backing up on a steep downhill

When backing up the vehicle down a hill, thedistance guide lines and the vehicle width guidelines are shown farther than the actual distance.Note that any object on the hill is closer than itappears on the monitor.

LHA3614 LHA3616


Backing up near a projecting objectThe predicted course lines �A do not touch theobject in the display. However, the vehicle may hitthe object if it projects over the actual backing upcourse.

Backing up behind a projecting object

The position �C is shown farther than the position�B in the display. However, the position �C isactually at the same distance as the position �A .The vehicle may hit the object when backing up to

the position �A if the object projects over theactual backing up course.

HOW TO PARK WITH PREDICTEDCOURSE LINES

WARNING

● If the tires are replaced with differentsized tires, the predicted course linesmay be displayed incorrectly.

● On a snow-covered or slippery road,there may be a difference between thepredicted course line and the actualcourse line.

● If the battery is disconnected or be-comes discharged, the predicted courselines may be displayed incorrectly. Ifthis occurs, please perform the follow-ing procedures:

– Turn the steering wheel from lock tolock while the engine is running.

– Drive the vehicle on a straight roadfor more than 5 minutes.

● When the steering wheel is turned withthe ignition switch in the ACC position,the predicted course lines may be dis-played incorrectly.

LHA1201 LHA3588


1. Visually check that the parking space is safebefore parking your vehicle.

2. The rear view of the vehicle is displayed onthe screen �A when the shift lever is movedto the R (Reverse) position.

3. Slowly back up the vehicle adjusting thesteering wheel so that the predicted courselines �B enter the parking space �C .

4. Maneuver the steering wheel to make thevehicle width guide lines �D parallel to theparking space �C while referring to the pre-dicted course lines.

5. When the vehicle is parked in the spacecompletely, move the shift lever to the P(Park) position and apply the parking brake.

LHA1197 LHA1198


ADJUSTING THE SCREEN

1. While on a RearView Monitor screen, touchthe touch-screen display. The Camera Set-tings screen will come up.

2. Touch the Display Settings key.

3. Touch the “Brightness,” “Contrast,” “Tint,”“Color,” or “Black Level” key.

4. Adjust the item by touching the + or — keyon the touch-screen display.

NOTE:

Do not adjust any of the display settings ofthe RearView Monitor while the vehicle ismoving. Make sure the parking brake isfirmly applied.

HOW TO TURN ON AND OFFPREDICTED COURSE LINES

To toggle ON and OFF the predicted course lineswhile in the P (Park) position:

1. Touch the Settings key.

2. Touch the Camera key.

3. Touch the Predicted Course Lines key toturn the feature ON or OFF.

To toggle ON and OFF the predicted course lineswhile in the R (Reverse) position:

1. Touch the touch-screen display.

2. Touch the Predicted Course Lines key toturn the feature ON or OFF.

REARVIEW MONITOR SYSTEMLIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations forRearView Monitor. Failure to operate thevehicle in accordance with these systemlimitations could result in serious injury ordeath.

● The system cannot completely elimi-nate blind spots and may not show ev-ery object.

● Underneath the bumper and the cornerareas of the bumper cannot be viewedon the RearView Monitor because of itsmonitoring range limitation. The systemwill not show small objects below thebumper, and may not show objectsclose to the bumper or on the ground.

● Objects viewed in the RearView Moni-tor differ from actual distance becausea wide-angle lens is used.

● Objects in the RearView Monitor willappear visually opposite compared towhen viewed in the rearview and out-side mirrors.

LHA3522


● Use the displayed lines as a reference.The lines are highly affected by thenumber of occupants, fuel level, vehicleposition, road conditions and roadgrade.

● Make sure that the trunk is securelyclosed when backing up.

● Do not put anything on the rearviewcamera. The rearview camera is in-stalled above the license plate.

● When washing the vehicle with highpressure water, be sure not to spray itaround the camera. Otherwise, watermay enter the camera unit causing wa-ter condensation on the lens, a mal-function, fire or an electric shock.

● Do not strike the camera. It is a preci-sion instrument. Otherwise, it may mal-function or cause damage resulting in afire or an electric shock.

The following are operating limitations and do notrepresent a system malfunction:

● When the temperature is extremely high orlow, the screen may not clearly display ob-jects.

● When strong light directly shines on thecamera, objects may not be displayedclearly.

● Vertical lines may be seen in objects on thescreen. This is due to strong reflected lightfrom the bumper.

● The screen may flicker under fluorescentlight.

● The colors of objects on the RearView Moni-tor may differ somewhat from the actualcolor of objects.

● Objects on the monitor may not be clear in adark environment.

● There may be a delay when switching be-tween views.

● If dirt, rain or snow accumulate on the cam-era, RearView Monitor may not display ob-jects clearly. Clean the camera.

● Do not use wax on the camera lens. Wipe offany wax with a clean cloth dampened with adiluted mild cleaning agent, then wipe with adry cloth.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

CAUTION

● Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinnerto clean the camera. This will causediscoloration.

● Do not damage the camera as the moni-tor screen may be adversely affected.

If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on the camera�1 , the RearView Monitor may not display ob-jects clearly. Clean the camera by wiping it with acloth dampened with a diluted mild cleaningagent and then wiping it with a dry cloth.

LHA3581


1. CAMERA buttonLHA3579

AROUND VIEW® MONITOR (if soequipped)


WARNING

● Failure to follow the warnings and in-structions for the proper use of theAround View® Monitor system couldresult in serious injury or death.

● The Around View® Monitor is a conve-nience feature and is not a substitutefor proper vehicle operation because ithas areas where objects cannot beviewed. The four corners of the vehiclein particular, are areas where objects donot always appear in the bird’s-eye,front, or rear views. Always check yoursurroundings to be sure that it is safe tomove before operating the vehicle. Al-ways operate the vehicle slowly.

● The driver is always responsible forsafety during parking and othermaneuvers.

CAUTION

Do not scratch the camera lens whencleaning dirt or snow from the front of thecamera.

The Around View® Monitor system is designedas an aid to the driver in situations such as slotparking or parallel parking.

The monitor displays various views of the positionof the vehicle in a split screen format. Not allviews are available at all times.

Available views:

● Front ViewAn approximately 150–degree view of thefront of the vehicle.

● Rear ViewAn approximately 150–degree view of therear of the vehicle.

● Bird’s-Eye ViewThe surrounding views of the vehicle fromabove.

● Front-Side ViewThe view around and ahead of the frontpassenger’s side wheel.

To display the multiple views, the Around View®Monitor system uses cameras located in the frontgrille, on the vehicle’s outside mirrors and onejust above the vehicle’s license plate �1 .

AROUND VIEW® MONITORSYSTEM OPERATIONWith the ignition switch in the ON position, movethe shift lever to the R (Reverse) position or pressthe CAMERA button to operate the AroundView® Monitor.

When the camera is first activated with the bird’s-eye view in the display, a red icon (if so equipped)will flash on the screen. This indicates that thesonar system (if so equipped) is activated. For

LHA3587


additional information on the front and rear sonarsystem (if so equipped), refer to “Front and rearsonar system” in the “Starting and driving” sec-tion of this manual.

The screen displayed on the Around View®Monitor will automatically return to the previousscreen 3 minutes after the CAMERA button hasbeen pressed with the shift lever in a positionother than the R (Reverse) position.

Available views

WARNING

● The distance guide lines and the vehiclewidth lines should be used as a refer-ence only when the vehicle is on apaved, level surface. The apparent dis-tance viewed on the monitor may bedifferent than the actual distance be-tween the vehicle and displayedobjects.

● Use the displayed lines and the bird’s-eye view as a reference. The lines andthe bird’s-eye view are greatly affectedby the number of occupants, cargo, fuellevel, vehicle position, road conditionand road grade.

● If the tires are replaced with differentsized tires, the predicted course linesand the bird’s-eye view may be dis-played incorrectly.

● When driving the vehicle up a hill, ob-jects viewed in the monitor are furtherthan they appear. When driving the ve-hicle down a hill, objects viewed in themonitor are closer than they appear.

● Objects in the rear view will appear vi-sually opposite compared to whenviewed in the monitor and outsidemirrors.

● Use the mirrors or actually look to prop-erly judge distances to other objects.

● On a snow-covered or slippery road,there may be a difference between thepredicted course lines and the actualcourse line.

● The vehicle width and predicted courselines are wider than the actual widthand course.

● The displayed lines will appear slightlyoff to the right, because the rear viewcamera is not installed in the rear centerof the vehicle.

Front and rear view

Guiding lines that indicate the approximate ve-hicle width and distance to objects with refer-ence to the vehicle body line �A are displayed onthe monitor.

Distance guide lines

Indicate distances from the vehicle body:

● Red line �1 : approximately 1.5 ft (0.5 m)

● Yellow line �2 : approximately 3 ft (1 m)

● Green line �3 : approximately 7 ft (2 m)

● Green line �4 : approximately 10 ft (3 m)

Front viewSAA1840


Vehicle width guide lines �5 :

Indicate the approximate vehicle width whenbacking up.

Predicted course lines �6 :

Indicate the predicted course when operating thevehicle. The predicted course lines will be dis-played on the monitor when the steering wheel isturned. The predicted course lines will move de-pending on how much the steering wheel isturned and will not be displayed while the steer-ing wheel is in the straight-ahead position.

The front view will not be displayed when thevehicle speed is above 6 mph (10 km/h).

NOTE:

When the monitor displays the front viewand the steering wheel turns about 90 de-grees or less from the straight-ahead posi-tion, both the right and left predictedcourse lines �6 are displayed. When thesteering wheel turns about 90 degrees ormore, a line is displayed only on the oppo-site side of the turn.

Bird’s-eye view

The bird’s-eye view shows the overhead view ofthe vehicle, which helps confirm the vehicle po-sition and the predicted course to a parkingspace.

The vehicle icon �1 shows the position of thevehicle. Note that the apparent distance betweenobjects viewed in the bird’s-eye view may differsomewhat from the actual distance to the vehicle.

The areas that the cameras cannot cover �2 areindicated in black.

The non-viewable area �2 is highlighted in yellowfor several seconds after the bird’s-eye view is

Rear viewSAA1896 LHA3730


displayed. It will be shown only the first time afterthe ignition switch is placed in the ON position.

The driver can check the approximate directionand angle of the tire on the display by the tire icon�3 when driving the vehicle forward or backward.

WARNING

● Objects in the bird’s-eye view will ap-pear further than the actual distance.

● Tall objects, such as a curb or vehicle,may be misaligned or not displayed atthe seam of the views.

● Objects that are above the camera can-not be displayed.

● The view of the bird’s-eye view may bemisaligned when the camera positionalters.

● A line on the ground may be misalignedand is not seen as being straight at theseam of the views. The misalignmentwill increase as the line proceeds awayfrom the vehicle.

● Tire angle display does not indicate theactual tire angle.

Front-side view

Guiding lines

Guiding lines that indicate the approximate widthand the front end of the vehicle are displayed onthe monitor.

The front-of-vehicle line �1 shows the front partof the vehicle.

The side-of-vehicle line �2 shows the approxi-mate vehicle width including the outside mirrors.

The extensions �3 of both the front �1 and side�2 lines are shown with a green dotted line.

DIFFERENCE BETWEENPREDICTED AND ACTUALDISTANCESThe displayed guidelines and their locations onthe ground are for approximate reference only.Objects on uphill or downhill surfaces or project-ing objects will be actually located at distancesdifferent from those displayed in the monitor rela-tive to the guidelines (refer to illustrations). Whenin doubt, turn around and view the objects as youare backing up, or park and exit the vehicle toview the positioning of objects behind the ve-hicle.

LHA2652


Backing up on a steep uphill

When backing up the vehicle up a hill, the dis-tance guide lines and the vehicle width guidelines are shown closer than the actual distance.Note that any object on the hill is further than itappears on the monitor.

Backing up on a steep downhill

When backing up the vehicle down a hill, thedistance guide lines and the vehicle width guidelines are shown farther than the actual distance.Note that any object on the hill is closer than itappears on the monitor.

Backing up near a projecting objectThe predicted course lines �A do not touch theobject in the display. However, the vehicle may hitthe object if it projects over the actual backing upcourse.

LHA3614 LHA3616 LHA1201


Backing up behind a projecting object

The position �C is shown farther than the position�B in the display. However, the position �C isactually at the same distance as the position �A .The vehicle may hit the object when backing up to

the position �A if the object projects over theactual backing up course.

HOW TO PARK WITH PREDICTEDCOURSE LINES

WARNING

● If the tires are replaced with differentsized tires, the predicted course linesmay be displayed incorrectly.

● On a snow-covered or slippery road,there may be a difference between thepredicted course line and the actualcourse line.

● If the battery is disconnected or be-comes discharged, the predicted courselines may be displayed incorrectly. Ifthis occurs, please perform the follow-ing procedures:

– Turn the steering wheel from lock tolock while the engine is running.

– Drive the vehicle on a straight roadfor more than 5 minutes.

● When the steering wheel is turned withthe ignition switch in the ACC position,the predicted course lines may be dis-played incorrectly.

1. Visually check that the parking space is safebefore parking your vehicle.

2. The rear view of the vehicle is displayed onthe screen �A when the shift lever is movedto the R (Reverse) position.

LHA3588 LHA1197


3. Slowly back up the vehicle adjusting thesteering wheel so that the predicted courselines �B enter the parking space �C .

4. Maneuver the steering wheel to make thevehicle width guide lines �D parallel to theparking space �C while referring to the pre-dicted course lines.

5. When the vehicle is parked in the spacecompletely, move the shift lever to the P(Park) position and apply the parking brake.

HOW TO SWITCH THE DISPLAYWith the ignition switch in the ON position, pressthe CAMERA button or move the shift lever to theR (Reverse) position to operate the AroundView® Monitor.

The Around View® Monitor displays differentsplit screen views depending on the position ofthe shift lever. Press the CAMERA button toswitch between the available views.

If the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position, theavailable views are:

● Rear view/bird’s-eye view split screen

● Rear view/front-side view split screen

If the shift lever is in the P (Park) position, theavailable views are:

● Front view/bird’s-eye view split screen

● Front view/front-side view split screen

If the shift lever is in the D (Drive) position, theonly available view is front view/front-side viewsplit screen.

The display will switch from the Around View®Monitor screen when:

● The shift lever is in the D (Drive) position andthe vehicle speed increases above approxi-mately 6 mph (10 km/h)

● A different screen is selected.

LHA1198


ADJUSTING THE SCREEN1. Touch the touch-screen display with the

Around View® Monitor on.

2. Touch the “Brightness,” “Contrast,” “Tint,”“Color,” or “Black Level” key.

3. Adjust the item by touching the + or — keyon the touch-screen display.

NOTE:

Do not adjust any of the display settings ofthe Around View® Monitor while the ve-hicle is moving. Make sure the parkingbrake is firmly applied.

AROUND VIEW® MONITORSYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations forAround View® Monitor. Failure to operatethe vehicle in accordance with these sys-tem limitations could result in serious in-jury or death.

● Do not use the Around View® Monitorwith the outside mirrors in the storedposition, and make sure that the trunkis securely closed when operating thevehicle using the Around View®Monitor.

● The apparent distance between objectsviewed on the Around View® Monitordiffers from the actual distance.

● The cameras are installed on the frontgrille, the outside mirrors and above therear license plate. Do not put anythingon the vehicle that covers the cameras.

● When washing the vehicle with highpressure water, be sure not to spray itaround the cameras. Otherwise, watermay enter the camera unit causing wa-ter condensation on the lens, a mal-function, fire or an electric shock.

LHA3590

LHA3620


● Do not strike the cameras. They areprecision instruments. Doing so couldcause a malfunction or cause damageresulting in a fire or an electric shock.

There are some areas where the system will notshow objects and the system does not warn ofmoving objects. When in the front or rear viewdisplay, an object below the bumper or on theground may not be viewed �1 . When in thebird’s-eye view, a tall object near the seam �2 ofthe camera viewing areas will not appear in themonitor.

The following are operating limitations and do notrepresent a system malfunction:

● There may be a delay when switching be-tween views.

● When the temperature is extremely high orlow, the screen may not display objectsclearly.

● When strong light directly shines on thecamera, objects may not be displayedclearly.

● The screen may flicker under fluorescentlight.

● The colors of objects on the Around View®Monitor may differ somewhat from the actualcolor of objects.

● Objects on the Around View® Monitor maynot be clear and the color of the object maydiffer in a dark environment.

● There may be differences in sharpness be-tween each camera view of the bird’s-eyeview.

● Do not use wax on the camera lens. Wipe offany wax with a clean cloth that has beendampened with a diluted mild cleaningagent, then wipe with a dry cloth.

System temporarily unavailableWhen the “!” icon is displayed on the screen,there are abnormal conditions in the AroundView® Monitor. This will not hinder normal drivingoperation but the system should be inspected. Itis recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.

LHA3591


When the “[X]” icon is displayed on the screen,the camera image may be receiving temporaryelectronic disturbances from surrounding de-vices. This will not hinder normal driving opera-tion but the system should be inspected if itoccurs frequently. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

CAUTION


● Do not damage the cameras as themonitor screen may be adverselyaffected.

If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on any of thecameras �1 , the Around View® Monitor may notdisplay objects clearly. Clean the camera by wip-ing with a cloth dampened with a diluted mildcleaning agent and then wiping with a dry cloth.

LHA3592 LHA3587


1. CAMERA buttonLHA3579

MOVING OBJECT DETECTION (MOD)(if so equipped)


WARNING

● Failure to follow the warnings and in-structions for proper use of the MovingObject Detection system could result inserious injury or death.

● The MOD system is not a substitute forproper vehicle operation and is not de-signed to prevent contact with objectssurrounding the vehicle. When maneu-vering, always use the outside mirrorsand rearview mirror and turn and checkthe surroundings to ensure it is safe tomaneuver.

● The system is deactivated at speedsabove 6 mph (10 km/h). It is reactivatedat lower speeds.

● The MOD system is not designed todetect surrounding stationary objects.

The MOD system can inform the driver of movingobjects near the vehicle when backing out ofgarages, maneuvering in parking lots and in othersuch instances.

The MOD system detects moving objects byusing image processing technology on the imageshown in the display.

MOD SYSTEM OPERATIONThe MOD system will turn on automatically underthe following conditions:

● When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse)position.

● When vehicle speed decreases below ap-proximately 6 mph (10 km/h) and the camerascreen is displayed.

The MOD system operates in the following con-ditions when the camera view is displayed:

● When the shift lever is in the P (Park) or N(Neutral) position and the vehicle is stopped,the MOD system detects moving objects inthe bird’s-eye view. The MOD system willnot operate if the outside mirrors are movingin or out, in the stowed position, or if eitherfront door is opened.

● When the shift lever is in the D (Drive) posi-tion and the vehicle speed is below approxi-mately 6 mph (10 km/h), the MOD systemdetects moving objects in the front view.

Front and bird’s-eye viewsLHA4190


● When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse)position and the vehicle speed is below ap-proximately 6 mph (10 km/h), the MOD sys-tem detects moving objects in the rear view.The MOD system will not operate if the trunkis open.

The MOD system does not detect moving ob-jects in the front-side view. The MOD icon is notdisplayed on the screen when in this view.

When the MOD system detects moving objectsnear the vehicle, a chime will be heard and ayellow frame will be displayed on the view wherethe objects are detected. While the MOD system

continues to detect moving objects, the yellowframe continues to be displayed.

NOTE:

While the RCTA chime (if so equipped) isbeeping, the MOD system does not chime

In the bird’s-eye view, the yellow frame �1 isdisplayed on each camera image (front, rear,right, left) depending on where moving objectsare detected.

The yellow frame �2 is displayed on each view inthe front view and rear view modes.

A blue MOD icon �3 is displayed in the viewwhere the MOD system is operative. A gray MODicon is displayed in the view where the MODsystem is not operative.

If the MOD system is turned off, the MOD icon �3is not displayed.

TURNING MOD ON AND OFF

To turn the MOD system on or off, press and holdthe CAMERA button for more than 2 seconds.

MOD SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations forMOD. Failure to operate the vehicle inaccordance with these system limitationscould result in serious injury or death.

● Do not use the MOD system when tow-ing a trailer. The system may not func-tion properly.

● Excessive noise (for example, audiosystem volume or open vehicle window)will interfere with the chime sound, andit may not be heard.

Rear and bird’s-eye viewsLHA4191

Rear and front-side viewsLHA4193


● The MOD system performance will belimited according to environmental con-ditions and surrounding objects suchas:

– When there is low contrast betweenbackground and the moving objects.

– When there is a blinking source oflight.

– When strong light such as anothervehicle’s headlight or sunlight ispresent.

– When camera orientation is not in itsusual position, such as when a mirroris folded.

– When there is dirt, water drops orsnow on the camera lens.

– When the position of the moving ob-jects in the display is not changed.

● The MOD system might detect flowingwater droplets on the camera lens,white smoke from the muffler, movingshadows, etc.

● The MOD system may not functionproperly depending on the speed, direc-tion, distance or shape of the movingobjects.

● If your vehicle sustains damage to theparts where the camera is installed,leaving it misaligned or bent, the sens-ing zone may be altered and the MODsystem may not detect objects properly.

● When the temperature is extremelyhigh or low, the screen may not displayobjects clearly. This is not amalfunction.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

CAUTION


● Do not damage the camera as the moni-tor screen may be adversely affected.

If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on any of thecameras �1 , the MOD system may not operateproperly. Clean the camera by wiping with a clothdampened with a diluted mild cleaning agent andthen wiping with a dry cloth.

LHA3587


Adjust air flow direction by moving the ventslides.

Open or close the vents by using the dial. Movethe dial toward the to open the vents ortoward the to close them.

SideLHA3577

CenterLHA3578

Rear (center console)LHA3599

VENTS


1. Front defroster button2. Temperature control dial (driver’s side)/

AUTO button3. Display screen4. Temperature control dial (passenger’s

side)/DUAL button

5. Fresh air intake button6. Air recirculation button7. A/C (air conditioner) button8. MODE (manual air flow control) button9. (fan speed control) buttons

10. ON-OFF button11. Rear window and outside mirror

(if so equipped) defroster switch

WARNING

● The air conditioner cooling function op-erates only when the engine is running.

● Do not leave children or adults whowould normally require the assistanceof others alone in your vehicle. Petsshould also not be left alone. Theycould accidentally injure themselves orothers through inadvertent operation ofthe vehicle. Also, on hot, sunny days,temperatures in a closed vehicle couldquickly become high enough to causesevere or possibly fatal injuries topeople or animals.

● Do not use the recirculation mode forlong periods as it may cause the interiorair to become stale and the windows tofog up.

NOTE:

● Odors from inside and outside the vehiclecan build up in the air conditioner unit. Odorcan enter the passenger compartmentthrough the vents.

LHA3575

HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER(automatic)


● When parking, set the heater and air condi-tioner controls to turn off air recirculation toallow fresh air into the passenger compart-ment. This should help reduce odors insidethe vehicle.

AUTOMATIC OPERATION

Cooling and/or dehumidified heating(AUTO)This mode may be used all year round as thesystem automatically works to keep a constanttemperature. Air flow distribution and fan speedare also controlled automatically.

1. Press the AUTO button on.

2. Turn the temperature control dial to the leftor right to set the desired temperature.

● The temperature of the passenger compart-ment will be maintained automatically. Airflow distribution and fan speed are also con-trolled automatically.

● A visible mist may be seen coming from thevents in hot, humid conditions as the air iscooled rapidly. This does not indicate a mal-function.

3. You can individually set driver’s and frontpassenger’s side temperature using eachtemperature control dial. When the DUALbutton is pressed or passenger’s side tem-

perature dial is turned, the DUAL indicatorwill come on. To turn off the passenger’sside temperature control, press the DUALbutton.

Heating (A/C OFF)The air conditioner does not activate. When youneed to heat only, use this mode.

1. Press the AUTO button.

2. Turn the temperature control dial to set thedesired temperature.

● The temperature of the passenger compart-ment will be maintained automatically. Airflow distribution and fan speed are also con-trolled automatically.

● Do not set the temperature lower than theoutside air temperature. Otherwise, the sys-tem may not work properly.

● Not recommended if windows fog up.

Dehumidified defrosting or defogging

1. Press the front defroster button on.

2. Turn the temperature control dial to set themaximum temperature to aid in defrosting ordefogging.

● To quickly remove ice from the outside of thewindows, use the fan speed controlbuttons to set the fan speed to maximum.

● As soon as possible after the windshield isclean, press the AUTO button to return tothe automatic mode.

● When the front defroster button ispressed, the air conditioner will automati-cally be turned on at outside temperaturesabove 36°F (2°C). The air recirculate modeautomatically turns off, allowing outside airto be drawn into the passenger compart-ment to further improve the defogging per-formance. When the air recirculate modeautomatically turns off, the air fresh mode willautomatically turn on.

Remote engine start logicVehicles equipped with automatic climate con-trols and remote start function may go into auto-matic heating or cooling mode when remote startis activated depending on outside and cabin tem-peratures. Automatic temperature depends onoutside and cabin temperatures. During this pe-riod, the climate control display and buttons willbe inoperable until the ignition switch is turnedon.


MANUAL OPERATIONFan speed control

Press the fan speed control buttons tomanually control the fan speed.Press the AUTO button to return to automaticcontrol of the fan speed.

Air recirculation

Press the air recirculation button to recir-culate interior air inside the vehicle. Theindicator light on the button will come on.The air recirculation cannot be activated whenthe air conditioner is in the front defrostingmode.

Fresh air intakePress the fresh air intake button to drawoutside air into the passenger compartment.

Air flow controlPressing the MODE button manually controls airflow and selects the air outlet:

— Air flows mainly from center andside vents.

— Air flows mainly from center andside vents and foot outlets.

— Air flows mainly from foot outletsand partly from defroster.

— Air flows mainly from defrosterand foot outlets.

To turn system offPress the ON-OFF button.

Rear window and outside mirror (if soequipped) defroster switchFor additional information, refer to “Rear windowand outside mirror (if so equipped) defrosterswitch” in the “Instruments and controls” sectionof this manual.

OPERATING TIPS● When the engine coolant temperature and

outside air temperature are low, the air flowfrom the foot outlets may not operate for amaximum of 150 seconds. However, this isnot a malfunction. After the coolant tempera-ture warms up, air flow from the foot outletswill operate normally.

● Keep the moonroof (if so equipped) closedwhile the air conditioner is in operation.

● If you feel that the air flow mode you haveselected and the outlets the air is coming outdo not match, select the mode.

● When you change the air flow mode, youmay feel air flow from the feet vents for just amoment. This is not a malfunction.

The sunload sensor, located on the driver’s sideof the instrument panel, helps the system main-tain a constant temperature. Do not put anythingon or around this sensor.

LHA3554


The air conditioner system in your NISSAN ve-hicle is charged with a refrigerant designed withthe environment in mind.

This refrigerant does not harm the earth’sozone layer.

Special charging equipment and lubricant is re-quired when servicing your NISSAN air condi-tioner. Using improper refrigerants or lubricantswill cause severe damage to your air conditionersystem. For additional information, refer to “Airconditioner system refrigerant and oil recommen-dations” in the “Technical and consumer informa-tion” section of this manual.

It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealerto service your “environmentally friendly” air con-ditioning system.

WARNING

The air conditioner system contains refrig-erant under high pressure. To avoid per-sonal injury, any air conditioner serviceshould be done only by an experiencedtechnician with proper equipment.


ANTENNAThe antenna pattern is printed inside the rearwindow.

CAUTION

● Do not place metalized film near therear window glass or attach any metalparts to it. This may cause poor recep-tion or noise.

● When cleaning the inside of the rearwindow, be careful not to scratch ordamage the rear window antenna.Lightly wipe along the antenna with adampened soft cloth.

NissanConnectSM Services is a suite of telemat-ics tools that provide emergency preparedness,remote access, customizable alerts and conve-nience services. This feature is an option onNavigation equipped vehicles. For additional in-formation, refer to the separate Navigation Sys-tem Owner’s Manual.

SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER AUDIO SYSTEM NISSANCONNECTSM SERVICES (if soequipped)


For additional information, refer to the separateNavigation System Owner’s Manual.

When installing a CB, ham radio or car phone inyour vehicle, be sure to observe the followingprecautions; otherwise, the new equipment mayadversely affect the engine control system andother electronic parts.

WARNING

● A cellular phone should not be used forany purpose while driving so full atten-tion may be given to vehicle operation.Some jurisdictions prohibit the use ofcellular phones while driving.

● If you must make a call while your ve-hicle is in motion, the hands free cellu-lar phone operational mode (if soequipped) is highly recommended. Ex-ercise extreme caution at all times sofull attention may be given to vehicleoperation.

● If you are unable to devote full attentionto vehicle operation while talking onthe phone, pull off the road to a safelocation and stop your vehicle.

CAUTION

● Keep the antenna as far away as pos-sible from the electronic controlmodules.

● Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in(20 cm) away from the electronic controlsystem harnesses. Do not route the an-tenna wire next to any harness.

● Adjust the antenna standing-wave ratioas recommended by the manufacturer.

● Connect the ground wire from the CBradio chassis to the body.

● For additional information, it is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer.

APPLE CARPLAY™ (if so equipped) CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO




BLUETOOTH® HANDS-FREE PHONESYSTEM

NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITIONSYSTEM


5 Starting and driving

Precautions when starting and driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4Three-way catalyst. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS). . . . . . . . . . 5-5Avoiding collision and rollover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8Off-road recovery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9Rapid air pressure loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10

Push-Button Ignition Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10Operating range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11Push-button ignition switch positions . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11Emergency engine shut off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12NISSAN Intelligent Key® battery discharge. . . . . . . 5-13NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System. . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13

Before starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14

Remote start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15Driving the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) . . . . . . . . 5-15Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21Drive mode selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22

Normal mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22Sport mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22

Blind Spot Warning (BSW) (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . 5-22BSW system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24How to enable/disable the BSW system . . . . . . . . . 5-25BSW system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26BSW driving situations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30System maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31

Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) (if so equipped) . . . . . 5-32RCTA system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33How to enable/disable the RCTA system . . . . . . . . . 5-35RCTA system limitations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39System maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39

Cruise control (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40Precautions on cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40Cruise control operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41

Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (if so equipped). . . . . . 5-42ICC system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-43The ICC switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45ICC system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-51System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-54System maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56

Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) (if so equipped) . . 5-57

FEB system operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-58Turning the FEB system on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-60FEB system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-60System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-61System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-62System maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-62

Predictive Forward Collision Warning (PFCW)(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-63

PFCW system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-65Turning the PFCW system on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-66PFCW system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-67System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-69System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-70System maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-71

Driver Attention Alert (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-72Driver Attention Alert system operation. . . . . . . . . . . 5-73How to enable/disable the Driver AttentionAlert system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-74Driver Attention Alert system limitations . . . . . . . . . . 5-74

Break-in schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-75Fuel efficient driving tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-76Increasing fuel economy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-77Parking/parking on hills. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-78

Power steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-79Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-79

Brake precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-79Anti-lock Braking System (ABS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-80Brake assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-81

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-81Brake force distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-83

Integrated Dynamics-control Module(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-84

Active trace control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-84Active engine brake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-84Active ride control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-84

Front and Rear Sonar System (if so equipped) . . . . . . . 5-85System operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-86

Cold weather driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-87Freeing a frozen door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-87Antifreeze. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-87Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-87Draining of coolant water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-87Tire equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-87Special winter equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-88Driving on snow or ice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-88Engine block heater (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-88

Active noise cancellation/Active sound control (ifso equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-89

Active noise cancellation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-89

Active sound control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-89

WARNING

● Do not leave children or adults whowould normally require the assistanceof others alone in your vehicle. Petsshould also not be left alone. Theycould accidentally injure themselves orothers through inadvertent operation ofthe vehicle. Also, on hot, sunny days,temperatures in a closed vehicle couldquickly become high enough to causesevere or possibly fatal injuries topeople or animals.


EXHAUST GAS (carbon monoxide)

WARNING

● Do not breathe exhaust gases; theycontain colorless and odorless carbonmonoxide. Carbon monoxide is danger-ous. It can cause unconsciousness ordeath.

● If you suspect that exhaust fumes areentering the vehicle, drive with all win-dows fully open, and have the vehicleinspected immediately.

● Do not run the engine in closed spacessuch as a garage.

● Do not park the vehicle with the enginerunning for any extended length of time.

● Keep the rear vent windows, liftgates,doors and trunk lids (if so equipped)closed while driving, otherwise exhaustgases could be drawn into the passen-ger compartment. If you must drive withone of these open, follow theseprecautions:

1. Open all the windows.

2. Set the air recirculation but-ton to off and the fan control dial tohigh to circulate the air.

● If electrical wiring or other cable con-nections must pass to a trailer throughthe seal on the trunk lid or the body,follow the manufacturer’s recommen-dation to prevent carbon monoxide en-try into the vehicle.

● The exhaust system and body should beinspected by a qualified mechanicwhenever:a. The vehicle is raised for service.b. You suspect that exhaust fumes are

entering into the passengercompartment.

c. You notice a change in the sound ofthe exhaust system.

d. You have had an accident involvingdamage to the exhaust system, un-derbody, or rear of the vehicle.

THREE-WAY CATALYSTThe three-way catalyst is an emission controldevice installed in the exhaust system. Exhaustgases in the three-way catalyst are burned athigh temperatures to help reduce pollutants.

WARNING

● The exhaust gas and the exhaust sys-tem are very hot. Keep people, animalsor flammable materials away from theexhaust system components.

● Do not stop or park the vehicle overflammable materials such as dry grass,waste paper or rags. They may igniteand cause a fire.

PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTINGAND DRIVING

5-4 Starting and driving

CAUTION

● Do not use leaded gasoline. Depositsfrom leaded gasoline will seriously re-duce the three-way catalyst’s ability tohelp reduce exhaust pollutants.

● Keep your engine tuned up. Malfunc-tions in the ignition, fuel injection, orelectrical systems can cause overrichfuel flow into the three-way catalyst,causing it to overheat. Do not keep driv-ing if the engine misfires, or if notice-able loss of performance or other un-usual operating conditions aredetected. Have the vehicle inspectedpromptly. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

● Avoid driving with an extremely low fuellevel. Running out of fuel could causethe engine to misfire, damaging thethree-way catalyst.

● Do not race the engine while warming itup.

● Do not push or tow your vehicle to startthe engine.

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORINGSYSTEM (TPMS)Each tire, including the spare (if provided),should be checked monthly when cold and in-flated to the inflation pressure recommended bythe vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placardor tire inflation pressure label. (If your vehicle hastires of a different size than the size indicated onthe vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label,you should determine the proper tire inflationpressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, your vehicle has beenequipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltalewhen one or more of your tires is significantlyunder-inflated. Accordingly, when the low tirepressure telltale illuminates, you should stop andcheck all four tires as soon as possible, andinflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on asignificantly under-inflated tire causes the tire tooverheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire treadlife, and may affect the vehicle’s handling andstopping ability.

Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute forproper tire maintenance, and it is the driver’sresponsibility to maintain correct tire pressure,even if under-inflation has not reached the level totrigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressuretelltale.

Your vehicle has also been equipped with aTPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when thesystem is not operating properly. The TPMS mal-function indicator is combined with the low tirepressure telltale. When the system detects amalfunction, the telltale will flash for approxi-mately one minute and then remain continuouslyilluminated. This sequence will continue uponsubsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the mal-function exists. When the malfunction indicator isilluminated, the system may not be able to detector signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMSmalfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons,including the installation of replacement or alter-nate tires or wheels on the vehicle that preventthe TPMS from functioning properly. Alwayscheck the TPMS malfunction telltale after replac-ing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle toensure that the replacement or alternate tires andwheels allow the TPMS to continue to functionproperly.

Starting and driving 5-5

Additional information:

● Since the spare tire is not equipped with theTPMS, the TPMS does not monitor the tirepressure of the spare tire.

● The TPMS will activate only when the vehicleis driven at speeds above 16 mph (25 km/h).Also, this system may not detect a suddendrop in tire pressure (for example a flat tirewhile driving).

● The low tire pressure warning light does notautomatically turn off when the tire pressureis adjusted. After all four tires are inflated tothe recommended pressure, the vehiclemust be driven at speeds above 16 mph(25 km/h) to activate the TPMS and turn offthe low tire pressure warning light. Use a tirepressure gauge to check the tire pressure.

● The Tire Pressure Low-Add Air warning ap-pears in the vehicle information display whenthe low tire pressure warning light is illumi-nated and low tire pressure is detected. TheTire Pressure Low-Add Air warning turns offwhen the low tire pressure warning lightturns off.

● The Tire Pressure Low-Add Air warningdoes not appear if the low tire pressurewarning light illuminates to indicate a TPMSmalfunction.

● The Tire Pressure Low-Add Air warning ap-pears each time the ignition switch is placedin the ON position as long as the low tirepressure warning light remains illuminated.

● Tire pressure rises and falls depending onthe heat caused by the vehicle’s operationand the outside temperature. Do not reducethe tire pressure after driving because thetire pressure rises after driving. Low outsidetemperature can lower the temperature ofthe air inside the tire which can cause alower tire inflation pressure. This may causethe low tire pressure warning light to illumi-nate. If the warning light illuminates, checkthe tire pressure for all four tires.

● The Tire and Loading Information label (alsoreferred to as the vehicle placard or tireinflation pressure label) is located in thedriver’s door opening.

For additional information, refer to “Low tire pres-sure warning light” in the “Instruments and con-trols” section and “Tire Pressure Monitoring Sys-tem (TPMS)” in the “In case of emergency”section of this manual.

WARNING


● If the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates while driving, avoid suddensteering maneuvers or abrupt braking,reduce vehicle speed, pull off the roadto a safe location and stop the vehicleas soon as possible. Driving with under-inflated tires may permanently damagethe tires and increase the likelihood oftire failure. Serious vehicle damagecould occur and may lead to an accidentand could result in serious personal in-jury or death. Check the tire pressure forall four tires. Adjust the tire pressure tothe recommended COLD tire pressureshown on the Tire and Loading Informa-tion label to turn the low tire pressurewarning light OFF. If you have a flat tire,replace it with a spare tire as soon aspossible. For additional information, re-fer to “Flat tire” in the “In case of emer-gency” section of this manual.


● Since the spare tire is not equipped withthe TPMS, when a spare tire is mountedor a wheel is replaced, tire pressure willnot be indicated, the TPMS will notfunction and the low tire pressure warn-ing light will flash for approximately1 minute. The light will remain on after1 minute. Have your tires replacedand/or TPMS system reset as soon aspossible. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.


● Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosoltire sealant into the tires, as this maycause a malfunction of the tire pressuresensors.

CAUTION

Do not place metalized film or any metalparts (antenna, etc.) on the windows. Thismay cause poor reception of the signalsfrom the tire pressure sensors, and theTPMS will not function properly.

Some devices and transmitters may temporarilyinterfere with the operation of the TPMS andcause the low tire pressure warning light to illu-minate.

Some examples are:

– Facilities or electric devices using similar radiofrequencies are near the vehicle.

– If a transmitter set to similar frequencies isbeing used in or near the vehicle.

– If a computer (or similar equipment) or aDC/AC converter is being used in or near thevehicle.

The low tire pressure warning light may illuminatein the following cases:

● If the vehicle is equipped with a wheel andtire without TPMS

● If the TPMS has been replaced and the IDhas not been registered

● If the wheel is not originally specified byNISSAN

FCC Notice:

For USA:

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol-lowing two conditions: (1) This device may

not cause harmful interference, and (2) thisdevice must accept any interference re-ceived, including interference that maycause undesired operation.

NOTE:

Changes or modification not expressly ap-proved by the party responsible for compli-ance could void the user’s authority to op-erate the equipment.

For Canada:

This device complies with Industry Canadalicense-exempt RSS standard(s). Opera-tion is subject to the following two condi-tions: (1) this device may not cause harmfulinterference, and (2) this device must ac-cept any interference received, includinginterference that may cause undesired op-eration of the device.

TPMS with Easy Fill Tire AlertWhen adding air to an under-inflated tire, theTPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert provides visual andaudible signals outside the vehicle to help youinflate the tires to the recommended COLD tirepressure.


Vehicle set-up

1. Park the vehicle in a safe and level place.

2. Apply the parking brake and place the shiftlever to the P (Park) position.

3. Place the ignition switch to the ON position.Do not start the engine.

Operation

1. Add air to the tire.

2. After a few seconds, the hazard indicatorswill start flashing.

3. When the designated pressure is reached,the horn beeps once and the hazard indica-tors stop flashing.

4. Perform the above steps for each tire.

● If the tire is over-inflated more than ap-proximately 4 psi (30 kPa), the hornbeeps and the hazard indicators flashthree times. To correct the pressure, pushthe core of the valve stem on the tirebriefly to release pressure. When thepressure reaches the designated pres-sure, the horn beeps once.

● If the hazard indicator does not flashwithin approximately 15 seconds afterstarting to inflate the tire, it indicates thatthe Easy Fill Tire Alert is not operating.

● The TPMS will not activate the Easy FillTire Alert under the following conditions:

– If there is interference from an externaldevice or transmitter.

– The air pressure from the inflation deviceis not sufficient to inflate the tire.

– There is a malfunction in the TPMS sys-tem.

– There is a malfunction in the horn or haz-ard indicators.

– The identification code of the tires pres-sure sensor is not registered to the sys-tem.

– The battery of the tire pressure sensor islow.

● If the Easy Fill Tire Alert does not operatedue to TPMS interference, move the ve-hicle about 3 ft (1 m) backward or forwardand try again.

If the Easy Fill Tire Alert is not working, use a tirepressure gauge.

AVOIDING COLLISION ANDROLLOVER

WARNING

Failure to operate this vehicle in a safeand prudent manner may result in loss ofcontrol or an accident.

Be alert and drive defensively at all times. Obeyall traffic regulations. Avoid excessive speed,high speed cornering, or sudden steering ma-neuvers, because these driving practices couldcause you to lose control of your vehicle.

As with any vehicle, loss of control couldresult in a collision with other vehicles orobjects or cause the vehicle to roll over,particularly if the loss of control causes thevehicle to slide sideways.

Be attentive at all times, and avoid driving whentired. Never drive when under the influence ofalcohol or drugs (including prescription or over-the-counter drugs which may cause drowsi-ness). Always wear your seat belt as outlined inthe “Safety – Seats, seat belts and supplementalrestraint system” section of this manual, and alsoinstruct your passengers to do so.

Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in colli-sions and rollovers. In a rollover crash, anunbelted or improperly belted person is


significantly more likely to be injured orkilled than a person properly wearing aseat belt.

OFF-ROAD RECOVERY

While driving, the right side or left side wheelsmay unintentionally leave the road surface. If thisoccurs, maintain control of the vehicle by follow-ing the procedure below. Please note that thisprocedure is only a general guide. The vehiclemust be driven as appropriate based on the con-ditions of the vehicle, road and traffic.

1. Remain calm and do not overreact.

2. Do not apply the brakes.

3. Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheelwith both hands and try to hold a straightcourse.

4. When appropriate, slowly release the accel-erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle.

5. If there is nothing in the way, steer the ve-hicle to follow the road while vehicle speedis reduced. Do not attempt to drive the ve-hicle back onto the road surface until vehiclespeed is reduced.

6. When it is safe to do so, gradually turn thesteering wheel until both tires return to the

road surface. When all tires are on the roadsurface, steer the vehicle to stay in the ap-propriate driving lane.

● If you decide that it is not safe to return thevehicle to the road surface based on vehicle,road or traffic conditions, gradually slow thevehicle to a stop in a safe place off the road.

RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSS

Rapid air pressure loss or a “blow-out” can occurif the tire is punctured or is damaged due tohitting a curb or pothole. Rapid air pressure losscan also be caused by driving on under-inflatedtires.

Rapid air pressure loss can affect the handlingand stability of the vehicle, especially at highwayspeeds.

Help prevent rapid air pressure loss by maintain-ing the correct air pressure and visually inspectthe tires for wear and damage. For additionalinformation, refer to “Wheels and tires” in the“Do-it-yourself” section of this manual. If a tirerapidly loses air pressure or “blows-out” whiledriving, maintain control of the vehicle by follow-ing the procedure below. Please note that thisprocedure is only a general guide. The vehiclemust be driven as appropriate based on the con-ditions of the vehicle, road and traffic.

WARNING

If there is a sudden loss of tire air pressure,the vehicle will generally move or pull in thedirection of the flat tire. In this situation,losing control of the vehicle may cause acollision and result in personal injury.To help avoid loss of control:

● Do not rapidly apply the brakes.

● Do not rapidly release the acceleratorpedal.

● Do not rapidly turn the steering wheel.

1. Remain calm and do not overreact.

2. Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel withboth hands and try to hold a straight course.

3. When appropriate, slowly release the accel-erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle.

4. Gradually steer the vehicle to a safe locationoff the road and away from traffic if possible.

5. Lightly apply the brake pedal to graduallystop the vehicle.

6. Turn on the hazard warning flashers andcontact a roadside emergency service tochange the tire. For additional information,refer to “Changing a flat tire” in the “In caseof emergency” section of this manual.


DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGS ANDDRIVING

WARNING

Never drive under the influence of alcoholor drugs. Alcohol in the bloodstream re-duces coordination, delays reaction timeand impairs judgement. Driving afterdrinking alcohol increases the likelihoodof being involved in an accident injuringyourself and others. Additionally, if youare injured in an accident, alcohol canincrease the severity of the injury.

NISSAN is committed to safe driving. However,you must choose not to drive under the influenceof alcohol. Every year thousands of people areinjured or killed in alcohol-related collisions. Al-though the local laws vary on what is consideredto be legally intoxicated, the fact is that alcoholaffects all people differently and most peopleunderestimate the effects of alcohol.

Remember, drinking and driving don’t mix! That istrue for drugs (over-the-counter, prescription)and illegal drugs too. Don’t drive if your ability tooperate your vehicle is impaired by alcohol,drugs, or some other physical condition.

WARNING

Do not operate the push-button ignitionswitch while driving the vehicle except inan emergency. (The engine will stop whenthe ignition switch is pushed three con-secutive times in less than 1.5 seconds orthe ignition switch is pushed and held formore than 2 seconds.) If the engine stopswhile the vehicle is being driven, thiscould lead to a crash and serious injury.

When the ignition switch is pushed without de-pressing the brake pedal, the ignition switch willilluminate.

If the ignition switch is in the LOCK or OFFposition, push the ignition switch center:

● once to change to ACC.

● two times to change to ON.

● three times to change to OFF.

The shift lever can be moved from the P(Park) position if the ignition switch is inthe ON position and the brake pedal isdepressed.

LSD2014

PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH


If the battery of the vehicle is discharged,the push-button ignition switch cannot bemoved from the LOCK position.

Some indicators and warnings for operation aredisplayed on the vehicle information display. Foradditional information, refer to “Vehicle informa-tion display” in the “Instruments and controls”section of this manual.

OPERATING RANGE

The Intelligent Key functions can only be usedwhen the Intelligent Key is within the specifiedoperating range.

When the Intelligent Key battery is almost dis-charged or strong radio waves are present nearthe operating location, the Intelligent Key sys-tem’s operating range becomes narrower andmay not function properly.

If the Intelligent Key is within the operating range,it is possible for anyone, even someone who doesnot carry the Intelligent Key, to push the ignitionswitch to start the engine.

The operating range of the engine start functionis inside of the vehicle �1 .

● The luggage area is not included in the op-erating range, but the Intelligent Key mayfunction.

● If the Intelligent Key is placed on the instru-ment panel, inside the glove box, storage binor door pocket, the Intelligent Key may notfunction.

● If the Intelligent Key is placed near the dooror window outside the vehicle, the IntelligentKey may function.

PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCHPOSITIONSLOCK (Normal parking position)

The ignition switch can only be locked in thisposition.

The ignition switch will be unlocked when it ispushed to the ACC position while carrying theIntelligent Key.

The ignition switch will lock when any door isopened or closed with the ignition switched off.

LSD2089


ACC (Accessories)

This position activates electrical accessories,such as the radio, when the engine is not running.

ACC has a battery saver feature that will turn theignition switch to the OFF position after a periodof time under the following conditions:

● All doors are closed.

● Shift lever is in P (Park).

● Hazard lamps are off.

● Turn signals are off.

The battery saver feature will be canceled if any ofthe following occur:

● Any door is opened.

● Shift lever is moved out of P (Park).

● Ignition switch changes position.

● Hazard lamps are turned on.

ON (Normal operating position)

This position turns on the ignition system andelectrical accessories.

ON has a battery saver feature that will turn theignition switch to the OFF position, if the vehicleis not running, after some time under the follow-ing conditions:

● All doors are closed.

● Shift lever is in P (Park).

● Hazard lamps are off.

● Turn signals are off.

The battery saver feature will be canceled if any ofthe following occur:

● Any door is opened.

● Shift lever is moved out of the P (Park)position.

● Ignition switch changes position.

● Hazard lamps are turned on.

● Turn signals are turned on.

CAUTION

Do not leave the vehicle with the ignitionswitch in ACC or ON positions when theengine is not running for an extended pe-riod. This can discharge the battery.

OFF

The ignition switch is in the OFF position whenthe engine is turned off using the ignition switch.If equipped, the ignition switch heart beat func-tion (pulsed illumination) may activate for a periodof time when any door is unlocked and when thedoor opened/closed status changes in the OFFand ACC positions.

EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFFTo shut off the engine in an emergency situationwhile driving, perform the following procedure:

– Rapidly push the push-button ignition switchthree consecutive times in less than 1.5 sec-onds, or

– Push and hold the push-button ignition switchfor more than 2 seconds.


NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY®BATTERY DISCHARGEIf the battery of the NISSAN Intelligent Key® isdischarged, or environmental conditions interferewith the Intelligent Key operation, start the engineaccording to the following procedure:

1. Place the shift lever in the P (Park) position.

2. Firmly apply the foot brake.

3. Touch the ignition switch with the IntelligentKey as illustrated. (A chime will sound.)

(After step 3 is performed, when the ignitionswitch is pushed without depressing thebrake pedal, the ignition switch position willchange to ON.)

4. Push the ignition switch while depressingthe brake pedal within ten seconds after thechime sounds. The engine will start.

NOTE:

● When the ignition switch is pushed to theON position or the engine is started by theabove procedure, the Intelligent Key batterydischarge indicator appears in the vehicleinformation display even when the IntelligentKey is inside the vehicle. This is not a mal-function. To turn off the Intelligent Key bat-tery discharge indicator, touch the ignitionswitch with the Intelligent Key again.

● If the Intelligent Key battery discharge indi-cator appears, replace the battery as soonas possible. For additional information, referto “Battery Replacement” in the “Do-it-yourself” section of this manual.

NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZERSYSTEMThe NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will notallow the engine to start without the use of theregistered key.

If the engine fails to start using a registered key(for example, when interference is caused byanother registered key, an automated toll roaddevice or automatic payment device on the keyring), restart the engine using the following pro-cedure:

1. Leave the ignition switch in the ON positionfor approximately 5 seconds.

2. Place the ignition switch in the OFF orLOCK position, and wait approximately10 seconds.

3. Repeat steps 1 and 2.

4. Restart the engine while holding the device(which may have caused the interference)separate from the registered key.

If the no start condition re-occurs, NISSAN rec-ommends placing the registered key on a sepa-rate key ring to avoid interference from otherdevices.

SSD0860


● Make sure the area around the vehicle isclear.

● Check fluid levels such as engine oil, cool-ant, brake fluid, and window washer fluid asfrequently as possible, or at least wheneveryou refuel.

● Check that all windows and lights are clean.

● Visually inspect tires for their appearanceand condition. Also check tires for properinflation.

● Lock all doors.

● Position seat and adjust headrestraints/headrests.

● Adjust inside and outside mirrors.

● Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers todo likewise.

● Check the operation of warning lights whenthe ignition switch is pushed to the ONposition. For additional information, refer to“Warning lights, indicator lights and audiblereminders” in the “Instruments and controls”section of this manual.

1. Apply the parking brake.

2. Move the shift lever to P (Park) or N (Neu-tral). P (Park) is recommended.

The starter is designed not to operate ifthe shift lever is in any of the drivingpositions.

3. Push the ignition switch to the ON position.Depress the brake pedal and push the igni-tion switch to start the engine.

To start the engine immediately, push andrelease the ignition switch while depressingthe brake pedal with the ignition switch inany position.

● If the engine is very hard to start in ex-tremely cold weather or when restarting,depress the accelerator pedal a little (ap-proximately 1/3 to the floor) and whileholding, crank the engine. Release theaccelerator pedal when the engine starts.

● If the engine is very hard to start becauseit is flooded, depress the acceleratorpedal all the way to the floor and hold it.Push the ignition switch to the ON posi-tion to start cranking the engine. After fiveor six seconds, stop cranking by pushingthe ignition switch to LOCK. After crank-ing the engine, release the acceleratorpedal. Crank the engine with your foot off

the accelerator pedal by depressing thebrake pedal and pushing the push-buttonignition switch to start the engine. If theengine starts, but fails to run, repeat theabove procedure.

CAUTION

Do not operate the starter for more than15 seconds at a time. If the engine doesnot start, push the ignition switch to theOFF position and wait 10 seconds beforecranking again, otherwise the startercould be damaged.

4. Warm-up

Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 sec-onds after starting. Do not race the enginewhile warming it up. Drive at moderatespeed for a short distance first, especially incold weather. In cold weather, keep the en-gine running for a minimum of two to threeminutes before shutting it off. Starting andstopping the engine over a short period oftime may make the vehicle more difficult tostart.

5. To stop the engine, shift the shift lever to theP (Park) position and push the ignitionswitch to the OFF position.

BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE STARTING THE ENGINE


NOTE:

Care should be taken to avoid situationsthat can lead to potential battery dischargeand potential no-start conditions such as:

1. Installation or extended use of electronicaccessories that consume battery powerwhen the engine is not running (Phone char-gers, GPS, DVD players, etc.)

2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/or onlydriven short distances.

In these cases, the battery may need to becharged to maintain battery health.

REMOTE STARTVehicles started with the remote start require theignition switch to be placed in the ON positionbefore the shift lever can be moved from the P(Park) position. To place the ignition switch to theON position, follow these steps:

1. Make sure that the Intelligent Key is on you.

2. Apply the brake.

3. Push the ignition switch once to the ONposition.


CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLETRANSMISSION (CVT)

WARNING

● Do not depress the accelerator pedalwhile shifting from P (Park) or N (Neu-tral) to R (Reverse), D (Drive), or M(Manual shift mode). Always depressthe brake pedal until shifting is com-pleted. Failure to do so could cause youto lose control and have an accident. Itcan also damage the vehicle.

● Cold engine idle speed is high, so usecaution when shifting into a forward orreverse gear before the engine haswarmed up.

● Do not downshift abruptly on slipperyroads. This may cause a loss of control.

● Never shift to either the P (Park) or R(Reverse) position while the vehicle ismoving forward and P (Park) or D(Drive) position while the vehicle is re-versing. This could cause an accident ordamage the transmission.

CAUTION

● Except in an emergency, do not shift tothe N (Neutral) position while driving.Coasting with the transmission in the N(Neutral) position may cause seriousdamage to the transmission.

● To avoid possible damage to your ve-hicle, when stopping the vehicle on anuphill grade, do not hold the vehicle bydepressing the accelerator pedal. Thefoot brake should be used for thispurpose.

The CVT in your vehicle is electronically con-trolled to produce maximum power and smoothoperation.

LSD2354

DRIVING THE VEHICLE


The recommended operating procedures for thistransmission are shown on the following pages.Follow these procedures for maximum vehicleperformance and driving enjoyment.

NOTE:

Engine power may be automatically re-duced to protect the CVT if the enginespeed increases quickly when driving onslippery roads or while being tested onsome dynamometers.

Starting the vehicle

1. After starting the engine, fully depress thefoot brake pedal before moving the shiftlever out of the P (Park) position.

2. Keep the foot brake pedal depressed andmove the shift lever into a driving gear.

3. Release the parking brake and the foot brakepedal, then gradually start the vehicle in mo-tion.

4. Stop the vehicle completely before shiftingthe shift lever to the P (Park) position.

The CVT is designed so the foot brakepedal MUST be depressed before shiftingfrom P (Park) to any drive position whilethe ignition switch is in the ON position.

The shift lever cannot be moved out of P(Park) and into any of the other gear posi-tions if the ignition switch is pushed to theLOCK position.

WARNING

● Do not depress the accelerator pedalwhile shifting from P (Park) or N (Neu-tral) to R (Reverse), D (Drive), or M(Manual shift mode). Always depressthe brake pedal until shifting is com-pleted. Failure to do so could cause youto lose control and have an accident. Itcan also damage the vehicle.

● Cold engine idle speed is high, so usecaution when shifting into a forward orreverse gear before the engine haswarmed up.

● Do not downshift abruptly on slipperyroads. This may cause a loss of control.

● Never shift to either the P (Park) or R(Reverse) position while the vehicle ismoving forward and P (Park) or D(Drive) position while the vehicle is re-versing. This could cause an accident ordamage the transmission.

CAUTION

● Except in an emergency, do not shift tothe N (Neutral) position while driving.Coasting with the transmission in the N(Neutral) position may cause seriousdamage to the transmission.

● To avoid possible damage to your ve-hicle, when stopping the vehicle on anuphill grade, do no hold the vehicle bydepressing the accelerator pedal. Thefoot brake should be used for thispurpose.


To move the shift lever:

Press the button while depressing the brakepedalPress the button to shift

Shift without pressing button

Shifting

After starting the engine, fully depress the brakepedal and move the shift lever from P (Park) toany of the desired shift positions.

WARNING

Apply the parking brake if the shift lever isin any position while the engine is notrunning. Failure to do so could cause thevehicle to move unexpectedly or roll awayand result in serious personal injury orproperty damage.

P (Park)

CAUTION

To prevent transmission damage, use theP (Park) position only when the vehicle iscompletely stopped.

Use the P (Park) shift lever position when thevehicle is parked or when starting the engine.Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped.

The brake pedal should be depressed tomove the shift lever from N (Neutral) or anydrive position to P (Park).

Apply the parking brake. When parking on a hill,apply the parking brake first, then move the shiftlever into the P (Park) position.

R (Reverse)

CAUTION

To prevent transmission damage, use theR (Reverse) position only when the vehicleis completely stopped.

Use the R (Reverse) position to back up. Makesure the vehicle is completely stopped beforeselecting the R (Reverse) position. The brakepedal must be depressed to move the shiftlever from P (Park), N (Neutral) or any driveposition to R (Reverse).

N (Neutral)

Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged. Theengine can be started in this position. You mayshift to N (Neutral) and restart a stalled enginewhile the vehicle is moving.

D (Drive)

Use this position for all normal forward driving.

LSD2358


Manual shift mode

The transmission enters the manual shift mode bymoving the shift lever to the left side in the “D”range. You can select the manual shift rangeeither by moving the shift lever up or down, or bypulling the right-side or left-side paddle shifter (ifso equipped). To cancel the manual shift mode,return shift lever to the right D (Drive) position.The transmission returns to automatic drivingmode.

When the shift lever is shifted from D (Drive) tothe manual shift gate �A with the vehicle isstopped or while driving, the transmission entersthe manual shift mode. Shift ranges can be se-

lected manually. Shift ranges can also be se-lected using the paddle shifters (if so equipped)on the steering wheel �B and �C . When you pullthe paddle shifter while in the D (Drive) position,the transmission will shift to the upper or lowerrange temporarily. If the paddle shifters are notused for about 5–10 seconds, the transmissionwill automatically return to the D (Drive) position.If you want to return to the D (Drive) positionmanually, pull and hold either paddle shifter forabout 1.5 seconds.

In the manual shift mode, the shift range is dis-played on the position indicator in the meter.When shifting the shift lever to the manual shift

gate, the position indicator displays 1 (first) up to7 (seventh) depending on vehicle speed.

Shift ranges up or down one by one as follows:

1⇔ 2 ⇔ 3 ⇔ 4 ⇔ 5 ⇔ 6 ⇔ 7

M7 (7th)

Use this position for all normal forward driving athighway speeds.

M6 (6th) and M5 (5th)

Use this position when driving up long slopes, orfor engine braking when driving down longslopes.

M4 (4th), M3 (3rd) and M2 (2nd)

Use for hill climbing or engine braking on downhillgrades.

M1 (1st)

Use this position when climbing steep hills slowlyor driving slowly through deep snow, sand ormud, or for maximum engine braking on steepdownhill grades.

● Remember not to drive at high speeds forextended periods of time in lower than 6range. This reduces fuel economy.

LSD2359 LSD2635


When shifting up

Move the shift lever to the + (up) side. (Shifts tohigher range.)

When shifting down

Move the shift lever to the � (down) side. (Shiftsto lower range.)

● Moving the shift lever rapidly to the sameside twice will shift the ranges in succession.

● The transmission will automatically down-shift the gears. (For example, if you select the3rd range, the transmission will shift downbetween the 3rd and 1st gears.)

When canceling the manual shift mode

Return the shift lever to the D (Drive) position toreturn the transmission to the normal drivingmode.

● In the manual shift mode, the transmis-sion may not shift to the selected gear.This helps maintain driving perfor-mance and reduces the chance of ve-hicle damage or loss of control.

● When this situation occurs, the CVTposition indicator light will blink andthe chime will sound.

● In the manual shift mode, the transmis-sion may shift up automatically to ahigher range than selected if the en-gine speed is too high. When the ve-hicle speed decreases, the transmis-sion automatically shifts down andshifts to 1st gear before the vehiclecomes to a stop.

● CVT operation is limited to automatic drivemode when CVT fluid temperature is ex-tremely low even if manual shift mode isselected. This is not a malfunction. WhenCVT fluid warms up, manual mode can beselected.

● When the CVT fluid temperature is high, theshift range may upshift in lower rpm thanusual. This is not a malfunction.

Shift lock releaseIf the battery charge is low or discharged, theshift lever may not be moved from the P (Park)position even with the brake pedal depressedand the shift lever button pressed.

It will be necessary to jump start or have yourbattery charged, For additional information, referto “Jump starting” in the “In case of emergency”section of this manual. It is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer or a professional tow-ing service.

LSD2360


To move the shift lever, complete the followingprocedure:

1. Push the ignition switch to the LOCK posi-tion.

2. Apply the parking brake.

3. Using a protective cloth on the tip of a small(1/8 inch or 3 mm) flat-head screwdriver,remove the shift lock release cover.

● If available, a plastic trim tool can also beused.

4. Insert the car key into the shift lock releaseslot and press straight down. A small screw-driver or small trim tool may also be used.

● For additional information, refer to“NISSAN Intelligent Key®” in the “Pre-driving checks and adjustments” sectionof this manual.

5. Move the shift lever to the N (Neutral) posi-tion while holding down the shift lock re-lease.

6. Push the ignition switch to the ON positionto unlock the steering wheel. Now the ve-hicle may be moved to the desired location.

If the shift lever cannot be moved out of P (Park),have the transmissions checked as soon as pos-sible. It is recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

CAUTION

Make sure to take extra care during theremoval of the shift lock cap as this part iseasily damaged.

WARNING

If the shift lever cannot be moved from theP (Park) position while the engine is run-ning and the brake pedal is depressed, thestop lights may not work. Malfunctioningstop lights could cause an accident injur-ing yourself and others.

Accelerator downshift— in D (Drive) position and manualshift mode

For passing or hill climbing, depress the accel-erator pedal to the floor. This shifts the transmis-sion down into lower range, depending on thevehicle speed.

High fluid temperature protectionmode

This transmission has a high fluid temperatureprotection mode. If the fluid temperature be-comes too high (for example, when climbingsteep grades in high temperatures with heavyloads, such as when towing a trailer), enginepower and, under some conditions, vehiclespeed will be decreased automatically to reducethe chance of transmission damage. Vehiclespeed can be controlled with the acceleratorpedal, but the engine and vehicle speed may belimited.

Fail-safeIf the vehicle is driven under extreme con-ditions, such as excessive wheel spinningand subsequent hard braking, the fail-safesystem may be activated. The MIL maycome on to indicate the fail-safe mode isactivated. For additional information, referto “Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)” in the“Instruments and controls” section of thismanual. This will occur even if all electricalcircuits are functioning properly. In thiscase, place the ignition switch in the OFFposition and wait for 10 seconds. Thenplace the ignition switch back in the ONposition. The vehicle should return to itsnormal operating condition. If it does not


return to its normal operating condition,have the transmission checked and re-paired, if necessary. It is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

WARNING

When the high fluid temperature protec-tion mode or fail-safe operation occurs,vehicle speed may be gradually reduced.The reduced speed may be lower thanother traffic, which could increase thechance of a collision. Be especially carefulwhen driving. If necessary, pull to the sideof the road at a safe place and allow thetransmission to return to normal opera-tion, or have it repaired if necessary.

WARNING

● Be sure the parking brake is fully re-leased before driving. Failure to do socan cause brake failure and lead to anaccident.

● Do not release the parking brake fromoutside the vehicle.

● Do not use the shift lever in place of theparking brake. When parking, be surethe parking brake is fully engaged.

● To help avoid risk of injury or deaththrough unintended operation of thevehicle and /or its systems, do not leavechildren, people who require the assis-tance of others or pets unattended inyour vehicle. Additionally, the tempera-ture inside a closed vehicle on a warmday can quickly become high enough tocause a significant risk of injury ordeath to people and pets.

To engage: Firmly depress the parking brake.

To release:

1. Firmly apply the foot brake.

2. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) position.

3. Firmly depress the parking brake pedal and itwill release.

4. Before driving, be sure the brake warninglight goes out.

LSD2176

PARKING BRAKE


Two driving modes can be selected by using thedrive mode selector switches, NORMAL andSPORT.

NOTE:

● When the drive mode select switch selects amode, the mode may not switch quickly. Thisis not a malfunction.

● Select the NORMAL mode for normal driv-ing.

NORMAL MODENORMAL mode is recommended for normal driv-ing. Press the NORMAL mode button to selectthis mode.

SPORT MODEThe SPORT mode adjusts the engine, transmis-sion, and steering to enhance performance.Press the SPORT mode button to select thisdriving mode.

NOTE:

In the SPORT mode, fuel economy may bereduced.

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-tions for proper use of the BSW systemcould result in serious injury or death.

● The BSW system is not a replacementfor proper driving procedures and is notdesigned to prevent contact with ve-hicles or objects. When changing lanes,always use the side and rear mirrorsand turn and look in the direction yourvehicle will move to ensure it is safe tochange lanes. Never rely solely on theBSW system.

The BSW system helps alert the driver of othervehicles in adjacent lanes when changing lanes.

Drive mode selector switchesLSD2361

DRIVE MODE SELECTOR BLIND SPOT WARNING (BSW) (if soequipped)


The BSW system uses radar sensors �1 in-stalled near the rear bumper to detect other ve-hicles in an adjacent lane.

The radar sensors can detect vehicles on eitherside of your vehicle within the detection zoneshown as illustrated. This detection zone startsfrom the outside mirror of your vehicle and ex-tends approximately 10 ft (3.0 m) behind the rearbumper, and approximately 10 ft (3.0 m) side-ways.

LSD2362

Detection zoneSSD1030


1. Side BSW/RCTA Indicator Light

2. BSW/RCTA Indicator

BSW SYSTEM OPERATIONThe BSW system operates above approximately20 mph (32km/h).

If the radar sensors detect a vehicle in the detec-tion zone, the side BSW/RCTA indicator light (1)illuminates. If the turn signal is then activated, thesystem chimes (twice) and the side BSW/RCTAindicator light flashes. The side BSW/RCTA indi-cator light continues to flash until the detectedvehicle leaves the detection zone.

The side BSW/RCTA indicator light illuminatesfor a few seconds when the ignition switch isplaced in the ON position.

The brightness of the side BSW/RCTA indicatorlight is adjusted automatically depending on thebrightness of the ambient light.

If a vehicle comes into the detection zone afterthe driver activates the turn signal, then only theside BSW/RCTA indicator light flashes and nochime sounds. For additional information, refer to“BSW driving situations” in this section.

The BSW system automatically turns on everytime the engine is started, as long as it is acti-vated using the settings menu on the vehicleinformation display.LSD2417


HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THEBSW SYSTEMPerform the following steps to enable or disablethe BSW system.

1. Press the button until “Settings” dis-plays in the vehicle information display andthen press OK. Use the button toselect “Driver Assistance”. Then press theOK button.

2. Select “Blind Spot” and press the OK but-ton.

NOTE:

● When enabling/disabling the system, thesystem will retain current settings even if theengine is restarted.

● The RCTA system (if so equipped) is inte-grated into the BSW system. There is not aseparate selection in the vehicle informationdisplay for the RCTA system. When theBSW is disabled, the RCTA system is alsodisabled.

● When the BSW system is turned on, theBSW/RCTA indicator (white) in the vehicleinformation display illuminates.

LSD2412


BSW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations forthe BSW system. Failure to operate thevehicle in accordance with these systemlimitations could result in serious injury ordeath.

● The BSW system cannot detect all ve-hicles under all conditions.

● The radar sensors may not be able todetect and activate BSW when certainobjects are present such as:

– Pedestrian, bicycles, animals.

– Vehicles such as motorcycles, lowheight vehicles, or high ground clear-ance vehicles.

– Oncoming vehicles.

– Vehicles remaining in the detectionzone when you accelerate from astop.

– A vehicle merging into an adjacentlane at a speed approximately thesame as your vehicle.

– A vehicle approaching rapidly frombehind.

– A vehicle which your vehicle over-takes rapidly.

– A vehicle that passes through the de-tection zone quickly.

– When overtaking several vehicles ina row, the vehicles after the first ve-hicle may not be detected if they aretraveling close together.

● The radar sensors’ detection zone isdesigned based on a standard lanewidth. When driving in a wider lane,the radar sensors may not detect ve-hicles in an adjacent lane. When driv-ing in a narrow lane, the radar sen-sors may detect vehicles driving twolanes away.

● The radar sensors are designed toignore most stationary objects, how-ever objects such as guardrails,walls, foliage and parked vehiclesmay occasionally be detected. This isa normal operation condition.

● The following conditions may reducethe ability of the radar to detect othervehicles:

– Severe weather

– Road spray

– Ice/frost/snow build-up on thevehicle

– Dirt build-up on the vehicle

● Do not attach stickers (including trans-parent material), install accessories orapply additional paint near the radarsensors. These conditions may reducethe ability of the radar to detect othervehicles.

● Excessive noise (for example, audiosystem volume, open vehicle window)will interfere with the chime sound, andit may not be heard.


BSW DRIVING SITUATIONS

Indicatoron

Indicatoroff

Indicatorflashing

Another vehicle approaching frombehindIllustration 1: The side BSW/RCTA indicatorlight illuminates if a vehicle enters the detectionzone from behind in an adjacent lane.

Illustration 2: If the driver activates the turnsignal when another vehicle is in the detectionzone, then the system chimes (twice) and theside indicator light flashes.

NOTE:

● The radar sensors may not detect vehicleswhich are approaching rapidly from behind.

● If the driver activates the turn signal before avehicle enters the detection zone, the sideindicator light will flash but no chime willsound when the other vehicle is detected.

Illustration 1 – Approaching from behindLSD2299

Illustration 2 – Approaching from behindLSD2300


Overtaking another vehicleIllustration 3: The side indicator light illumi-nates if you overtake a vehicle and that vehiclestays in the detection zone for approximately2 seconds.

Illustration 4: If the driver activates the turnsignal while another vehicle is in the detectionzone, then the system chimes (twice) and theside indicator light flashes.

NOTE:

● When overtaking several vehicles in a row,the vehicles after the first vehicle may not bedetected if they are traveling close together

● The radar sensors may not detect slowermoving vehicles if they are passed quickly.

● If the driver activates the turn signal before avehicle enters the detection zone, the sideindicator light will flash but no chime willsound when the other vehicle is detected. .

Illustration 3 – Overtaking another vehicleLSD2302

Illustration 4 – Overtaking another vehicleLSD2303


Entering from the sideIllustration 5: The side indicator light illumi-nates if a vehicle enters the detection zone fromeither side.

Illustration 6: If the driver activates the turnsignal while another vehicle is in the detectionzone, then the system chimes (twice) and theside indicator light flashes.

NOTE:

● If the driver activates the turn signal before avehicle enters the detection zone, the sideindicator light will flash but no chime willsound when the other vehicle is detected.

● The radar sensors may not detect a vehiclewhich is traveling at about the same speedas your vehicle when it enters the detectionzone.

Illustration 5 – Entering from the sideLSD2305

Illustration 6 – Entering from the sideLSD2308


SYSTEM TEMPORARILYUNAVAILABLEWhen radar blockage is detected, the system willbe deactivated automatically. The “Side RadarObstruction” warning message will appear andthe BSW/RCTA indicator (white) will blink �A inthe vehicle information display.

The system is not available until the conditions nolonger exist.

The radar sensors may be blocked by temporaryambient conditions such as splashing water, mistor fog. The blocked condition may also be causedby objects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructingthe radar sensors.

NOTE:

If the BSW system stops working, the RCTAsystem (if so equipped) will also stop work-ing.

Action to take:

When the above conditions no longer exist, thesystem will resume automatically.

LSD2416


MalfunctionIf the BSW system malfunctions, it will turn offautomatically. The system malfunction warningmessage with the BSW/RCTA indicator (orange)will appear in the vehicle information display.

NOTE:


Action to take:

Stop the vehicle in a safe location, place thevehicle in the P (Park) position, turn the engine offand restart the engine. If the message continuesto appear, have the system checked. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

The two radar sensors �1 for the BSW andRCTA systems are located near the rear bumper.Always keep the area near the radar sensorsclean.

The radar sensors may be blocked by temporaryambient conditions such as splashing water, mistor fog.

The blocked condition may also be caused byobjects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing theradar sensors.

Check for and remove objects obstructing thearea around the radar sensors.

Do not attach stickers (including transparent ma-terial), install accessories or apply additionalpaint near the radar sensors.

Do not strike or damage the area around theradar sensors. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer if the area around the radar sen-sors is damaged due to a collision.

Radio frequency statement

For USA

FCC : OAYSRR2B

This device complies with part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol-lowing two conditions:

(1) This device may not cause harmful inter-ference, and (2) this device must accept anyinterference received, including interfer-ence that may cause undesired operation.

FCC Warning

Changes or modifications not expressly ap-proved by the party responsible for compli-ance could void the user’s authority to op-erate the equipment

For Canada

Applicable law: Canada 310

LSD2362


This device complies with Industry Canadalicence-exempt RSS standard(s). Opera-tion is subject to the following two condi-tions: (1) this device may not cause inter-ference, and (2) this device must accept anyinterference, including interference thatmay cause undesired operation of the de-vice.

Frequency bands: 24.05GHz – 24.25GHz

Output power: less than 20 milliwatts

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-tions for proper use of the RCTA systemcould result in serious injury or death.

● The RCTA system is not a replacementfor proper driving procedures and is notdesigned to prevent contact with ve-hicles or objects. When backing out of aparking space, always use the side andrear mirrors and turn and look in thedirection your vehicle will move. Neverrely solely on the RCTA system.

The RCTA system will assist you when backingout from a parking space. When the vehicle is inreverse, the system is designed to detect othervehicles approaching from the right or left of thevehicle. If the system detects cross traffic, it willalert you.

REAR CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT (RCTA)(if so equipped)


1. Side BSW/RCTA Indicator Light

2. BSW/RCTA Indicator

RCTA SYSTEM OPERATIONThe RCTA system can help alert the driver of anapproaching vehicle when the driver is backingout of a parking space.

When the shift position is in R (Reverse) and thevehicle speed is less than approximately 5 mph(8 km/h), the RCTA system is operational.

If the radar detects an approaching vehicle fromeither side, the system chimes (once) and theside BSW/RCTA indicator light flashes on theside the vehicle is approaching from.

LSD2417


The RCTA system uses radar sensors �1 in-stalled on both sides near the rear bumper todetect an approaching vehicle.

The radar sensors �1 can detect an approachingvehicle from up to approximately 66 ft. (20 m)away.

LSD2216 LSD2362


HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THERCTA SYSTEMPerform the following steps to enable or disablethe RCTA system.

1. Press the button until “Settings” dis-plays in the vehicle information display andthen press OK. Use the button toselect “Driver Assistance”. Then press theOK button.

2. Select “Blind Spot” and press the OK but-ton.

When the RCTA system is turned on, theBSW/RCTA indicator (white) in the vehicle infor-mation display illuminates.

NOTE:

● The RCTA system is integrated into theBSW system. There is not a separate selec-tion in the vehicle information display for theRCTA system. When the BSW is disabled,the RCTA system is also disabled.

● When enabling/disabling the system, thesystem setting will be retained even if theengine is restarted.

LSD2412


RCTA SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations forthe RCTA system. Failure to operate thevehicle in accordance with these systemlimitations could result in serious injury ordeath.

● Always check surroundings and turn tocheck what is behind you before back-ing up. The radar sensors detect ap-proaching (moving) vehicles. The radarsensors cannot detect every object suchas:

– Pedestrians, bicycles, motorcycles,animals or child-operated toyvehicles

– A vehicle that is passing at speedsgreater than approximately 19 mph(30 km/h)

– A vehicle that is passing at speedslower than approximately 5 mph(8 km/h)

● The radar sensors may not detect ap-proaching vehicles in certain situations:

– Illustration a: When a vehicle parkednext to you obstructs the beam of theradar sensor.

LSD2173


– Illustration b: When the vehicle isparked in an angled parking space.

– Illustration c: When the vehicle isparked on inclined ground.

– Illustration d: When an approachingvehicle turns into your vehicle’s park-ing lot aisle.

– Illustration e: When the angle formedby your vehicle and approaching ve-hicle is small

● The following conditions may reducethe ability of the radar to detect othervehicles:

– Severe weather

– Road spray

– Ice/frost/snow build-up on thevehicle

– Dirt build- up on the vehicle

● Do not attach stickers (including trans-parent material), install accessories orapply additional paint near the radarsensors. These conditions may reducethe ability of the radar to detect othervehicles

● Excessive noise (e.g. audio system vol-ume, open vehicle window) will inter-fere with the chime sound, and it maynot be heard.

NOTE:

In the case of several vehicles approachingin a row (Illustration 1) or in the oppositedirection (Illustration 2), a chime may notbe sounded by the RCTA system after thefirst vehicle passes the sensors.

Illustration 1LSD2043


Illustration 2LSD2044

LSD2416


SYSTEM TEMPORARILYUNAVAILABLEWhen radar blockage is detected, the system willbe deactivated automatically. The “Side RadarObstruction” warning message will appear andthe BSW/RCTA indicator (white) will blink �A inthe vehicle information display.

The systems are not available until the conditionsno longer exist.



NOTE:

If the BSW system stops working, the RCTAsystem will also stop working.

Action to takeWhen the above conditions no longer exist, thesystem will resume automatically.

MalfunctionWhen the RCTA system malfunctions, it will turnoff automatically. The system malfunction warn-ing message with the BSW/RCTA indicator (or-ange) will appear in the vehicle information dis-play.

NOTE:


Action to takeStop the vehicle in a safe location, place thevehicle in the P (Park) position, turn the engine offand restart the engine. If the message continuesto appear, have the system checked. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

The two radar sensors �1 for the BSW andRCTA systems are located near the rear bumper.Always keep the area near the radar sensorsclean.



Check for and remove objects obstructing thearea around the radar sensors.

LSD2362


Do not attach stickers (including transparent ma-terial), install accessories or apply additionalpaint near the radar sensors.

Do not strike or damage the area around theradar sensors. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer if the area around the radar sen-sors is damaged due to a collision.

Radio frequency statement

For USA

FCC : OAYSRR2B

This device complies with part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol-lowing two conditions:

(1) This device may not cause harmful inter-ference, and (2) this device must accept anyinterference received, including interfer-ence that may cause undesired operation.

FCC Warning

Changes or modifications not expressly ap-proved by the party responsible for compli-ance could void the user’s authority to op-erate the equipment

For Canada

Applicable law: Canada 310

This device complies with Industry Canadalicence-exempt RSS standard (s). Opera-tion is subject to the following two condi-tions: (1) this device may not cause inter-ference, and (2) this device must accept anyinterference, including interference thatmay cause undesired operation of the de-vice.

Frequency bands: 24.05GHz – 24.25GHz

Output power: less than 20 milliwatts

PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISECONTROL

1. CANCEL switch

2. RES+ switch

3. SET– switch

4. ON/OFF cruise switch

● If the cruise control system malfunctions, itcancels automatically.

LSD2414

CRUISE CONTROL (if so equipped)


WARNING

Do not use the cruise control when drivingunder the following conditions:

● When it is not possible to keep thevehicle at a set speed.

● In heavy traffic or in traffic that varies inspeed.

● On winding or hilly roads.

● On slippery roads (rain, snow, ice, etc.).

● In very windy areas.

Doing so could cause a loss of vehiclecontrol and result in an accident.

CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS

The cruise control allows driving at a speed be-tween 25 - 89 mph (40 - 144 km/h) withoutkeeping your foot on the accelerator pedal.

To turn on the cruise control, push theswitch on. The CRUISE indicator light in theinstrument panel will illuminate.To set cruising speed, accelerate the vehicle tothe desired speed, push the SET switch andrelease it. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal.Your vehicle maintains the set speed.

● To pass another vehicle, depress the ac-celerator pedal. When you release thepedal, the vehicle returns to the previouslyset speed.

● The vehicle may not maintain the set speedwhen going up or down steep hills. If thishappens, drive without the cruise control.

To cancel the preset speed, use one of thefollowing three methods.

● Push the CANCEL switch.

● Tap the brake pedal.

● Push the switch off. The CRUISE in-dicator light in the instrument panel goesout.

The cruise control is automatically canceled if:

● you depress the brake pedal while pushingthe RES or SET switch. The preset speed isdeleted from memory.

● the vehicle slows down more than 8 mph(13 km/h) below the set speed.

● you move the shift lever to N (Neutral).

To reset at a faster cruising speed, use one ofthe following three methods.

● Depress the accelerator pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, push andrelease the SET switch.

● Push and hold the RES switch. When thevehicle attains the speed you desire, releasethe switch.

● Push and release the RES switch. Each timeyou do this, the set speed increases byabout 1 mph (1.6 km/h).

To reset at a slower cruising speed, use oneof the following three methods.

● Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the ve-hicle attains the desired speed, push theSET switch and release it.

● Push and hold the SET switch. Release theswitch when the vehicle slows to the desiredspeed.

● Push and release the SET switch. Each timeyou do this, the set speed decreases byabout 1 mph (1.6 km/h).

To resume the preset speed, push and re-lease the RES switch. The vehicle returns to thelast set cruising speed when the vehicle speed isover 25 mph (40 km/h).


To turn off the cruise control, use one of thefollowing three methods.

● Push the CANCEL switch.

● Tap the brake pedal.

● Push the switch off. The CRUISE in-dicator light in the instrument panel goesout.

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-tions for proper use of the ICC systemcould result in serious injury or death.

● The ICC system is only an aid to assistthe driver and is not a collision warningor avoidance device. It is the driver’sresponsibility to stay alert, drive safely,and be in control of the vehicle at alltimes.

● Always observe posted speed limitsand do not set the speed over them.

● Always drive carefully and attentivelywhen using the ICC system. Read andunderstand the Owner’s Manual thor-oughly before using the ICC system. Toavoid serious injury or death, do not relyon the system to prevent accidents or tocontrol the vehicle’s speed in emer-gency situations. Do not use the ICCsystem except in appropriate road andtraffic conditions.

The ICC system is intended to enhance the op-eration of the vehicle when following a vehicletraveling in the same lane and direction.

The ICC system uses a radar sensor �A locatedon the front of the vehicle to detect vehiclestraveling ahead.

If the radar sensor detects a slower moving ve-hicle ahead, the system will reduce the vehiclespeed so that your vehicle follows the vehicle infront at the selected distance.

The detection range of the sensor is approxi-mately 390 ft (120 m) ahead.

LSD2367

INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL (ICC)(if so equipped)


ICC SYSTEM OPERATION

The ICC system maintains a selected distancefrom the vehicle in front of you within the speedrange 0 to 90 mph (0 to 144km/h) up to the setspeed. The set speed can be selected by thedriver between 20 to 90 mph (32 to 144 km/h),based on road conditions.

The vehicle travels at the set speed when theroad ahead is clear.

The ICC system is designed to maintain a se-lected distance from the vehicle in front of youand can reduce the speed to match a slowervehicle ahead. The system will decelerate thevehicle as necessary and if the vehicle aheadcomes to a stop, the vehicle decelerates to astandstill. However, the ICC system can onlyapply up to 40% of the vehicle’s total brakingpower.

This system should only be used when trafficconditions allow vehicle speeds to remain fairlyconstant or when vehicle speeds change gradu-ally. If a vehicle moves into the traveling laneahead or if a vehicle traveling ahead rapidly de-celerates, the distance between vehicles maybecome closer because the ICC system cannotdecelerate the vehicle quickly enough. If this oc-curs, the ICC system will sound a warning chimeand blink the system display to notify the driver totake necessary action.LSD2420


For additional information, refer to “Approachwarning” in this section.

The following items are controlled in the ICCsystem:

● When there are no vehicles traveling ahead,the ICC system maintains the speed set bythe driver. The set speed range is betweenapproximately 20 and 90 mph (32 and144 km/h).

● When there is a vehicle traveling ahead, theICC system adjusts the speed to maintainthe distance, selected by the driver, from thevehicle ahead. If the vehicle ahead comes toa stop, the vehicle decelerates to a standstillwithin the limitations of the system. The sys-tem will cancel once it judges a standstillwith a warning chime.

● When the vehicle traveling ahead has movedout from its lane of travel, the ICC systemaccelerates and maintains vehicle speed upto the set speed.

The ICC system does not control vehicle speedor warn you when you approach stationary andslow moving vehicles. You must pay attention tovehicle operation to maintain proper distancefrom vehicles ahead when approaching toll gatesor traffic congestion.

When driving on the freeway at a set speed andapproaching a slower traveling vehicle ahead, theICC system will adjust the speed to maintain thedistance, selected by the driver, from the vehicleahead. If the vehicle ahead changes lanes or exitsthe freeway, the ICC system will accelerate andmaintain the speed up to the set speed. Payattention to the driving operation to maintain con-trol of the vehicle as it accelerates to the setspeed.

Normally when controlling the distance to a ve-hicle ahead, this system automatically acceler-ates or decelerates your vehicle according to thespeed of the vehicle ahead. Depress the accel-erator to properly accelerate your vehicle whenacceleration is required for a lane change. De-press the brake pedal when deceleration is re-quired to maintain a safe distance to the vehicleahead due to its sudden braking or if a vehiclecuts in. Always stay alert when using the ICCsystem.

SSD0254


THE ICC SWITCHThe system is operated by theCRUISE switch and four control switches,all mounted on the steering wheel.

1. DISTANCE switch:

Changes the vehicle’s following distance:

● Long

● Middle

● Short

2. RES+ switch:

Resumes set speed or increases speed in-crementally.

3. CANCEL switch:

Deactivates the system without erasing theset speed.

4. SET– switch:

Sets desired cruise speed or reduces speedincrementally.

5. CRUISE switch:

Master switch to activate the system.

The ICC system display and indicatorsThe display is located between the speedometerand tachometer.

1. CRUISE switch indicator:

● ICC system ON indicator (white): In-dicates that the CRUISE switch isON.

● ICC system SET indicator (green):Indicates that the cruising speed is set.

● ICC system warning (orange): Indi-cates that if there is a malfunction in theICC system.

LSD2433 LSD2285


2. Set vehicle speed indicator:

Indicates the set vehicle speed.

For Canadian models, the speed is dis-played in km/h.

3. Set distance indicator:

Displays the selected distance between ve-hicles set with the distance switch.

4. Vehicle ahead detection indicator:

Indicates whether it detects a vehicle in frontof you.

Operating ICCTo turn on the cruise control: quickly pushand release the CRUISE switch �A . TheICC system ON indicator (white), set distanceindicator and set vehicle speed indicator comeon in a standby state for setting.

To set cruising speed: accelerate your vehicleto the desired speed, push the SET– switch andrelease it. The ICC system set indicator (green),vehicle ahead detection indicator, set distanceindicator and set vehicle speed indicator �B willcome on. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal.Your vehicle will maintain the set speed.

When the SET– switch is pushed under thefollowing conditions, the system cannot be setand the ICC indicators will blink for approximately2 seconds:

● When traveling below 20 mph (32 km/h)and a vehicle ahead is not detected

LSD2409 LSD2370


● When the shift lever is not in the D (Drive) orManual mode

● When the parking brake is applied

● When the brakes are operated by the driverWhen the SET– switch is pushed under thefollowing conditions, the system cannot be set.

A warning chime will sound and a message willpop up:

● When the VDC system is off (To use the ICCsystem, turn on the VDC system. Push theCRUISE switch to turn off the ICCsystem and reset the ICC switch by pushingthe CRUISE switch again.)

For additional information about the VDCsytem, refer to “Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) system” in this section.

● When ABS or VDC (including the TCS) isoperating

● When a wheel is slipping (To use the ICCsystem, make sure the wheels are no longerslipping. Push the CRUISE switch toturn off the ICC system, and reset the ICCsystem by pushing theCRUISE switch again.)

�1 System set display with vehicle ahead

�2 System set display without vehicle aheadVehicle detected ahead

When a vehicle is detected in the lane ahead, theICC system decelerates the vehicle by control-ling the throttle and applying the brakes to matchthe speed of a slower vehicle ahead. The systemthen controls the vehicle speed based on thespeed of the vehicle ahead to maintain the driverselected distance.

NOTE:

● The stoplights of the vehicle come onwhen braking is performed by the ICCsystem.

● When the brake operates, a noise maybe heard. This is not a malfunction.

When a vehicle ahead is detected, the vehicleahead detection indicator comes on. The ICCsystem will also display the set speed and se-lected distance.

Vehicle ahead not detected

When a vehicle is no longer detected ahead, theICC system gradually accelerates your vehicle toresume the previously set vehicle speed. The ICCsystem then maintains the set speed.

When a vehicle is no longer detected, the vehicleahead detection indicator turns off.

If a vehicle ahead appears during acceleration tothe set vehicle speed or any time the ICC systemis in operation, the system controls the distanceto that vehicle.

When a vehicle is no longer detected underapproximately 15 mph (24 km/h), the system willbe canceled.

LSD2288


When passing another vehicle, the set speedindicator �B will flash when the vehicle speedexceeds the set speed. The vehicle detect indi-cator will turn off when the area ahead of thevehicle is open. When the pedal is released, thevehicle will return to the previously set speed.

Even though your vehicle speed is set in the ICCsystem, you can depress the accelerator pedalwhen it is necessary to accelerate your vehiclerapidly.

�1 System set display with vehicle ahead

�2 System set display without vehicle ahead

How to change the set vehicle speed

To cancel the preset speed: use one of thefollowing methods:

● Push the CANCEL switch. The set vehiclespeed indicator will go out.

● Tap the brake pedal. The set vehicle speedindicator will go out.

● Turn the CRUISE switch off. The ICCindicators will go out.

To reset at a faster cruising speed: use oneof the following methods:

● Depress the accelerator pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, push andrelease the SET– switch.

● Push and hold the RES+ switch. The setvehicle speed will increase by approximately5 mph (5 km/h for Canada).

● Push, then quickly release the RES+ switch.Each time you do this, the set speed willincrease by approximately 1 mph (1 km/h forCanada).

To reset at a slower cruising speed: use oneof the following methods:

● Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the ve-hicle attains the desired speed, push theSET– switch and release it.

● Push and hold the SET– switch. The setvehicle speed will decrease by approxi-mately 5 mph (5 km/h for Canada).

● Push, then quickly release the SET– switch.Each time you do this, the set speed willdecrease by approximately 1 mph (1 km/hfor Canada).

LSD2289 LSD2288


To resume the preset speed: push and re-lease the RES+ switch. The vehicle will resumethe last set cruising speed when the vehiclespeed is over 20 mph (32 km/h).

How to change the set distance to thevehicle aheadThe distance to the vehicle ahead can be se-lected at any time depending on the traffic con-ditions.

Each time the distance switch �A is pushed, theset distance will change to long, middle, shortand back to long again, in that sequence.

Distance Approximate distance at60 mph (100 km/h) [ft (m)]

1. Long 200 (60)

2. Middle 150 (45)

3. Short 90 (30)

● The distance to the vehicle ahead willchange according to the vehicle speed. Thehigher the vehicle speed, the longer the dis-tance.

● If the engine is stopped, the set distancebecomes “long”. (Each time the engine isstarted, the initial setting becomes “long”.)

LSD2371 LSD2429


Approach warning

If your vehicle comes closer to the vehicle aheaddue to rapid deceleration of that vehicle or ifanother vehicle cuts in, the system warns thedriver with the chime and ICC system display.Decelerate by depressing the brake pedal tomaintain a safe vehicle distance if:

● The chime sounds.

● The vehicle ahead detection indicator blinks.

The warning chime may not sound in some caseswhen there is a short distance between vehicles.Some examples are:

● When the vehicles are traveling at the samespeed and the distance between vehicles isnot changing.

● When the vehicle ahead is traveling fasterand the distance between vehicles is in-creasing.

● When a vehicle cuts in near your vehicle.

The warning chime will not sound when:

● The vehicle approaches other vehicles thatare parked or moving slowly.

● The accelerator pedal is depressed, overrid-ing the system.

NOTE:

The approach warning chime may soundand the system display may blink when theICC sensor detects objects on the side ofthe vehicle or on the side of the road. Thismay cause the ICC system to decelerate oraccelerate the vehicle. The ICC sensor maydetect these objects when the vehicle isdriven on winding roads, narrow roads, hillyroads, or when entering or exiting a curve.In these cases you will have to manuallycontrol the proper distance ahead of yourvehicle.

Also, the radar sensor sensitivity can be affectedby vehicle operation (steering maneuver or driv-ing position in the lane) or traffic or vehicle con-dition (for example, if a vehicle is being driven withsome damage).


ICC SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations forthe ICC system. Failure to operate thevehicle in accordance with these systemlimitations could result in serious injury ordeath.

● The ICC system is primarily intended foruse on straight, dry, open roads withlight traffic. It is not advisable to use theICC system in city traffic or congestedareas.

● The ICC system will not adapt automati-cally to road conditions. This systemshould be used in evenly flowing traffic.Do not use the system on roads withsharp curves, or on icy roads, in heavyrain or in fog.

● As there is a performance limit to thedistance control function, never relysolely on the ICC system. This systemdoes not correct careless, inattentive orabsentminded driving, or overcomepoor visibility in rain, fog, or other badweather. Decelerate the vehicle speedby depressing the brake pedal, depend-ing on the distance to the vehicle aheadand the surrounding circumstances inorder to maintain a safe distance be-tween vehicles.

● If the vehicle ahead comes to a stop, thevehicle decelerates to a standstillwithin the limitations of the system. Thesystem will cancel once it judges thatthe vehicle has come to a standstill andsound a warning chime. To prevent thevehicle from moving, the driver mustdepress the brake pedal.

● Always pay attention to the operation ofthe vehicle and be ready to manuallycontrol the proper following distance.The ICC system may not be able tomaintain the selected distance betweenvehicles (following distance) or se-lected vehicle speed under somecircumstances.

SSD0252


● The system may not detect the vehiclein front of you in certain road or weatherconditions. To avoid accidents, neveruse the ICC system under the followingconditions:

– On roads where the traffic is heavy orthere are sharp curves

– On slippery road surfaces such as onice or snow, etc.

– During bad weather (rain, fog, snow,etc.)

– When rain, snow or dirt adhere to thebumper around the distance sensor

– On steep downhill roads (the vehiclemay go beyond the set vehicle speedand frequent braking may result inoverheating the brakes)

– On repeated uphill and downhillroads

– When traffic conditions make it diffi-cult to keep a proper distance be-tween vehicles because of frequentacceleration or deceleration

– Interference by other radar sources.

● Do not use the ICC system if you aretowing a trailer. The system may notdetect a vehicle ahead.

● In some road or traffic conditions, avehicle or object can unexpectedlycome into the sensor detection zoneand cause automatic braking. Alwaysstay alert and avoid using the ICC sys-tem where not recommended in thiswarning section.

The radar sensor will not detect the followingobjects:

● Stationary and slow moving vehicles

● Pedestrians or objects in the roadway

● Oncoming vehicles in the same lane

● Motorcycles traveling offset in the travel lane

The following are some conditions in which thesensor cannot properly detect a vehicle aheadand the system may not operate properly:

● When snow or road spray from travelingvehicles reduces the sensor’s detection.

● When excessively heavy baggage is loadedin the rear seat or the trunk of your vehicle.

The ICC system is designed to automaticallycheck the sensor’s operation within the limita-tions of the system.

The detection zone of the radar sensor is limited.A vehicle ahead must be in the detection zone tomaintain the selected distance from the vehicleahead.

A vehicle ahead may move outside of the detec-tion zone due to its position within the same laneof travel. Motorcycles may not be detected in thesame lane ahead if they are traveling offset fromthe centerline of the lane. A vehicle that is enter-ing the lane ahead may not be detected until thevehicle has completely moved into the lane.

If this occurs, the ICC system may warn youby blinking the system indicator andsounding the chime. The driver may have tomanually control the proper distance awayfrom the vehicle traveling ahead.


When driving on some roads, such as winding,hilly, curved, narrow roads, or roads which areunder construction, the radar sensor may detectvehicles in a different lane, or may temporarily notdetect a vehicle traveling ahead. This may causethe ICC system to decelerate or accelerate thevehicle.

The detection of vehicles may also be affected byvehicle operation (steering maneuver or travelingposition in the lane, etc.) or vehicle condition.

If this occurs, the ICC system may warn youby blinking the system indicator andsounding the chime unexpectedly. You willhave to manually control the proper dis-tance away from the vehicle travelingahead.

SSD0253


SYSTEM TEMPORARILYUNAVAILABLEThe following are conditions in which the ICCsystem may be temporarily unavailable. In theseinstances, the ICC system may not cancel andmay not be able to maintain the selected follow-ing distance from the vehicle ahead.

Condition A

Under the following conditions, the ICC system isautomatically canceled. A chime will sound andthe system will not be able to be set:

● When the VDC system is turned off

● When the VDC or ABS (including the TCS)operates

● When a vehicle ahead is not detected andyour vehicle is traveling below the speed of15 mph (24 km/h)

● When the system judges the vehicle is at astandstill

● When the shift lever is not in the D (Drive) orManual mode

● When the parking brake is applied

● When a wheel slips

LSD2373


Action to take

When the conditions listed above are no longerpresent, turn the system off using the ICCCRUISE switch. Turn the ICC system backon to use the system.Condition B

When the radar sensor area of the front bumperis covered with dirt or is obstructed, the ICCsystem will automatically be cancelled. If the sen-sor area is covered with ice, a transparent ortranslucent vinyl bag, etc., the ICC system maynot detect vehicles ahead. In these instances, theICC system may not cancel and may not be ableto maintain the selected following distance fromthe vehicle ahead. Be sure to check and clean thesensor area.

The system warning light (orange) will illuminateand the “front radar obstruction” warning mes-sage will appear in the vehicle information dis-play.

Action to take

If the warning light (orange) comes on, park thevehicle in a safe location and turn the engine off.Check to see if the radar sensor window isblocked. If the radar sensor window is blocked,remove the blocking material. Restart the engine.If the warning light continues to illuminate, havethe ICC system checked. It is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

Condition C

When the ICC system is not operating properly, achime sounds and the system warning light (or-ange) will come on.

Action to take

If the warning light comes on, park the vehicle in asafe place. Turn the engine off, restart the engine,resume driving and set the ICC system again.

If it is not possible to set the system or theindicator stays on, it may indicate that thesystem is malfunctioning. Although the ve-hicle is still drivable under normal condi-tions, have the vehicle checked. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

LSD2411 LSD2395


SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

The sensor for the ICC system �A is located onthe front of the vehicle.

To keep the ICC system operating properly, besure to observe the following:

● Always keep the sensor area clean.

● Do not strike or damage the areas aroundthe sensor. Do not touch or remove thescrew located on the sensor. Doing so couldcause a failure or malfunction. If the sensor isdamaged due to an accident, it is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer.

● Do not attach a sticker (including transpar-ent material) or install an accessory near thesensor. This could cause failure or malfunc-tion.

● Do not attach metallic objects near the sen-sor area (brush guard, etc.) This could causefailure or malfunction.

● Do not alter, remove, or paint the front bum-per. Before customizing or restoring thefront bumper, it is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer.

Radio frequency statementFCC Notice

For USA

This device complies with part 15 of the FCCRules.

Operation is subject to the following two condi-tions:

1. This device may not cause harmful interfer-ence, and

2. This device must accept any interferencereceived, including interference that maycause undesired operation.

FCC Warning

Changes or modifications not expressly ap-proved by the party responsible for compliancecould void the user’s authority to operate theequipment.

This equipment has been tested and found tocomply with the limits for a Class A digital device,pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Theselimits are designed to provide reasonable protec-tion against harmful interference when the equip-ment is operated in a commercial environment.This equipment generates, uses, and can radiateradio frequency energy and, if not installed andused in accordance with the instruction manual,may cause harmful interference to radio commu-nication. Operation of this equipment in a resi-dential area is likely to cause harmful interferencein which case the user will be required to correctthe interference at his own expense.

Radio Frequency Radiation Exposure Informa-tion: This equipment complies with FCC radiationexposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled envi-ronment. This equipment should be installed andoperated with minimum distance of 20 cm be-tween the radiator and your body.

The transmitter must not be co-located or oper-ating in conjunction with any other antenna ortransmitter.

LSD2367


For Canada

This device complies with Industry Canadalicense-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation issubject to the following two conditions:

1. This device may not cause interference, and

2. This device must accept any interference,including interference that may cause unde-sired operation of the device.

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-tions for proper use of the FEB systemcould result in serious injury or death.

● The FEB system is a supplemental aidto the driver. It is not a replacement forthe driver’s attention to traffic condi-tions or responsibility to drive safely. Itcannot prevent accidents due to care-lessness or dangerous drivingtechniques.

● The FEB system does not function in alldriving, traffic, weather and roadconditions.

The FEB system can assist the driver when thereis a risk of a forward collision with the vehicleahead in the traveling lane.

The FEB system uses a radar sensor �A locatedbehind the lower grille of the front bumper tomeasure the distance to the vehicle ahead in thesame lane.

LSD2367

FORWARD EMERGENCY BRAKING(FEB) (if so equipped)


1. Vehicle ahead detection indicator

2. FEB warning indicator

3. FEB system warning light

FEB SYSTEM OPERATION

The FEB system will function when your vehicle isdriven at speeds above approximately 3 mph(5 km/h).

If a risk of a forward collision is detected, the FEBsystem will provide an initial warning to the driverby both a visual and audible alert.

If the driver applies the brakes quickly and force-fully after the warning, and the FEB system de-tects that there is still the possibility of a forwardcollision, the system will automatically increasethe braking force. If the driver does not takeaction, the FEB system issues the second visualwarning (red) and audible warning and also ap-plies partial braking.

If the risk of a collision becomes imminent, theFEB system applies harder braking automatically.

LSD2650


NOTE:

The vehicle’s brake lights come on whenbraking is performed by the forward emer-gency braking system.

Depending on vehicle speed and distance to thevehicle ahead, as well as driving and roadwayconditions, the system may help the driver avoid aforward collision or may help mitigate the conse-quences of a collision, should one be unavoid-able. If the driver is handling the steering wheel,accelerating or braking, the FEB system will func-tion later or will not function.

The automatic braking will cease under the fol-lowing conditions:

● When the steering wheel is turned as far asnecessary to avoid a collision.

● When the accelerator pedal is depressed.

● When there is no longer a vehicle detectedahead.

If the FEB system has stopped the vehicle, thevehicle will remain at a standstill for approximately2 seconds before the brakes are released.

LSD2412


TURNING THE FEB SYSTEMON/OFFPerform the following steps to turn the FEB sys-tems ON or OFF.

1. Press the button until “Settings” dis-plays in the vehicle information display andthen press OK button. Use the buttonto select “Driver Assistance”. Then press theOK button.

2. Select “Emergency Brake” and press theOK button.

3. Select “System” and press the OK button.When the FEB system is turned off, the FEBsystem warning light illuminates.

NOTE:

● The FEB system will be automatically turnedon when the engine is restarted.

● The PFCW system (if so equipped) is inte-grated into the FEB system. There is not aseparate selection in the vehicle informationdisplay for the PFCW system. When theFEB is turned off, the PFCW system is alsoturned off.

FEB SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations forthe FEB system. Failure to operate thevehicle in accordance with these systemlimitations could result in serious injury ordeath.

● The FEB system cannot detect all ve-hicles under all conditions.

● The radar sensor does not detect thefollowing objects:

– Pedestrians, animals or obstacles inthe roadway.

– Oncoming vehicles.

– Crossing vehicles.

● The radar sensor has some perfor-mance limitations. If a stationary ve-hicle is in the vehicles’s path, the FEBsystem will not function when the ve-hicle is driven at speeds over approxi-mately 50 mph (80 km/h).

● The radar sensor may not detect a ve-hicle ahead in the following conditions:

– Dirt, ice, snow or other material cov-ering the radar sensor.


– Snow or road spray from travelingvehicles.

– If the vehicle ahead is narrow (e.g.motorcycle).

– When driving on a steep downhillslope or roads with sharp curves.

● In some road or traffic conditions, theFEB system may unexpectedly applypartial braking. When acceleration isnecessary, continue to depress the ac-celerator pedal to override the system.

● Braking distances increase on slipperysurfaces.

● The system is designed to automaticallycheck the sensor’s functionality, withincertain limitations. The system may notdetect some forms of obstructions ofthe sensor area such as ice, snow, stick-ers, etc. In these cases, the system maynot be able to warn the driver properly.Be sure that you check, clean and clearthe sensor area regularly.

● Excessive noise will interfere with thewarning chime sound, and the chimemay not be heard.


SYSTEM TEMPORARILYUNAVAILABLECondition A

When the radar sensor picks up interferencefrom another radar source, making it impossibleto detect a vehicle ahead, the FEB system isautomatically turned off.

The FEB system warning light (orange) will illu-minate.

Action to take

When the above conditions no longer exist, theFEB system will resume automatically.

Condition B

When the sensor area of the front bumper iscovered with dirt or is obstructed, making it im-possible to detect a vehicle ahead, the FEB sys-tem is automatically turned off.

The FEB system warning light (orange) will illu-minate and the “front radar obstruction” warningmessage will appear in the vehicle informationdisplay.

LSD2377


Action to take

If the warning light (orange) comes on, stop thevehicle in a safe place, place the shift lever in theP (Park) position and turn the engine off. Cleanthe radar cover on the lower grille with a softcloth, and restart the engine. If the warning lightcontinues to illuminate, have the FEB systemchecked. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

NOTE:

If the FEB system stops working, the PFCWsystem (if so equipped) will also stop work-ing.

SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONIf the FEB system malfunctions, it will be turnedoff automatically, a chime will sound, the FEBwarning light (orange) will illuminate and thewarning message [Malfunction] will appear in thevehicle information display.

Action to take

If the warning light (orange) comes on, stop thevehicle in a safe location, turn the engine off andrestart the engine. If the warning light continuesto illuminate, have the FEB systems checked. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

The sensor �A is located behind the lower grilleof the front bumper.

To keep the system operating properly, be sure toobserve the following:

● Always keep the sensor area of the frontbumper clean.

● Do not strike or damage the areas aroundthe sensor.

● Do not cover or attach stickers or similarobjects on the front bumper near the sensorarea. This could cause failure or malfunction.

● Do not attach metallic objects near the sen-sor area (brush guard, etc.). This couldcause failure or malfunction.

● Do not alter, remove or paint the front bum-per. Before customizing or restoring thefront bumper, it is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer.

FCC Notice

For USA

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol-lowing two conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful in-terference, and

2. This device must accept any interfer-ence received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.

FCC Warning


LSD2367


For Canada

This device complies with Industry Canadalicence-exempt RSS standard(s). Opera-tion is subject to the following two condi-tions:

1. This device may not cause interference,

2. This device must accept any interfer-ence, including interference that maycause undesired operation of the de-vice.

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-tions for proper use of the PFCW systemcould result in serious injury or death.

● The PFCW system can help warn thedriver before a collision occurs but willnot avoid a collision. It is the driver’sresponsibility to stay alert, drive safelyand be in control of the vehicle at alltimes.

The PFCW system can help alert the driver whenthere is a sudden braking of a second vehicletraveling in front of the vehicle ahead in the samelane. The PFCW system uses a radar sensor �A lo-

cated behind the lower grille of the front bumperto measure the distance to the vehicle ahead inthe same lane.

LSD2367

PREDICTIVE FORWARD COLLISIONWARNING (PFCW) (if so equipped)


1. Vehicle ahead detection indicator

2. FEB system warning light

LSD2424


PFCW SYSTEM OPERATIONThe PFCW system operates at speeds aboveapproximately 3 mph (5 km/h).

If there is a potential risk of a forward collision, thePFCW system will warn the driver by blinking thevehicle ahead detection indicator, and soundingan audible alert.

LSD2263


TURNING THE PFCW SYSTEMON/OFFPerform the following steps to turn the PFCWsystem ON or OFF.

1. Press the button until “Settings” dis-plays in the vehicle information display andthen press OK button. Use the buttonto select “Driver Assistance”. Then press theOK button.

2. Select “Emergency Brake” and press theOK button.

3. Select “System” and press the OK button.When the PFCW system is turned off, the FEBsystem warning light illuminates.

NOTE:

● The PFCW system will be automaticallyturned on when the engine is restarted.

● The PFCW system (if so equipped) is inte-grated into the FEB system. There is not aseparate selection in the vehicle informationdisplay for the PFCW system. When theFEB is turned off, the PFCW system is alsoturned off.

LSD2412


PFCW SYSTEM LIMITATIONSIllustration A

LSD2312


WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations forthe PFCW system. Failure to operate thevehicle in accordance with these systemlimitations could result in serious injury ordeath.

● The PFCW system cannot detect all ve-hicles under all conditions.

● The radar sensor does not detect thefollowing objects:

– Pedestrians, animals or obstacles inthe roadway

– Oncoming vehicles

– Crossing vehicles

● (Illustration A) The PFCW system doesnot function when a vehicle ahead is anarrow vehicle, such as a motorcycle.

● The radar sensor may not detect a ve-hicle ahead in the following conditions:

– Snow or heavy rain

– Dirt, ice, snow or other material cov-ering the radar sensor.


– Snow or road spray from travelingvehicles.

– Driving in a tunnel

– (Illustration B) When the vehicleahead is being towed.

– (Illustration C) When the distance tothe vehicle ahead is too close, thebeam of the radar sensor isobstructed.

– (Illustration D) When driving on asteep downhill slope or roads withsharp curves.

Illustration BLSD2265


● The system is designed to automaticallycheck the sensor’s functionality, withincertain limitations. The system may notdetect some forms of obstruction of thesensor area such as ice, snow, stickers,etc. In these cases, the system may notbe able to warn the driver properly. Besure that you check, clean and clear thesensor area regularly.

● Excessive noise will interfere with thewarning chime sound, and the chimemay not be heard.

SYSTEM TEMPORARILYUNAVAILABLECondition A

When the radar sensor picks up interferencefrom another radar source, making it impossibleto detect a vehicle ahead, the PFCW system isautomatically turned off.

The FEB system warning light (orange) will illu-minate.

Action to take

When the above conditions no longer exist, thePFCW system will resume automatically.

Condition B

When the sensor area of the front bumper iscovered with dirt or is obstructed, making it im-possible to detect a vehicle ahead, the PFCWsystem is automatically turned off.

The FEB system warning light (orange) will illu-minate and the “front radar obstruction” warningmessage will appear in the vehicle informationdisplay.

Illustration CLSD2266


Action to take

If the warning light (orange) comes on, stop thevehicle in a safe place, place the shift lever in theP (Park) position and turn the engine off. Cleanthe radar cover on the lower grille with a softcloth, and restart the engine. If the warning lightcontinues to illuminate, have the PFCW systemchecked. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

NOTE:

If the FEB system stops working, the PFCWsystem (if so equipped) will also stop work-ing.

SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONIf the PFCW system malfunctions, it will beturned off automatically, a chime will sound, theFEB system warning light (orange) will illuminateand the warning message [Malfunction] will ap-pear in the vehicle information display.

Action to take

If the warning light (orange) comes on, stop thevehicle in a safe location, turn the engine off andrestart the engine. If the warning light continuesto illuminate, have the PFCW system checked. Itis recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.

Illustration DLSD2313


SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

The sensor �A is located behind the lower grilleof the front bumper.

To keep the system operating properly, be sure toobserve the following:

● Always keep the sensor area of the frontbumper clean.

● Do not strike or damage the areas aroundthe sensor.

● Do not cover or attach stickers or similarobjects on the front bumper near the sensorarea. This could cause failure or malfunction.LSD2377

LSD2367


● Do not attach metallic objects near the sen-sor area (brush guard, etc.). This couldcause failure or malfunction.

● Do not alter, remove or paint the front bum-per. Before customizing or restoring thefront bumper, it is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer.

FCC Notice

For USA

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol-lowing two conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful in-terference, and

2. This device must accept any interfer-ence received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.

FCC Warning


For Canada

This device complies with Industry Canadalicence-exempt RSS standard(s). Opera-tion is subject to the following two condi-tions:

1. This device may not cause interference,

2. This device must accept any interfer-ence, including interference that maycause undesired operation of the de-vice.

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-tions for proper use of the Driver AttentionAlert system could result in serious injuryor death.

● The Driver Attention Alert system is onlya warning to inform the driver of a po-tential lack of driver attention ordrowsiness. It will not steer the vehicleor prevent loss of control.

● The Driver Attention Alert system doesnot detect and provide an alert of thedriver’s lack of attention or fatigue inevery situation.

● It is the driver’s responsibility to:

● stay alert,

● drive safely,

● keep the vehicle in the traveling lane,

● be in control of the vehicle at alltimes,

● avoid driving when tired,

● avoid distractions (texting, etc).

The Driver Attention Alert system helps alert thedriver if the system detects a lack of attention ordriving fatigue.

DRIVER ATTENTION ALERT (if soequipped)


The system monitors driving style and steeringbehavior over a period of time, and it detectschanges from the normal pattern. If the systemdetects that driver attention is decreasing over aperiod of time, the system uses audible and visualwarnings to suggest that the driver take a break.

DRIVER ATTENTION ALERT SYSTEMOPERATIONIf the system detects driver fatigue or that driverattention is decreasing, the message “Take abreak?”appears in the vehicle information displayand a chime sounds when the vehicle is driven atspeeds above 37 mph (60 km/h).

The system continuously monitors driver atten-tion and can provide multiple warnings per trip.

The system resets and starts reassessing drivingstyle and steering behavior when the ignitionswitch is cycled from on to off and back on.

LSD2379


HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THEDRIVER ATTENTION ALERT SYSTEMPerform the following steps to enable or disablethe Driver Attention Alert system.

1. Press the button until “Settings” dis-plays in the vehicle information display andpress the OK button. Use the buttonto select “Driver Assistance”. Then press theOK button.

2. Select “Driver Attention Alert” and press theOK button.

NOTE:

The setting will be retained even if theengine is restarted.

DRIVER ATTENTION ALERT SYSTEMLIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations forthe Driver Attention Alert system. Failureto operate the vehicle in accordance withthese system limitations could result inserious injury or death.

LSD2412


● The Driver Attention Alert system maynot operate properly and may not pro-vide an alert in the following conditions:

– Poor road conditions such as an un-even road surface or pot holes.

– Strong side wind.

– If you have adopted a sporty drivingstyle with higher cornering speeds orhigher rates of acceleration.

– Frequent lane changes or changes tovehicle speed.

● The Driver Attention Alert system willnot provide an alert in the followingconditions:

– Vehicle speeds lower than 37 mph(60 km/h).

– Short lapses of attention.

– Instantaneous distractions such asdropping an object.

System malfunctionIf the Driver Attention Alert system malfunctions,the system warning message will appear in thevehicle information display and the function willbe stopped automatically.

Action to take

Stop the vehicle in a safe location, place thevehicle in P (Park) position, turn the engine offand restart the engine. If the system warningmessage continues to appear, have the systemchecked. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

CAUTION

During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km),follow these recommendations to obtainmaximum engine performance and ensurethe future reliability and economy of yournew vehicle. Failure to follow these rec-ommendations may result in shortenedengine life and reduced engineperformance.

● Avoid driving for long periods at constantspeed, either fast or slow, and do not run theengine over 4,000 RPM.

● Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear.

● Avoid quick starts.

● Avoid hard braking as much as possible.

● Do not tow a trailer for the first 500 mi(805 km). Your engine, axle or other partscould be damaged.

LIC3125

BREAK-IN SCHEDULE


Follow these easy-to-use Fuel Efficient DrivingTips to help you achieve the most fuel economyfrom your vehicle.

1. Use Smooth Accelerator and BrakePedal Application

● Avoid rapid starts and stops.

● Use smooth, gentle accelerator andbrake application whenever possible.

● Maintain constant speed while commut-ing and coast whenever possible.

2. Maintain Constant Speed

● Look ahead to try and anticipate and mini-mize stops.

● Synchronizing your speed with trafficlights allows you to reduce your numberof stops.

● Maintaining a steady speed can minimizered light stops and improve fuel effi-ciency.

3. Use Air Conditioning (A/C) at HigherVehicle Speeds

● Below 40 mph (64 km/h), it is more effi-cient to open windows to cool the vehicledue to reduced engine load.

● Above 40 mph (64 km/h), it is more effi-cient to use A/C to cool the vehicle due toincreased aerodynamic drag.

● Recirculating the cool air in the cabinwhen the A/C is on reduces cooling load.

4. Drive at Economical Speeds and Dis-tances

● Observing the speed limit and not ex-ceeding 60 mph (97 km/h) (where legallyallowed) can improve fuel efficiency dueto reduced aerodynamic drag.

● Maintaining a safe following distance be-hind other vehicles reduces unnecessarybraking.

● Safely monitoring traffic to anticipatechanges in speed permits reduced brak-ing and smooth acceleration changes.

● Select a gear range suitable to road con-ditions.

5. Use Cruise Control

● Using cruise control during highway driv-ing helps maintain a steady speed.

● Cruise control is particularly effective inproviding fuel savings when driving on flatterrains.

6. Plan for the Shortest Route

● Utilize a map or navigation system to de-termine the best route to save time.

7. Avoid Idling

● Shutting off your engine when safe forstops exceeding 30–60 seconds savesfuel and reduces emissions.

8. Buy an Automated Pass for Toll Roads

● Automated passes permit drivers to usespecial lanes to maintain cruising speedthrough the toll and avoid stopping andstarting.

9. Winter Warm Up

● Limit idling time to minimize impact to fueleconomy.

● Vehicles typically need no more than30 seconds of idling at start-up to effec-tively circulate the engine oil before driv-ing.

● Your vehicle will reach its ideal operatingtemperature more quickly while drivingversus idling.

FUEL EFFICIENT DRIVING TIPS


10. Keeping your Vehicle Cool

● Park your vehicle in a covered parkingarea or in the shade whenever possible.

● When entering a hot vehicle, opening thewindows will help to reduce the insidetemperature faster, resulting in reduceddemand on your A/C system.

● Keep your engine tuned up.

● Follow the recommended scheduled main-tenance.

● Keep the tires inflated to the correct pres-sure. Low tire pressure increases tire wearand lowers fuel economy.

● Keep the wheels in correct alignment. Im-proper alignment increases tire wear andlowers fuel economy.

● Use the recommended viscosity engine oil.For additional information, refer to “Recom-mended fluids/lubricants and capacities” inthe “Technical and consumer information”section of this manual.

INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY


WARNING

● Do not stop or park the vehicle overflammable materials such as dry grass,waste paper or rags. They may igniteand cause a fire.

● Safe parking procedures require thatboth the parking brake be set and thetransmission placed into P (Park). Fail-ure to do so could cause the vehicle tomove unexpectedly or roll away and re-sult in an accident. Make sure the shiftlever has been pushed as far forward asit can go and cannot be moved withoutdepressing the foot brake pedal.

● Never leave the engine running whilethe vehicle is unattended.

● To help avoid risk of injury or deaththrough unintended operation of thevehicle and/or its systems, do not leavechildren, people who require the assis-tance of others or pets unattended inyour vehicle. Additionally, the tempera-ture inside a closed vehicle on a warmday can quickly become high enough tocause a significant risk of injury ordeath to people and pets.

1. Firmly apply the parking brake.

2. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) position.

3. To help prevent the vehicle from rolling intotraffic when parked on an incline, it is a goodpractice to turn the wheels as illustrated.

● HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB: �A

Turn the wheels into the curb and move thevehicle forward until the curb side wheelgently touches the curb.

● HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB: �B

Turn the wheels away from the curb andmove the vehicle back until the curb sidewheel gently touches the curb.

● HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, NOCURB: �C

Turn the wheels toward the side of the roadso the vehicle will move away from the cen-ter of the road if it moves.

4. Place the ignition switch to the LOCK posi-tion.

WSD0050

PARKING/PARKING ON HILLS


WARNING

● If the engine is not running or is turnedoff while driving, the power assist forthe steering will not work. Steering willbe harder to operate.

● When the power steering warning lightilluminates with the engine running,there will be no power assist for thesteering. You will still have control ofthe vehicle but the steering will beharder to operate. Have the powersteering system checked. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.

The power steering system is designed to pro-vide power assist while driving to operate thesteering wheel with light force.

When the steering wheel is operated repeatedlyor continuously while parking or driving at a verylow speed, the power assist for the steeringwheel will be reduced. This is to prevent over-heating of the power steering system and protectit from getting damaged. While the power assistis reduced, steering wheel operation will becomeheavy. If the steering wheel operation is still per-formed, the power steering may stop and thepower steering warning light will illuminate. In asafe location, stop the engine and push the igni-

tion switch to the OFF position. The temperatureof the power steering system will go down after aperiod of time and the power assist level willreturn to normal after starting the engine. Thepower steering warning light will go off. Avoidrepeating such steering wheel operations thatcould cause the power steering system to over-heat.

You may hear a noise from the front of the vehiclewhen the steering wheel is operated. This is anormal operational noise and is not a malfunction.

If the electric power steering warning light illumi-nates while the engine is running, it may indicatethe power steering system is not functioningproperly and may need servicing. Have the powersteering system checked. It is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

When the electric power steering warning lightilluminates with the engine running, there will beno power assist for the steering but you will stillhave control of the vehicle. At this time, greatersteering effort is required to operate the steeringwheel, especially in sharp turns and at lowspeeds.

The brake system has two separate hydrauliccircuits. If one circuit malfunctions, you will stillhave braking at two wheels.

BRAKE PRECAUTIONS

Vacuum assisted brakes

The brake booster aids braking by using enginevacuum. If the engine stops, you can stop thevehicle by depressing the brake pedal. However,greater foot pressure on the brake pedal will berequired to stop the vehicle and stopping dis-tance will be longer.

Using the brakes

Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal whiledriving. This will overheat the brakes, wear out thebrake pads faster, and reduce gas mileage.

To help reduce brake wear and to prevent thebrakes from overheating, reduce speed anddownshift to a lower gear before going down aslope or long grade. Overheated brakes mayreduce braking performance and could result inloss of vehicle control.

POWER STEERING BRAKE SYSTEM


WARNING

● While driving on a slippery surface, becareful when braking, accelerating ordownshifting. Abrupt braking or accel-erating could cause the wheels to skidand result in an accident.

● If the engine is not running or is turnedoff while driving, the power assist forthe brakes will not work. Braking will beharder.

Wet brakes

When the vehicle is washed or driven throughwater, the brakes may get wet. As a result, yourbraking distance will be longer and the vehiclemay pull to one side during braking.

To dry the brakes, drive the vehicle at a safespeed while lightly pressing the brake pedal toheat up the brakes. Do this until the brakes returnto normal. Avoid driving the vehicle at highspeeds until the brakes function correctly.

Parking brake break-in

Break-in the parking brake shoes whenever theeffect of the parking brake is weakened or when-ever the parking brake shoes and/ordrums/rotors are replaced, in order to assure thebest braking performance.

This procedure is described in the vehicle servicemanual. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM(ABS)

WARNING

● The ABS is a sophisticated device, but itcannot prevent accidents resulting fromcareless or dangerous driving tech-niques. It can help maintain vehicle con-trol during braking on slippery surfaces.Remember that stopping distances onslippery surfaces will be longer than onnormal surfaces even with ABS. Stop-ping distances may also be longer onrough, gravel or snow covered roads, orif you are using tire chains. Alwaysmaintain a safe distance from the ve-hicle in front of you. Ultimately, thedriver is responsible for safety.

● Tire type and condition may also affectbraking effectiveness.

– When replacing tires, install thespecified size of tires on all fourwheels.

– When installing a spare tire, makesure that it is the proper size and typeas specified on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. For additional in-formation, refer to “Tire and loadinginformation label” in the “Technicaland consumer information” sectionof this manual.

– For additional information, refer to“Wheels and tires” in the “Do-it-yourself” section of this manual.

The ABS controls the brakes so the wheels donot lock during hard braking or when braking onslippery surfaces. The system detects the rota-tion speed at each wheel and varies the brakefluid pressure to prevent each wheel from lockingand sliding. By preventing each wheel from lock-ing, the system helps the driver maintain steeringcontrol and helps to minimize swerving and spin-ning on slippery surfaces.

Using the system

Depress the brake pedal and hold it down. De-press the brake pedal with firm steady pressure,but do not pump the brakes. The ABS will oper-ate to prevent the wheels from locking up. Steerthe vehicle to avoid obstacles.


WARNING

Do not pump the brake pedal. Doing somay result in increased stoppingdistances.

Self-test feature

The ABS includes electronic sensors, electricpumps, hydraulic solenoids and a computer. Thecomputer has a built-in diagnostic feature thattests the system each time you start the engineand move the vehicle at a low speed in forward orreverse. When the self-test occurs, you may heara “clunk”noise and/or feel a pulsation in the brakepedal. This is normal and does not indicate amalfunction. If the computer senses a malfunc-tion, it switches the ABS off and illuminates theABS warning light on the instrument panel. Thebrake system then operates normally but withoutanti-lock assistance.

If the ABS warning light illuminates during theself-test or while driving, have the vehiclechecked. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

Normal operation

The ABS operates at speeds above 3 - 6 mph (5- 10 km/h). The speed varies according to roadconditions.

When the ABS senses that one or more wheelsare close to locking up, the actuator rapidly ap-plies and releases hydraulic pressure. This actionis similar to pumping the brakes very quickly. Youmay feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear anoise from under the hood or feel a vibration fromthe actuator when it is operating. This is normaland indicates that the ABS is operating properly.However, the pulsation may indicate that roadconditions are hazardous and extra care is re-quired while driving.

BRAKE ASSISTWhen the force applied to the brake pedal ex-ceeds a certain level, the brake assist is activatedgenerating greater braking force than a conven-tional brake booster even with light pedal force.

WARNING

The brake assist is only an aid to assistbraking operation and is not a collisionwarning or avoidance device. it is the driv-ers responsibility to stay alert, drive safelyand be in control of the vehicle at all times.

The VDC system uses various sensors to monitordriver inputs and vehicle motion. Under certaindriving conditions, the VDC system helps to per-form the following functions:

● Controls brake pressure to reduce wheelslip on one slipping drive wheel so power istransferred to a non slipping drive wheel onthe same axle.

● Controls brake pressure and engine outputto reduce drive wheel slip based on vehiclespeed (traction control function).

● Controls brake pressure at individual wheelsand engine output to help the driver maintaincontrol of the vehicle in the following condi-tions:

– understeer (vehicle tends to not followthe steered path despite increased steer-ing input)

– oversteer (vehicle tends to spin due tocertain road or driving conditions)

The VDC system can help the driver to maintaincontrol of the vehicle, but it cannot prevent loss ofvehicle control in all driving situations.

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC)SYSTEM


When the VDC system operates, the indi-cator in the instrument panel flashes to note thefollowing:

● The road may be slippery or the system maydetermine some action is required to helpkeep the vehicle on the steered path.

● You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedaland hear a noise or vibration from under thehood. This is normal and indicates that theVDC system is working properly.

● Adjust your speed and driving to the roadconditions.

For additional information, refer to “Slip indicatorlight” and “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFFindicator light” in the “Instruments and controls”section of this manual.

If a malfunction occurs in the system, theindicator light comes on in the instrument panel.The VDC system automatically turns off when theindicator light is on.The VDC OFF switch is used to turn off the VDCsystem. The indicator illuminates to indi-cate the VDC system is off.When the VDC switch is used to turn off thesystem, the VDC system still operates to preventone drive wheel from slipping by transferringpower to a non slipping drive wheel. The

indicator flashes if this occurs. All other VDCfunctions are off and the indicator will notflash.The VDC system is automatically reset to ONwhen the ignition switch is placed in the OFFposition then back to the ON position.

The computer has a built in diagnostic featurethat tests the system each time you start theengine and move the vehicle forward or in reverseat a slow speed. When the self-test occurs, youmay hear a clunk noise and/or feel a pulsation inthe brake pedal. This is normal and is not anindication of a malfunction.

WARNING

● The VDC system is designed to help thedriver maintain stability but does notprevent accidents due to abrupt steer-ing operation at high speeds or by care-less or dangerous driving techniques.Reduce vehicle speed and be especiallycareful when driving and cornering onslippery surfaces and always drivecarefully.

● Do not modify the vehicle’s suspension.If suspension parts such as shock ab-sorbers, struts, springs, stabilizer bars,bushings and wheels are not NISSANrecommended for your vehicle or areextremely deteriorated, the VDC systemmay not operate properly. This couldadversely affect vehicle handling per-formance, and the indicator mayflash or the indicator light mayilluminate.

● If brake related parts such as brakepads, rotors and calipers are notNISSAN recommended or are extremelydeteriorated, the VDC system may notoperate properly and both theand indicator light mayilluminate.

● If engine control related parts are notNISSAN recommended or are extremelydeteriorated, both the andthe indicator light may illuminate.


● When driving on extremely inclined sur-faces such as higher banked corners,the VDC system may not operate prop-erly and the indicator may flash orthe indicator light may illuminate.Do not drive on these types of roads.

● When driving on an unstable surfacesuch as a turntable, ferry, elevator orramp, the indicator may flash orthe indicator light may illuminate.This is not a malfunction. Restart theengine after driving onto a stablesurface.

● If wheels or tires other than the NISSANrecommended ones are used, the VDCsystem may not operate properly andthe indicator may flash orthe indicator light may illuminate.

● The VDC system is not a substitute forwinter tires or tire chains on a snowcovered road.

BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTIONDuring braking while driving through turns, thesystem optimizes the distribution of force to eachof the four wheels depending on the radius of theturn.

WARNING

● The VDC system is designed to help thedriver maintain stability but does notprevent accidents due to abrupt steer-ing operation at high speeds or by care-less or dangerous driving techniques.Reduce vehicle speed and be especiallycareful when driving and cornering onslippery surfaces and always drivecarefully.

● Do not modify the vehicle’s suspension.If suspension parts such as shock ab-sorbers, struts, springs, stabilizer bars,bushings and wheels are not NISSANrecommended for your vehicle or areextremely deteriorated, the VDC systemmay not operate properly. This couldadversely affect vehicle handling per-formance, and the indicator may

flash or both the and indica-tor lights may illuminate.

● If brake related parts such as brakepads, rotors and calipers are notNISSAN recommended or are extremelydeteriorated, the VDC system may notoperate properly and both theand the indicator lights mayilluminate.

● If engine control related parts are notNISSAN recommended or are extremely

deteriorated, both the andindicator lights may illuminate.

● When driving on extremely inclined sur-faces such as higher banked corners,the VDC system may not operate prop-erly and the indicator may flash or

both the and indicatorlights may illuminate. Do not drive onthese types of roads.

● When driving on an unstable surfacesuch as a turntable, ferry, elevator orramp, the indicator may flash or

both the and indicatorlights may illuminate. This is not a mal-function. Restart the engine after driv-ing onto a stable surface.

● If wheels or tires other than the NISSANrecommended ones are used, the VDCsystem may not operate properly andthe indicator may flash or both

the and indicator lights mayilluminate.

● The VDC system is not a substitute forwinter tires or tire chains on a snowcovered road.


The Integrated Dynamics-control Module is anelectric control module that includes the follow-ing functions:

● Active Trace Control

● Active Engine Brake

● Active Ride Control

ACTIVE TRACE CONTROLThis system senses driving based on the driver’ssteering and acceleration/braking patterns, andcontrols brake pressure at individual wheels toaid tracing at corners and help smooth vehicleresponse.

The Active Trace Control can be set to ON (en-abled) or OFF (disabled) through the vehicleinformation display “Settings” page. For addi-tional information, refer to “Vehicle informationdisplay” in the “Instruments and controls” sectionof this manual.

When the VDC OFF switch is used to turn off theVDC system, the Active Trace Control is alsoturned off.

If the Integrated Dynamics-control Module warn-ing message appears in the vehicle informationdisplay, it may indicate that the Active Trace Con-trol is not functioning properly. Have the systemchecked as soon as possible. It is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

WARNING

The Active Trace Control may not be effec-tive depending on the driving condition.Always drive carefully and attentively.

When the Active Trace Control is operating, youmay feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear anoise. This is normal and indicates that the ActiveTrace Control is operating properly.

Even if the Active Trace Control is set to OFF,some functions will remain on to assist the driver(for example: avoidance scenes).

ACTIVE ENGINE BRAKE

The Active Engine Brake function adds subtledeceleration by controlling CVT gear ratio, de-pending on the cornering condition calculatedfrom driver’s steering input and plural sensors.This benefit is for easier traceability and lessworkload of adjusting speed with braking at cor-ners.

The Active Engine Brake also enhances brakingfeel by adding subtle deceleration with CVT gearratio control according to driver’s brake pedaloperation.

The Active Engine Brake can be set to ON (en-abled) or OFF (disabled) through the vehicleinformation display “Settings” page. For addi-

tional information, refer to “Vehicle informationdisplay” in the “Instruments and controls” sectionof this manual.

If the Integrated Dynamics-control Module warn-ing message appears in the vehicle informationdisplay, it may indicate that the Active EngineBrake is not functioning properly. Have the sys-tem checked as soon as possible. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.

WARNING

The Active Engine Brake may not be effec-tive depending on driving conditions. Al-ways drive carefully and attentively.

When the Active Engine Brake is operating, theneedle of the tachometer will rise up and you mayhear an engine noise. This is normal and indicatesthat the active engine brake is operating properly.

ACTIVE RIDE CONTROL

This system senses upper body motion (basedon wheel speed information) and controls enginetorque and four wheel brake pressure. This willenhance ride comfort in effort to restrain uncom-fortable upper body movement when passingover undulated road surfaces. This systemcomes into effect above 25 mph (40 km/h).

INTEGRATED DYNAMICS-CONTROLMODULE (if so equipped)


When the VDC OFF switch is used to turn off theVDC system, the Active Ride Control is alsoturned off.

If the Integrated Dynamics-control Module warn-ing message appears in the vehicle informationdisplay, it may indicate that the Active Ride Con-trol is not functioning properly. Have the systemchecked as soon as possible. It is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

When the Active Ride Control is operating, youmay hear noise and sense slight deceleration.This is normal and indicates that the Active RideControl is operating properly.

The sonar (parking sensor) system sounds a toneto inform the driver of obstacles near the bumper.

When the “DISPLAY” key is ON, the sonar viewwill automatically appear in the meter.

WARNING

● The sonar (parking sensor) system is aconvenience but it is not a substitute forproper parking.

● The driver is always responsible forsafety during parking and other maneu-vers. Always look around and check thatit is safe to do so before parking.

● Read and understand the limitations ofthe sonar (parking sensor) system ascontained in this section. The colors ofthe corner sonar indicator and the dis-tance guide lines in the front/rear viewindicate different distances to theobject.

● Inclement weather or ultrasonicsources such as an automatic car wash,a truck’s compressed-air brakes or apneumatic drill may affect the functionof the system; this may include reducedperformance or a false activation.

● This function is designed as an aid tothe driver in detecting large stationaryobjects to help avoid damaging thevehicle.

● The system is not designed to preventcontact with small or moving objects.Always move slowly. The system willnot detect small objects below the bum-per, and may not detect objects close tothe bumper or on the ground.

● The system may not detect the follow-ing objects: Fluffy objects such assnow, cloth, cotton, glass, wool, etc.,Thin objects such as rope, wire andchain, etc., or wedge-shaped objects.

LSD2427

FRONT AND REAR SONAR SYSTEM(if so equipped)


If your vehicle sustains damage to the bumperfascia, leaving it misaligned or bent, the sensingzone may be altered causing inaccurate mea-surement of obstacles or false alarms.

CAUTION

● Excessive noise (such as audio systemvolume or an open vehicle window) willinterfere with the tone and it may not beheard.

● Keep the sonar sensors (located on thebumper fascia) free from snow, ice andlarge accumulations of dirt. Do notclean the sensors with sharp objects. Ifthe sensors are covered, the accuracy ofthe sonar function will be diminished.

SYSTEM OPERATIONThe system informs with a visual and audible alertof front obstacles when the shift lever is in the D(Drive) position and both front and rear obstacleswhen the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position.

Sonar Operation Table

FR Sensor RR Sensor

Range Sound Display Sound Display

P x † x †

R o o o o

N x † x †

D o o x †

o – Display/Beep when detect

† – Display on camera view

x – No Display and Beep

The system is deactivated at speeds above6 mph (10 km/h). It is reactivated at lowerspeeds.

The intermittent tone will stop after 3 secondswhen an obstacle is detected by only the cornersensor and the distance does not change. Thetone will stop when the obstacle get away fromthe vehicle.

When the object is detected, the indicator(green) appears and blinks and the tone soundsintermittently. When the vehicle moves closer tothe object, the color of the indicator turns yellowand the rate of the blinking increase. When thevehicle is very close to the object, the indicatorstops blinking and turns red, and the tone soundscontinuously.

When the corner of the vehicle moves closer toan object, the corner sonar indicator �A appears.

LSD2428


The system indicators �A will appear when thevehicle moves closer to an object.

FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK

To prevent a door lock from freezing, apply de-icer through the key hole. If the lock becomesfrozen, heat the key before inserting it into the keyhole or use the remote keyless entry function onthe Intelligent Key.

ANTIFREEZE

In the winter when it is anticipated that the tem-perature will drop below 32°F (0°C), check theantifreeze to assure proper winter protection. Foradditional information, refer to “Engine coolingsystem” in the “Do-it-yourself” section of thismanual.

BATTERY

If the battery is not fully charged during extremelycold weather conditions, the battery fluid mayfreeze and damage the battery. To maintain maxi-mum efficiency, the battery should be checkedregularly. For additional information, refer to “Bat-tery” in the “Do-it-yourself” section of this manual.

DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER

If the vehicle is to be left outside without anti-freeze, drain the cooling system, including theengine block. Refill before operating the vehicle.

For additional information, refer to “Changingengine coolant” in the “Do-it-yourself” section ofthis manual.

TIRE EQUIPMENT1. SUMMER tires have a tread designed to

provide superior performance on dry pave-ment. However, the performance of thesetires will be substantially reduced in snowyand icy conditions. If you operate your ve-hicle on snowy or icy roads, NISSAN recom-mends the use of MUD & SNOW or ALLSEASON TIRES on all four wheels. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for the tire type, size, speed rating andavailability information.

2. For additional traction on icy roads, studdedtires may be used. However, some U.S.states and Canadian provinces prohibit theiruse. Check local, state and provincial lawsbefore installing studded tires.

Skid and traction capabilities of studdedsnow tires on wet or dry surfaces may bepoorer than that of non-studded snow tires.

LSD2137

COLD WEATHER DRIVING


SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT

It is recommended that the following items becarried in the vehicle during winter:

● A scraper and stiff-bristled brush to removeice and snow from the windows and wiperblades.

● A sturdy, flat board to be placed under thejack to give it firm support.

● A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snowdrifts.

● Extra washer fluid to refill the windshield-washer fluid reservoir.

DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE

WARNING

● Wet ice (32°F, 0°C and freezing rain),very cold snow or ice can be slick andvery hard to drive on. The vehicle willhave much less traction or “grip” underthese conditions. Try to avoid driving onwet ice until the road is salted orsanded.

● Whatever the condition, drive with cau-tion. Accelerate and slow down withcare. If accelerating or downshifting toofast, the drive wheels will lose evenmore traction.

● Allow more stopping distance underthese conditions. Braking should bestarted sooner than on dry pavement.

● Allow greater following distances onslippery roads.

● Watch for slippery spots (glare ice).These may appear on an otherwiseclear road in shaded areas. If a patch ofice is seen ahead, brake before reach-ing it. Try not to brake while on the ice,and avoid any sudden steeringmaneuvers.

● Do not use the cruise control on slip-pery roads.

● Snow can trap dangerous exhaustgases under your vehicle. Keep snowclear of the exhaust pipe and fromaround your vehicle.

ENGINE BLOCK HEATER (if soequipped)

Engine block heaters are used to assist with coldtemperature starting.

The engine block heater should be used whenthe outside temperature is 20°F (-7°C) or lower.

WARNING

● Do not use your engine block heaterwith an ungrounded electrical system ora 2-pronged adapter. You can be seri-ously injured by an electrical shock ifyou use an ungrounded connection.

● Disconnect and properly store the en-gine block heater cord before startingthe engine. Damage to the cord couldresult in an electrical shock and cancause serious injury.

● Use a heavy-duty 3-wire, 3-pronged ex-tension cord rated for at least 10 A. Plugthe extension cord into a Ground FaultInterrupt (GFI) protected, grounded110-VAC outlet. Failure to use theproper extension cord or a groundedoutlet can result in a fire or electricalshock and cause serious personalinjury.

To use the engine block heater:

1. Turn the engine off.

2. Open the hood and unwrap the engine blockheater cord.

3. Plug the engine block heater cord into agrounded 3-wire, 3-pronged extensioncord.


4. Plug the extension cord into a Ground FaultInterrupt (GFI) protected, grounded 110-volt AC (VAC) outlet.

5. The engine block heater must be plugged infor at least 2 - 4 hours, depending on outsidetemperatures, to properly warm the enginecoolant. Use an appropriate timer to turn theengine block heater on.

6. Before starting the engine, unplug and prop-erly store the cord to keep it away frommoving parts.

ACTIVE NOISE CANCELLATION

This system uses three microphones �1 locatedinside the vehicle to detect engine boomingnoises. The system then automatically generatesa noise canceling sound through the speakersand woofer to reduce engine booming noise.

NOTE:

To operate the active noise cancellationsystem properly:

● Do not cover the speakers or woofer.

● Do not cover the microphones.

● Do not change or modify speakers includingthe woofer and any audio related compo-nents such as the amplifier.

● Do not make any modification includingsound deadening or modifications aroundthe microphones, speakers, or woofer.

ACTIVE SOUND CONTROLActive sound control enhances existing enginesounds according to the engine speed and driv-ing modes through the speakers and woofer.

Front and rear microphonesLSD2637

ACTIVE NOISE CANCELLATION/ACTIVE SOUND CONTROL (if soequipped)


MEMO


6 In case of emergency

Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2Emergency engine shut off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2Flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS). . . . . . . . . . 6-3Changing a flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8

Push starting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10If your vehicle overheats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10Towing your vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11

Towing recommended by NISSAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12Vehicle recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle) . . . . . . . . . 6-13

Push the switch on to warn other drivers whenyou must stop or park under emergency condi-tions. All turn signal lights flash.

WARNING

● If stopping for an emergency, be sure tomove the vehicle well off the road.

● Do not use the hazard warning flasherswhile moving on the highway unlessunusual circumstances force you todrive so slowly that your vehicle mightbecome a hazard to other traffic.

● Turn signals do not work when the haz-ard warning flasher lights are on.

The flashers will operate with the ignition switchplaced in any position.

Some jurisdictions may prohibit the use ofthe hazard warning flasher switch whiledriving.

To shut off the engine in an emergency situationwhile driving, perform the following procedure:

– Rapidly push the push-button ignition switchthree consecutive times in less than 1.5 sec-onds, or

– Push and hold the push-button ignition switchfor more than 2 seconds.

LIC0394

HAZARD WARNING FLASHERSWITCH

EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF

6-2 In case of emergency

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORINGSYSTEM (TPMS)

This vehicle is equipped with the TPMS. It moni-tors tire pressure of all tires except the spare.When the low tire pressure warning light is lit andthe “Tire Pressure Low-Add Air”warning appearsin the vehicle information display, one or more ofyour tires is significantly under-inflated. If thevehicle is being driven with low tire pressure, theTPMS will activate and warn you of it by the lowtire pressure warning light. This system will acti-vate only when the vehicle is driven at speedsabove 16 mph (25 km/h). For additional informa-tion, refer to “Warning lights, indicator lights andaudible reminders” in the “Instruments and con-trols” section and “Tire Pressure Monitoring Sys-tem (TPMS)” in the “Starting and driving” sectionof this manual.

WARNING


● If the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates while driving, avoid suddensteering maneuvers or abrupt braking,reduce vehicle speed, pull off the roadto a safe location and stop the vehicleas soon as possible. Driving with under-inflated tires may permanently damagethe tires and increase the likelihood oftire failure. Serious vehicle damagecould occur and may lead to an accidentand could result in serious personal in-jury. Check the tire pressure for all fourtires. Adjust the tire pressure to therecommended COLD tire pressureshown on the Tire and Loading Informa-tion label to turn the low tire pressurewarning light OFF. If you have a flat tire,replace it with a spare tire as soon aspossible.

● Since the spare tire is not equipped withthe TPMS, when a spare tire is mountedor a wheel is replaced, tire pressure willnot be indicated, the TPMS will notfunction and the low tire pressure warn-ing light will flash for approximately1 minute. The light will remain on after1 minute. Have your tires replacedand/or TPMS system reset as soon aspossible. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for these services.


● Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosoltire sealant into the tires, as this maycause a malfunction of the tire pressuresensors.

● If the light still comes on while drivingafter adjusting the tire pressure, a tiremay be flat or the TPMS may be mal-functioning. If you have a flat tire, re-place it with a spare tire as soon aspossible. If no tire is flat and all tires areproperly inflated, it is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.

CHANGING A FLAT TIRE

If you have a flat tire, follow the instructions be-low:

Stopping the vehicle

1. Safely move the vehicle off the road andaway from traffic.

2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.

3. Park on a level surface and apply the parkingbrake. Move the shift lever to P (Park).

FLAT TIRE

In case of emergency 6-3

4. Turn off the engine.

5. Raise the hood to warn other traffic and tosignal professional road assistance person-nel that you need assistance.

6. Have all passengers get out of the vehicleand stand in a safe place, away from trafficand clear of the vehicle.

WARNING

● Make sure the parking brake is securelyapplied and the CVT is shifted into P(Park).

● Never change tires when the vehicle ison a slope, ice or slippery areas. This ishazardous.

● Never change tires if oncoming traffic isclose to your vehicle. Wait for profes-sional road assistance.

A. Blocks

B. Flat tire

Blocking wheelsPlace suitable blocks at both the front and backof the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire toprevent the vehicle from moving when it is jackedup.

WARNING

Be sure to block the wheel as the vehiclemay move and result in personal injury.

Getting the spare tire and toolsOpen the trunk. Remove the floor carpeting andspare tire cover.

LCE2142 LCE2224


Remove the tool box from the spare tire. Remove the spare tire. Jacking up vehicle and removing thedamaged tire

WARNING

● Never get under the vehicle while it issupported only by the jack. If it is nec-essary to work under the vehicle, sup-port it with safety stands.

● Use only the jack provided with yourvehicle to lift the vehicle. Do not use thejack provided with your vehicle on othervehicles. The jack is designed for liftingonly your vehicle during a tire change.

LCE2225 WCE0188 LCE2226


● Use the correct jack-up points. Neveruse any other part of the vehicle for jacksupport.

● Never jack up the vehicle more thannecessary.

● Never use blocks on or under the jack.

● Do not start or run the engine whilevehicle is on the jack. It may cause thevehicle to move. This is especially truefor vehicles with limited slipdifferentials.

● Do not allow passengers to stay in thevehicle while it is on the jack.

● Never run the engine with a wheel(s) offthe ground. It may cause the vehicle tomove.

Always refer to the proper illustrations for thecorrect placement and jack-up points for yourspecific vehicle model and jack type.

Carefully read the caution label attached tothe jack body and the following instruc-tions.

1. Loosen each wheel nut one or two turns byturning counterclockwise with the wheel nutwrench. Do not remove the wheel nutsuntil the tire is off the ground.

2. Place the jack directly under the jack-uppoint as illustrated so the top of the jackcontacts the vehicle at the jack-up point.Align the jack head between the twonotches in the front or the rear as shown.Also fit the groove of the jack head betweenthe notches as shown.

The jack should be used on firm andlevel ground.

3. To lift the vehicle, securely hold the jack leverand rod with both hands. Carefully raise thevehicle until the tire clears the ground. Re-move the wheel nuts and then remove thetire.

LCE0020


Installing the spare tire

The spare tire is designed for emergencyuse. For additional information, refer to“Wheels and tires” in the “Do-it-yourself”section of this manual.

1. Clean any mud or dirt from the surface be-tween the wheel and hub.

2. Carefully put the spare tire on and tightenthe wheel nuts finger tight.

3. With the wheel nut wrench, tighten wheelnuts alternately and evenly in the sequenceillustrated (�A , �B , �C , �D , �E ) until they aretight.

4. Lower the vehicle slowly until the tiretouches the ground. Then, with the wheelnut wrench, tighten the wheel nuts securelyin the sequence illustrated (�A , �B , �C , �D ,�E ). Lower the vehicle completely.

WARNING

● Incorrect wheel nuts or improperlytightened wheel nuts can cause thewheel to become loose or come off.This could cause an accident.

● Do not use oil or grease on the wheelstuds or nuts. This could cause the nutsto become loose.

● Retighten the wheel nuts when the ve-hicle has been driven for 600 miles(1,000 km) (also in cases of a flat tire,etc.).

As soon as possible, tighten the wheel nutsto the specified torque with a torquewrench.

Wheel nut tightening torque:

83 ft-lb (112 N·m)

The wheel nuts must be kept tightened tospecification at all times. It is recom-mended that wheel nuts be tightened tospecifications at each lubrication interval.

Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pressure.

COLD pressure: After vehicle has beenparked for 3 hours or more or driven lessthan 1 mile (1.6 km).

COLD tire pressures are shown on the Tireand Loading Information label affixed tothe driver’s door opening.

5. Securely store the flat tire and jacking equip-ment in the vehicle.

6. Place the spare tire cover and the trunk floorcarpeting over the damaged tire.

7. Close the trunk.

WARNING

● Always make sure that the spare tireand jacking equipment are properly se-cured after use. Such items can becomedangerous projectiles in an accident orsudden stop.

● The spare tire is designed for emer-gency use. Refer to specific instructionunder the heading “Wheels and tires” inthe “Do-it-yourself” section of thismanual.

WCE0056


To start your engine with a booster battery, theinstructions and precautions below must be fol-lowed.

WARNING

● If done incorrectly, jump starting canlead to a battery explosion, resulting insevere injury or death. It could alsodamage your vehicle.

● Explosive hydrogen gas is always pres-ent in the vicinity of the battery. Keep allsparks and flames away from thebattery.

● Do not allow battery fluid to come intocontact with eyes, skin, clothing orpainted surfaces. Battery fluid is a cor-rosive sulfuric acid solution which cancause severe burns. If the fluid shouldcome into contact with anything, imme-diately flush the contacted area withwater.

● Keep battery out of the reach ofchildren.

● The booster battery must be rated at12 volts. Use of an improperly ratedbattery can damage your vehicle.

● Whenever working on or near a battery,always wear suitable eye protectors (forexample, goggles or industrial safetyspectacles) and remove rings, metalbands, or any other jewelry. Do not leanover the battery when jump starting.

● Do not attempt to jump start a frozenbattery. It could explode and cause se-rious injury.

● Your vehicle has an automatic enginecooling fan. It could come on at anytime. Keep hands and other objectsaway from it.

JUMP STARTING


WARNING

Always follow the instructions below. Fail-ure to do so could result in damage to thecharging system and cause personalinjury.

1. If the booster battery is in another vehicle,position the two vehicles to bring their bat-teries near each other.

Do not allow the two vehicles to touch.

2. Apply the parking brake. Move the shift leverto P (Park). Switch off all unnecessary elec-trical systems (lights, heater, air conditioner,etc.).

3. Ensure the vent caps are level and tight.

4. Connect the jumper cables in the sequenceillustrated (�A , �B , �C , �D ).

CAUTION

● Always connect positive (�) to positive(�) and negative (�) to body ground (forexample, strut mounting bolt, enginelift bracket, etc.) — not to the battery.

● Make sure the jumper cables do nottouch moving parts in the engine com-partment and that the cable clamps donot contact any other metal.

5. Start the engine of the booster vehicle andlet it run for a few minutes.

6. Keep the engine speed of the booster ve-hicle at about 2,000 rpm and start the en-gine of the vehicle being jump started.

CAUTION

Do not keep the starter motor engaged formore than 10 seconds. If the engine doesnot start right away, place the ignitionswitch in the OFF position and wait 3 to4 seconds before trying again.

7. After starting the engine, carefully discon-nect the negative cable and then the positivecable.

LCE2223


CAUTION

● CVT models cannot be push-started ortow-started. Attempting to do so maycause transmission damage.

● Do not push start this vehicle. Thethree-way catalyst may be damaged.

If your vehicle is overheating (indicated by anextremely high temperature gauge reading) or ifyou feel a lack of engine power, detect abnormalnoise, etc., take the following steps.

WARNING

● Do not continue to drive if your vehicleoverheats. Doing so could cause enginedamage or a vehicle fire.

● To avoid the danger of being scalded,never remove the radiator cap while theengine is still hot. When the radiatorcap is removed, pressurized hot waterwill spurt out, possibly causing seriousinjury.

● Do not open the hood if steam is com-ing out.

1. Move the vehicle safely off the road, applythe parking brake and move the shift lever toP (Park).

Do not stop the engine.

2. Turn off the air conditioner. Open all thewindows, move the heater or air conditionertemperature control to maximum hot and fancontrol to high speed.

3. Get out of the vehicle. Look and listen forsteam or coolant escaping from the radiatorbefore opening the hood. (If steam or cool-ant is escaping, turn off the engine.) Do notopen the hood further until no steam orcoolant can be seen.

4. Open the engine hood.

WARNING

If steam or water is coming from the en-gine, stand clear to prevent gettingburned.

5. Visually check drive belts for damage orlooseness. Also check if the cooling fan isrunning. The radiator hoses and radiatorshould not leak water. If coolant is leaking,the water pump belt is missing or loose, orthe cooling fan does not run, stop the en-gine.

WARNING

Be careful not to allow your hands, hair,jewelry or clothing to come into contactwith, or get caught in, engine belts or theengine cooling fan. The engine cooling fancan start at any time.

PUSH STARTING IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS


6. After the engine cools down, check the cool-ant level in the engine coolant reservoir tankwith the engine running. Add coolant to theengine coolant reservoir tank if necessary.Have your vehicle repaired. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

When towing your vehicle, all State (Provincial inCanada) and local regulations for towing must befollowed. Incorrect towing equipment could dam-age your vehicle. Towing instructions are avail-able from a NISSAN dealer. Local service opera-tors are generally familiar with the applicable lawsand procedures for towing. To assure propertowing and to prevent accidental damage to yourvehicle, NISSAN recommends having a serviceoperator tow your vehicle. It is advisable to havethe service operator carefully read the followingprecautions:

WARNING

● Never ride in a vehicle that is beingtowed.

● Never get under your vehicle after it hasbeen lifted by a tow truck.

CAUTION

● When towing, make sure that the trans-mission, axles, steering system andpowertrain are in working condition. Ifany of these conditions apply, dollies ora flatbed tow truck must be used.

● Always attach safety chains beforetowing.

For additional information about towing your ve-hicle behind a Recreational Vehicle (RV), refer to“Flat towing” in the “Technical and consumerinformation” section of this manual.

TOWING YOUR VEHICLE


TOWING RECOMMENDED BYNISSANNISSAN recommends that your vehicle be towedwith the driving (front) wheels off the ground orplace the vehicle on a flat bed truck as illustrated.

CAUTION

● Never tow CVT models with the frontwheels on the ground or 4 wheels onthe ground (forward or backward), asthis may cause serious and expensivedamage to the transmission. If it is nec-essary to tow the vehicle with the rearwheels raised always use towing dolliesunder the front wheels.

● When towing with the front wheels ontowing dollies:

– Place the ignition switch in the OFFposition, and secure the steeringwheel in a straight-ahead positionwith a rope or similar device.

– Move the shift lever to the N (Neutral)position.

● When towing CVT models with the rearwheels on the ground (if you do not usetowing dollies): Always release theparking brake.

● When towing CVT models with the frontwheels on the ground, dollies must beused or place the vehicle on a flat bedtruck.

LCE2227 LCE2228


VEHICLE RECOVERY (freeing a stuckvehicle)

WARNING

To avoid vehicle damage, serious personalinjury or death when recovering a stuckvehicle:

● Contact a professional towing serviceto recover the vehicle if you have anyquestions regarding the recoveryprocedure.

● Tow chains or cables must be attachedonly to main structural members of thevehicle.

● Do not use the vehicle tie-downs to towor free a stuck vehicle.

● Only use devices specifically designedfor vehicle recovery and follow themanufacturer’s instructions.

● Always pull the recovery device straightout from the front of the vehicle. Neverpull at an angle.

● Route recovery devices so they do nottouch any part of the vehicle except theattachment point.

If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud, etc.,use a tow strap or other device designed specifi-cally for vehicle recovery. Always follow themanufacturer’s instructions for the recovery de-vice.

Rocking a stuck vehicle

WARNING

● Stand clear of a stuck vehicle.

● Do not spin your tires at high speed.This could cause them to explode andresult in serious injury. Parts of yourvehicle could also overheat and bedamaged.

If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud, etc.,use the following procedure:

1. Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)system.

2. Make sure the area in front and behind thevehicle is clear of obstructions.

3. Turn the steering wheel right and left to clearan area around the front tires.

4. Slowly rock the vehicle forward and back-ward.

● Shift back and forth between R (Reverse)and D (Drive).

● Apply the accelerator as little as possibleto maintain the rocking motion.

● Release the accelerator pedal beforeshifting between R (Reverse) and D(Drive).

● Do not spin the tires above 35 mph(55 km/h).

5. If the vehicle cannot be freed after a fewtries, contact a professional towing serviceto remove the vehicle.


MEMO


7 Appearance and care

Cleaning exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2Washing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2Waxing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2Removing spots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Underbody . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Aluminum alloy wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Chrome parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4Tire dressings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4

Cleaning interior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4

Air fresheners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6Floor mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7

Corrosion protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7Most common factors contributing to vehiclecorrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7Environmental factors influence the rate ofcorrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7Protect your vehicle from corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8

In order to maintain the appearance of your ve-hicle, it is important to take proper care of it.

To protect the paint surfaces, please wash yourvehicle as soon as you can:

● after a rainfall to prevent possible damagefrom acid rain

● after driving on coastal roads

● when contaminants such as soot, bird drop-pings, tree sap, metal particles or bugs geton the paint surface

● when dust or mud builds up on the surface

Whenever possible, store or park your vehicleinside a garage or in a covered area.

When it is necessary to park outside, park in ashady area or protect the vehicle with a bodycover.

Be careful not to scratch the paint surfacewhen putting on or removing the bodycover.

WASHINGWash dirt off with a wet sponge and plenty ofwater. Clean the vehicle thoroughly using a mildsoap, a special vehicle soap or general purposedishwashing liquid mixed with clean, lukewarm(never hot) water.

CAUTION

● Do not use car washes that use acid inthe detergent. Some car washes, espe-cially brushless ones, use some acid forcleaning. The acid may react with someplastic vehicle components, causingthem to crack. This could affect theirappearance, and also could cause themnot to function properly. Always checkwith your car wash to confirm that acidis not used.

● Do not wash the vehicle with stronghousehold soap, strong chemical deter-gents, gasoline or solvents.

● Do not wash the vehicle in direct sun-light or while the vehicle body is hot, asthe surface may become water-spotted.

● Avoid using tight-napped or roughcloths, such as washing mitts. Caremust be taken when removingcaked-on dirt or other foreign sub-stances so the paint surface is notscratched or damaged.

Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty of cleanwater.

Inside edges, seams and folds on the doors,hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable to

the effects of road salt. Therefore, these areasmust be cleaned regularly. Take care that thedrain holes in the lower edge of the door areopen. Spray water under the body and in thewheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash awayroad salt.

A damp chamois can be used to dry the vehicle toavoid water spots.

WAXINGRegular waxing protects the paint surface andhelps retain new vehicle appearance. Polishing isrecommended to remove built-up wax residueand to avoid a weathered appearance beforere-applying wax.

A NISSAN dealer can assist you in choosing theproper product.

● Wax your vehicle only after a thorough wash-ing. Follow the instructions supplied with thewax.

● Do not use a wax containing any abrasives,cutting compounds or cleaners that maydamage the vehicle finish.

Machine compounding or aggressive polishingon a base coat/clear coat paint finish may dull thefinish or leave swirl marks.

CLEANING EXTERIOR

7-2 Appearance and care

REMOVING SPOTSRemove tar and oil spots, industrial dust, insects,and tree sap as quickly as possible from thesurface of the paint to avoid lasting damage orstaining. Special cleaning products are availableat a NISSAN dealer or any automotive accessorystore. It is recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for these products.

UNDERBODYIn areas where road salt is used in winter, it isnecessary to clean the underbody regularly inorder to prevent dirt and salt from building up andcausing the acceleration of corrosion on the un-derbody and suspension. Before the winter pe-riod and again in the spring, the underseal mustbe checked and, if necessary, re-treated.

GLASS

When cleaning the rear window, it may be easierto clean if the high-mounted stop light is removedfirst.

Be careful when removing the high-mountedstop light to reduce the risk of damaging thehigh-mounted stop light wires.

To remove the high-mounted stop light:

�1 Push toward rear of vehicle.

�2 Lift to remove.

The high-mounted stop light must be properlyreinstalled before driving your vehicle.

Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust filmfrom the glass surfaces. It is normal for glass tobecome coated with a film after the vehicle isparked in the hot sun. Glass cleaner and a softcloth will easily remove this film.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inside of the windows,do not use sharp-edged tools, abrasivecleaners or chlorine-based disinfectantcleaners. They could damage the electricalconductors, radio antenna elements orrear window defroster elements.

ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS

Wash the wheels regularly with a sponge damp-ened in a mild soap solution, especially duringwinter months in areas where road salt is used. Ifnot removed, road salt can discolor the wheels.

CAUTION

Follow the directions below to avoidstaining or discoloring the wheels:

● Do not use a cleaner that uses strongacid or alkali contents to clean thewheels.

WAI0007

Appearance and care 7-3

● Do not apply wheel cleaners to thewheels when they are hot. The wheeltemperature should be the same as am-bient temperature.

● Rinse the wheel to completely removethe cleaner within 15 minutes after thecleaner is applied.

CHROME PARTS

Clean all chrome parts regularly with a non-abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish.

TIRE DRESSINGS

NISSAN does not recommend the use of tiredressings. Tire manufacturers apply a coating tothe tires to help reduce discoloration of the rub-ber. If a tire dressing is applied to the tires, it mayreact with the coating and form a compound. Thiscompound may come off the tire while driving andstain the vehicle paint.

If you choose to use a tire dressing, take thefollowing precautions:

● Use a water-based tire dressing. The coat-ing on the tire dissolves more easily thanwith an oil-based tire dressing.

● Apply a light coat of tire dressing to helpprevent it from entering the tiretread/grooves (where it would be difficult toremove).

● Wipe off excess tire dressing using a drytowel. Make sure the tire dressing is com-pletely removed from the tire tread/grooves.

● Allow the tire dressing to dry as recom-mended by the tire dressing manufacturer.

Occasionally remove loose dust from the interiortrim, plastic parts and seats using a vacuumcleaner or soft bristled brush. Wipe the vinyl andleather (if so equipped) surfaces with a clean,soft cloth dampened in mild soap solution, thenwipe clean with a dry, soft cloth.

Regular care and cleaning is required in order tomaintain the appearance of the leather (if soequipped).

Before using any fabric protector, read the manu-facturer’s recommendations. Some fabric pro-tectors contain chemicals that may stain orbleach the seat material.

Use a cloth dampened only with water to cleanthe meter and gauge lens.

WARNING

Do not use water or acidic cleaners (hotsteam cleaners) on the seat. This can dam-age the seat or occupant classificationsensor. This can also affect the operationof the air bag system and result in seriouspersonal injury.

CLEANING INTERIOR


CAUTION

● Never use benzine, thinner or any simi-lar material.

● Small dirt particles can be abrasive anddamaging to leather surfaces andshould be removed promptly. Do notuse saddle soap, car waxes, polishes,oils, cleaning fluids, solvents, deter-gents or ammonia-based cleaners asthey may damage the leather’s naturalfinish.

● Never use fabric protectors unless rec-ommended by the manufacturer.

● Do not use glass or plastic cleaner onmeter or gauge lens covers. It may dam-age the lens cover.

For Alcantara (if so equipped)

Water Soluble Stains Stains Not Soluble in Water Resistant StainsStain Cleaning Method Stain Cleaning Method Repeat as Necessary Don’t Know What Caused the Stain?

Fruit juice, jam, jelly,syrup, ketchup,chocolate, ice cream andmustard

Use a white toweldamped in lukewarm wa-ter; rinse by dabbing witha damped white towel inclean water.

Makeup (Lipstick,foundation, mascara, eyeshadow), perfume, shoepolish, grease or oil (ingeneral), grass stain

Rub with ethyl alcohol(remember not to rub toohard), wipe with waterand rinse by dabbing withclean water.

Repeat treatments asoften as necessary. Evenstains that are not solublein water will often requireto be treated with waterafterwards.

Treat with lukewarm water first, then rinseby dabbing with clean water. If the stainbegins to dissolve in the water, repeat thetreatment as often as necessary. Allow todry and if necessary, treat with ethyl alco-hol

Blood, eggs, excrementor urine

Wipe with water at roomtemperature, rinse withclean water. AVOID theuse of warm water be-cause it will make thesesubstances coagulate.

Chewing gum

Put a plastic bag full ofice on top of the gum,when the gum has be-come hard remove thepieces, then treat withethyl alcohol.

Vinegar, tomato sauce,coffee or hair gel

Pre-treat with lemonjuice, then wipe with luke-warm water, rinse bydabbing with clean water.


AIR FRESHENERSMost air fresheners use a solvent that could affectthe vehicle interior. If you use an air freshener,take the following precautions:

● Hanging-type air fresheners can cause per-manent discoloration when they contact ve-hicle interior surfaces. Place the air fresh-ener in a location that allows it to hang freeand not contact an interior surface.

● Liquid-type air fresheners typically clip onthe vents. These products can cause imme-diate damage and discoloration whenspilled on interior surfaces.

Carefully read and follow the manufacturer’s in-structions before using the air fresheners.

FLOOR MATS

WARNING

To avoid potential pedal interference thatmay result in a collision, injury or death:

● NEVER place a floor mat on top of an-other floor mat in the driver frontposition.

● Use only Genuine NISSAN floor matsspecifically designed for use in your ve-hicle model. For additional information,see a NISSAN dealer.

● Properly position the mats in the floor-well using the floor mat positioning aid.Refer to �Floor mat positioning aid� inthis section.

The use of Genuine NISSAN floor mats canextend the life of your vehicle carpet and make iteasier to clean the interior. Mats should be main-tained with regular cleaning and replaced if theybecome excessively worn.

LAI2009


Floor mat positioning aidThis vehicle includes front floor mat brackets toact as a floor mat positioning aid. GenuineNISSAN floor mats have been specially designedfor your vehicle model. The driver’s and passen-ger’s side floor mats have a grommet hole incor-porated in them. Position the mat by placing thefloor mat bracket hook through the floor matgrommet hole while centering the mat in thefloorwell.

Periodically check to make certain the mats areproperly positioned.

SEAT BELTSThe seat belts can be cleaned by wiping themwith a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution.Allow the belts to dry completely in the shadebefore using them. For additional information,refer to “Seat belt maintenance” in the “Safety-–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraintsystem” section of this manual.

WARNING

Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in theretractor. NEVER use bleach, dye orchemical solvents to clean the seat belts,since these materials may severelyweaken the seat belt webbing.

MOST COMMON FACTORSCONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLECORROSION

Most vehicle corrosion is caused by:

● the accumulation of moisture-retaining dirtand debris in body panel sections, cavities,and other areas

● damage to paint and other protective coat-ings caused by gravel and stone chips orminor traffic collisions

ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORSINFLUENCE THE RATE OFCORROSION

MoistureAccumulation of sand, dirt and water on the ve-hicle body underside can accelerate corrosion.Wet floor coverings will not dry completely insidethe vehicle and should be removed for drying toavoid floor panel corrosion.

Relative humidityCorrosion will be accelerated in areas of highrelative humidity, especially those areas wherethe temperatures stay above freezing and whereatmospheric pollution exists and road salt isused.

LAI2030

CORROSION PROTECTION


TemperatureHigh temperatures accelerate the rate of corro-sion to those parts which are not well ventilated.

Air pollutionIndustrial pollution, the presence of salt in the airin coastal areas, or heavy road salt use acceler-ates the corrosion process. Road salt also accel-erates the disintegration of paint surfaces.

PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROMCORROSION

● Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep thevehicle clean.

● Always check for minor damage to the paintand repair it as soon as possible.

● Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doorsopen to avoid water accumulation.

● Check the underbody for accumulation ofsand, dirt or salt. If present, wash with wateras soon as possible.

CAUTION

● NEVER remove dirt, sand or other de-bris from the passenger compartmentby washing it out with a hose. Removedirt with a vacuum cleaner or broom.

● Never allow water or other liquids tocome in contact with electronic compo-nents inside the vehicle as this maydamage them.

Chemicals used for road surface de-icing areextremely corrosive. They accelerate corrosionand deterioration of underbody componentssuch as the exhaust system, fuel and brake lines,brake cables, floor pan and fenders.

In winter, the underbody must be cleanedperiodically.

For additional protection against rust and corro-sion, which may be required in some areas, it isrecommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer.


8 Do-it-yourself

Maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2Engine compartment check locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3Engine cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4

Checking engine coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5Changing engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5

Engine oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6Checking engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6Changing engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7Changing engine oil filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) fluid . . . . . . . 8-9Power steering fluid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10Windshield-washer fluid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11

Windshield-washer fluid reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12

Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13Variable voltage control system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14Drive belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14Spark plugs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15

Replacing spark plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15Air cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16

In-cabin microfilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16Windshield wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16

Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16Replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17

Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18

Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19Passenger compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20

Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21NISSAN Intelligent Key® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21

Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-23Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-23Front park/turn signal/side marker light . . . . . . . . . . . 8-23Fog lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-23Exterior and interior lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-24

Wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-26Tire pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-26Tire labeling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-30Types of tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-32Tire chains. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-33Changing wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-33

When performing any inspection or maintenancework on your vehicle, always take care to preventserious accidental injury to yourself or damage tothe vehicle. The following are general precau-tions which should be closely observed.

WARNING

● Park the vehicle on a level surface, ap-ply the parking brake securely andblock the wheels to prevent the vehiclefrom moving. Move the shift lever to P(Park).

● Be sure the ignition key is in the OFF orLOCK position when performing anyparts replacement or repairs.

● If you must work with the engine run-ning, keep your hands, clothing, hairand tools away from moving fans, beltsand any other moving parts.

● It is advisable to secure or remove anyloose clothing and remove any jewelry,such as rings, watches, etc. beforeworking on your vehicle.

● Always wear eye protection wheneveryou work on your vehicle.

● Your vehicle is equipped with an auto-matic engine cooling fan. It may come onat any time without warning, even if theignition key is in the OFF position and theengine is not running. To avoid injury,always disconnect the negative batterycable before working near the fan.

● If you must run the engine in an en-closed space such as a garage, be surethere is proper ventilation for exhaustgases to escape.

● Never get under the vehicle while it issupported only by a jack. If it is neces-sary to work under the vehicle, supportit with safety stands.

● Keep smoking materials, flame and sparksaway from the fuel tank and battery.

● On gasoline engine models, the fuelfilter or fuel lines should be serviced. Itis recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service becausethe fuel lines are under high pressureeven when the engine is off.

CAUTION

● Do not work under the hood while theengine is hot. Turn the engine off andwait until it cools down.

● Avoid contact with used engine oil andcoolant. Improperly disposed engineoil, engine coolant and/or other vehiclefluids can damage the environment. Al-ways conform to local regulations fordisposal of vehicle fluid.

● Never leave the engine or the transmis-sion related component harness con-nector disconnected while the ignitionswitch is in the ON position.

● Never connect or disconnect the batteryor any transistorized component whilethe ignition switch is in the ON position.

This “Do-it-yourself” section gives instructionsregarding only those items which are relativelyeasy for an owner to perform.

A Genuine NISSAN service manual is also avail-able. For additional information, refer to “Owner’sManual/Service Manual order information” in the“Technical and consumer information” section ofthis manual.

You should be aware that incomplete or improperservicing may result in operating difficulties orexcessive emissions, and could affect warrantycoverage. If in doubt about any servicing, itis recommended that you have it done by aNISSAN dealer.

MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS

8-2 Do-it-yourself

VQ35DE engine

1. Engine coolant reservoir2. Drive belt location3. Engine oil filler cap4. Brake fluid reservoir5. Air cleaner6. Fuse block7. Fuse block/Fusible links8. Fusible links9. Battery10. Engine oil dipstick11. Radiator cap12. Power steering fluid reservoir13. Windshield-washer fluid reservoir

LDI2749

ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECKLOCATIONS

Do-it-yourself 8-3

The engine cooling system is filled at the factorywith a pre-diluted mixture of 50% GenuineNISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) and50% water to provide year-round antifreeze andcoolant protection. The antifreeze solution con-tains rust and corrosion inhibitors. Additional en-gine cooling system additives are not necessary.

WARNING

● Never remove the radiator or coolantreservoir cap when the engine is hot.Wait until the engine and radiator cooldown. Serious burns could be causedby high pressure fluid escaping fromthe radiator. For additional informationon precautions, refer to “If your vehicleoverheats” in the “In case of emer-gency” section of this manual.

● The radiator is equipped with a pres-sure type radiator cap. To prevent en-gine damage, use only a GenuineNISSAN radiator cap.

CAUTION

● Never use any cooling system additivessuch as radiator sealer. Additives mayclog the cooling system and cause dam-age to the engine, transmission and/orcooling system.

● When adding or replacing coolant, besure to use only Genuine NISSAN LongLife Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) orequivalent. Genuine NISSAN Long LifeAntifreeze/Coolant (blue) is pre-dilutedto provide antifreeze protection to -34°F (-37° C). If additional freeze protectionis needed due to weather where youoperate your vehicle, add GenuineNISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant(blue) concentrate following the direc-tions on the container. If an equivalentcoolant other than Genuine NISSANLong Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) isused, follow the coolant manufacturer’sinstructions to maintain minimum anti-freeze protection to -34° F (-37° C). Theuse of other types of coolant solutionsother than Genuine NISSAN Long LifeAntifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalentmay damage the engine coolingsystem.

● The life expectancy of the factory-fillcoolant is 105,000 miles (168,000 km) or7 years. Mixing any other type of cool-ant other than Genuine NISSAN LongLife Antifreeze/Coolant (blue), includ-ing Genuine NISSAN Long LifeAntifreeze/Coolant (green), or the useof non-distilled water will reduce thelife expectancy of the factory-fill cool-ant. For additional information, refer tothe “Maintenance and schedules” sec-tion of this manual.

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM

8-4 Do-it-yourself

CHECKING ENGINE COOLANTLEVELCheck the coolant level in the reservoir whenthe engine is cold. If the coolant level is belowthe MIN level �B , add coolant to the MAX level�A . If the reservoir is empty, check the coolantlevel in the radiator when the engine is cold. Ifthere is insufficient coolant in the radiator, fill theradiator with coolant up to the filler opening andalso add it to the reservoir up to the MAX level �A .

This vehicle contains Genuine NISSAN Long LifeAntifreeze/Coolant (blue). The life expectancy ofthe factory-fill coolant is 105,000 miles(168,000 km) or 7 years. Mixing any other type ofcoolant or the use of non-distilled water will re-duce the life expectancy of the factory-fill coolant.For additional information, refer to the “Mainte-nance and schedules” section of this manual.

If the cooling system frequently requirescoolant, it is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

For additional information on the location of theengine coolant reservoir, refer to “Engine com-partment check locations” in this section.

CHANGING ENGINE COOLANTA NISSAN dealer can change the engine coolant.The service procedure can be found in theNISSAN Service Manual.

Improper servicing can result in reducedheater performance and engine overheat-ing.

WARNING

● To avoid the danger of being scalded,never change the coolant when the en-gine is hot.

● Never remove the radiator cap when theengine is hot. Serious burns could becaused by high pressure fluid escapingfrom the radiator.

● Avoid direct skin contact with usedcoolant. If skin contact is made, washthoroughly with soap or hand cleaner assoon as possible.

● Keep coolant out of the reach of chil-dren and pets.

Engine coolant must be disposed of properly.Check your local regulations.

LDI2750

Do-it-yourself 8-5

CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply

the parking brake.

2. Start the engine and let it idle until it reachesoperating temperature.

3. Turn off the engine. Wait more than10 minutes for the oil to drain back intothe oil pan.

4. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean. Re-insert it all the way.

5. Remove the dipstick again and check the oillevel. It should be between the H (High) andL (Low) marks �B . This is the normal oper-ating oil level range. If the oil level is belowthe L (Low) mark �A , remove the oil filler capand pour recommended oil through theopening. Do not overfill �C .

6. Recheck oil level with the dipstick.

It is normal to add some oil between oilmaintenance intervals or during thebreak-in period, depending on the severityof operating conditions.

CAUTION

Oil level should be checked regularly. Op-erating the engine with an insufficientamount of oil can damage the engine, andsuch damage is not covered by warranty.

LDI2751 WDI0214

ENGINE OIL

8-6 Do-it-yourself

CHANGING ENGINE OIL1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply

the parking brake.

2. Start the engine and let it idle until it reachesoperating temperature, then turn it off.

3. Remove the oil filler cap �A by turning itcounterclockwise.

4. Remove clips �B from the under-engine pro-tector.

5. Place a large drain pan under the drain plug�C .

6. Remove the drain plug �C with a wrench byturning it counterclockwise and completelydrain the oil.

If the engine oil filter is to be changed, re-move and replace it at this time. For addi-tional information, refer to “Changing engineoil filter” in this section.

● Waste oil must be disposed of prop-erly.

● Check your local regulations.

LDI2763 LDI2558 LDI2634

Do-it-yourself 8-7

WARNING

● Prolonged and repeated contact withused engine oil may cause skin cancer.

● Try to avoid direct skin contact withused oil. If skin contact is made, washthoroughly with soap or hand cleaner assoon as possible.

● Keep used engine oil out of reach ofchildren.

CAUTION

Be careful not to burn yourself. The engineoil may be hot.

7. Clean and reinstall the drain plug and a newwasher. Securely tighten the drain plug witha wrench. Do not use excessive force.

Drain plug tightening torque:25 ft-lb (34 N·m)

8. Refill engine with recommended oil throughthe oil filler opening, then install the oil fillercap securely.

For additional information on drain and refillcapacity, refer to “Recommendedfluids/lubricants and capacities” in the“Technical and consumer information” sec-tion of this manual.

The drain and refill capacity depends on theoil temperature and drain time. Use thesespecifications for reference only. Always usethe dipstick to determine when the properamount of oil is in the engine.

9. Start the engine. Check for leakage aroundthe drain plug and oil filter. Correct as re-quired.

10. Turn the engine off and wait more than10 minutes. Check the oil level with thedipstick. Add engine oil if necessary.

CHANGING ENGINE OIL FILTER

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and applythe parking brake.

2. Turn the engine off.

3. Place a large drain pan under the oil filter �B .

LDI2764

8-8 Do-it-yourself

4. Remove clips �A from the right engine pro-tector located inside the right wheel well andthen remove protector. Remove oil filter �Bwith an oil filter wrench by turning it counter-clockwise. Then remove the oil filter by turn-ing it by hand.

CAUTION

Be careful not to burn yourself. The engineoil may be hot.

5. Wipe the engine oil filter sealing surface witha clean rag.

CAUTION

● Be sure to remove any old gasketmaterial remaining on the sealingsurface of the engine. Failure to doso could lead to an oil leak and en-gine damage.

● The dipstick must be inserted inplace to prevent oil spillage from thedipstick hole when filling the enginewith oil.

6. Coat the gasket on the new filter with cleanengine oil.

7. Screw on the oil filter until a slight resistanceis felt, then tighten an additional 2/3 turn.

8. Start the engine and check for leakagearound the oil filter. Correct as required.

9. Turn the engine off and wait more than10 minutes. Check the oil level. Add engineoil if necessary.

CAUTION

● NISSAN recommends using GenuineNISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3 (or equivalent)ONLY in NISSAN CVTs. Do not mix withother fluids.

● Do not use Automatic TransmissionFluid (ATF) or Manual transmissionfluid in a NISSAN CVT, as it may damagethe CVT. Damage caused by the use offluids other than as recommended isnot covered under NISSAN’s New Ve-hicle Limited Warranty.

● Using fluids that are not equivalent toGenuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3 mayalso damage the CVT. Damage causedby the use of fluids other than as recom-mended is not covered under NISSAN’sNew Vehicle Limited Warranty.

When checking or replacement of CVT fluid isrequired, we recommend a NISSAN dealer forservicing.

CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLETRANSMISSION (CVT) FLUID

Do-it-yourself 8-9

Check the fluid level in the reservoir.

The fluid level should be checked when the fluidis cold at fluid temperatures of 32 to 86ºF (0 to30ºC). The fluid level can be checked with thelevel gauge which is attached to the cap. Tocheck the fluid level, remove the cap. The fluidlevel should be between the MAX �A and MIN �Blines.

If the fluid is below the MIN �B line, add GenuineNISSAN E-PSF or equivalent. Remove the capand fill through the opening.

WARNING

Power steering fluid is poisonous andshould be stored carefully in marked con-tainers out of the reach of children.

CAUTION

● DO NOT OVERFILL.

● Use of a power steering fluid other thanGenuine NISSAN E-PSF or equivalentwill prevent the power steering systemfrom operating properly.

For additional information on brake fluid specifi-cation, refer to “Recommended fluids/lubricantsand capacities” in the “Technical and consumerinformation” section of this manual.

WARNING

● Use only new fluid from a sealed con-tainer. Old, inferior or contaminatedfluid may damage the brake system.The use of improper fluids can damagethe brake system and affect the vehi-cle’s stopping ability.

● Clean the filler cap before removing.

LDI2752 LDI2753

POWER STEERING FLUID BRAKE FLUID

8-10 Do-it-yourself

● Brake fluid is poisonous and should bestored carefully in marked containersout of reach of children.

CAUTION

Do not spill the fluid on any painted sur-faces. This will damage the paint. If fluid isspilled, immediately wash the surface withwater.

Check the fluid level in the reservoir. If the brakefluid is below the MIN line �B , the brake warninglight will illuminate. Add brake fluid up to the MAXline �A . For additional information on recom-mended type of brake fluid, refer to “Recom-mended fluids/lubricants and capacities� in the “Technical and consumer information” section ofthis manual.

If the brake fluid must be added frequently, thebrake system should be thoroughly checked. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

WINDSHIELD-WASHER FLUIDRESERVOIR

Fill the windshield-washer fluid reservoir periodi-cally. Add windshield-washer fluid when the lowwindshield-washer fluid warning light comes on.

To fill the windshield-washer fluid reservoir, liftthe cap off the reservoir and pour the windshield-washer fluid into the reservoir opening.

Add a washer solvent to the washer for bettercleaning. In the winter season, add a windshield-washer antifreeze. Follow the manufacturer’s in-structions for the mixture ratio.

Refill the reservoir more frequently when drivingconditions require an increased amount ofwindshield-washer fluid.

Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSAN Wind-shield Washer Concentrate Cleaner & Anti-freeze or equivalent.

CAUTION

● Do not substitute engine antifreezecoolant for windshield-washer fluid.This may result in damage to the paint.

● Do not fill the windshield-washer fluidreservoir with washer fluid concen-trates at full strength. Some methyl al-cohol based washer fluid concentratesmay permanently stain the grille ifspilled while filling the windshield-washer reservoir.

● Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates withwater to the manufacturer’s recom-mended levels before pouring the fluidinto the windshield-washer fluid reser-voir. Do not use the windshield-washerfluid reservoir to mix the washer fluidconcentrate and water.

LDI2754

WINDSHIELD-WASHER FLUID

Do-it-yourself 8-11

● Keep the battery surface clean and dry.Clean the battery with a solution of bakingsoda and water.

● Make certain the terminal connections areclean and securely tightened.

● If the vehicle is not to be used for 30 days orlonger, disconnect the negative (-) batteryterminal cable to prevent discharge.

NOTE:


1. Installation or extended use of electronicaccessories that consume battery powerwhen the engine is not running (Phone char-gers, GPS, DVD players, etc.)

2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/or onlydriven short distances. In these cases, thebattery may need to be charged to maintainbattery health.

WARNING

● Do not expose the battery to flames, anelectrical spark or a cigarette. Hydrogengas generated by the battery is explo-sive. Explosive gases can cause blind-ness or injury. Do not allow battery fluidto contact your skin, eyes, fabrics orpainted surfaces. Sulfuric acid cancause blindness or injury. After touch-ing a battery or battery cap, do nottouch or rub your eyes. Thoroughlywash your hands. If the acid contactsyour eyes, skin or clothing, immediatelyflush with water for at least 15 minutesand seek medical attention.

● Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid inthe battery is low. Low battery fluid cancause a higher load on the batterywhich can generate heat, reduce batterylife, and in some cases lead to anexplosion.

● When working on or near a battery, al-ways wear suitable eye protection andremove all jewelry.

● Battery posts, terminals and related ac-cessories contain lead and lead com-pounds. Wash hands after handling.

● Keep battery out of the reach ofchildren.

● Do not tip the battery. Keep the ventcaps tight and the battery level.

BATTERY

8-12 Do-it-yourself

1. Remove the vent caps with a screwdriver asshown. Use a cloth to protect the batterycase.

2. Check the fluid level in each cell. If it isnecessary to add fluid, add only distilledwater to bring the level up to the bottom ofthe filler opening. Do not overfill. Reinstallthe vent caps.

Vehicles operated in high temperatures or undersevere conditions require frequent checks of thebattery fluid level.

JUMP STARTINGIf jump starting is necessary, refer to “Jump start-ing” in the “In case of emergency” section of thismanual. If the engine does not start by jumpstarting, the battery may have to be replaced. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

WDI0224

WDI0529

Do-it-yourself 8-13

CAUTION

● Do not ground accessories directly tothe battery terminal. Doing so will by-pass the variable voltage control sys-tem and the vehicle battery may notcharge completely.

● Use electrical accessories with the en-gine running to avoid discharging thevehicle battery.

Your vehicle is equipped with a variable voltagecontrol system. This system measures theamount of electrical discharge from the batteryand controls voltage generated by the generator.

The current sensor �A is located near the batteryalong the negative battery cable. If you add elec-trical accessories to your vehicle, be sure toground them to a suitable body ground such asthe frame or engine block area.

1. Crankshaft pulley2. Drive belt automatic tensioner pulley3. Generator pulley4. Air conditioner compressor pulley

WARNING

Be sure the ignition switch is placed in theOFF or LOCK position before servicingdrive belt. The engine could rotateunexpectedly.

LDI2755

VQ35DE engineLDI2131

VARIABLE VOLTAGE CONTROLSYSTEM

DRIVE BELT

8-14 Do-it-yourself

1. Visually inspect the belt for signs of unusualwear, cuts, fraying or looseness. If the belt isin poor condition or is loose, have it replacedor adjusted. It is recommended that you visita NISSAN dealer for this service.

2. Have the belt checked regularly for condi-tion and tension in accordance with themaintenance schedule found in the “Mainte-nance and schedules” section of thismanual.

REPLACING SPARK PLUGS

Iridium-tipped spark plugs

It is not necessary to replace iridium-tipped �Aspark plugs as frequently as conventional typespark plugs because they last much longer. Fol-low the maintenance log shown in the “Mainte-nance and schedules” section of this manual. Donot service iridium-tipped spark plugs by clean-ing or regapping.

● Always replace spark plugs with rec-ommended or equivalent ones.

WARNING

Be sure the engine and ignition switch areoff and that the parking brake is engagedsecurely.

CAUTION

Be sure to use the correct socket to re-move the spark plugs. An incorrect socketcan damage the spark plugs.

If replacement is required, it is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

SDI1895

SPARK PLUGS

Do-it-yourself 8-15

The air cleaner filter should not be cleaned andreused. Replace it according to the maintenancelog shown in the “Maintenance and schedules”section of this manual. When replacing the filter,wipe the inside of the air cleaner filter housingand the cover with a damp cloth.

To remove the air cleaner filter:

● Unlatch the clips �A and move the aircleaner cover upward.

● Remove the air cleaner filter.

● Wipe the inside of the air cleaner filter hous-ing and cover with a damp cloth.

WARNING

● Operating the engine with the aircleaner removed can cause you or oth-ers to be burned. The air cleaner notonly cleans the air, it stops the flame ifthe engine backfires. If it isn’t there, andthe engine backfires, you could beburned. Do not drive with the air cleanerremoved, and be careful when workingon the engine with the air cleanerremoved.

● Never pour fuel into the throttle body orattempt to start the engine with the aircleaner removed. Doing so could resultin serious injury.

IN-CABIN MICROFILTERThe in-cabin microfilter restricts the entry of air-borne dust and pollen particles and reducessome objectionable outside odors. The filter islocated behind the glove box. For additional in-formation, refer to the “Maintenance and sched-ules” section of this manual for change intervals.

If replacement is required, it is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

CLEANINGIf your windshield is not clear after using thewindshield-washer or if a wiper blade chatterswhen running, wax or other material may be onthe blade or windshield.

Clean the outside of the windshield with a washersolution or a mild detergent. Your windshield isclean if beads do not form when rinsing with clearwater.

Clean each blade by wiping it with a cloth soakedin a washer solution or a mild detergent. Thenrinse the blades with clear water. If your wind-shield is still not clear after cleaning the bladesand using the wiper, replace the blades.

CAUTION

Worn windshield wiper blades can dam-age the windshield and impair drivervision.

LDI2756

AIR CLEANER WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES

8-16 Do-it-yourself

REPLACING

Replace the wiper blades if they are worn.

To replace the windshield wiper blades, followthe procedure below:

1. Lift the wiper arm away from the windshield.

2. Push the release tab �B .

3. Move the wiper blade �A down and remove.

4. Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiperarm until it clicks into place.

5. Push wiper on to windshield.

CAUTION

● After wiper blade replacement, returnthe wiper arm to its original position;otherwise it may be damaged when thehood is opened.

● Make sure the wiper blades contact theglass; otherwise the arms may be dam-aged from wind pressure.

If you wax the surface of the hood, be careful notto let wax get into the washer nozzle �D . This maycause clogging or improper windshield-washeroperation. If wax gets into the nozzle, remove itwith a needle or small pin �C .

LDI2757

LDI2731

Do-it-yourself 8-17

If the brakes do not operate properly, have thebrakes checked. it is recommended that you visita NISSAN dealer for this service.

Self-adjusting brakesYour vehicle is equipped with self-adjustingbrakes.

The front and rear disc-type brakes self-adjustevery time the brake pedal is applied.

WARNING

Have your brake system checked if thebrake pedal height does not return to nor-mal. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

Brake pad wear indicatorsThe disc brake pads on your vehicle have audiblewear indicators. When a brake pad requires re-placement, a high pitched scraping or screech-ing sound will be heard when the vehicle is inmotion. The noise will be heard whether or not thebrake pedal is depressed. Have the brakeschecked as soon as possible if the wear indicatorsound is heard.

Under some driving or climate conditions, occa-sional brake squeak, squeal or other noise maybe heard. Occasional brake noise during light tomoderate stops is normal and does not affect thefunction or performance of the brake system.

Proper brake inspection intervals shouldbe followed. For additional information regard-ing brake inspections, refer to the appropriatemaintenance schedule information in the “Main-tenance and schedules” section of this manual.”

If any electrical equipment does not operate,check for an open fuse.

Fuses are used in the passenger and enginecompartment. Spare fuses are provided and canbe found in the passenger compartment fusebox.

When installing a fuse make sure the fuse isinstalled in the fuse box securely.

LDI2385

BRAKES FUSES

8-18 Do-it-yourself

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

WARNING

Never use a fuse of a higher or loweramperage rating than specified on thefuse box cover. This could damage theelectrical system or electronic controlunits or cause a fire.

If any electrical equipment does not come on,check for an open fuse.

1. Be sure the ignition switch and the headlightswitch are in the OFF position.

2. Open the engine hood.

3. Remove the fuse box cover by pushing thetab and lifting the cover up.

4. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller. Thefuse puller is located in the center of the fuseblock in the passenger compartment.

5. If the fuse is open �A , replace it with a newfuse �B .

6. If a new fuse also opens, have the electricalsystem checked and repaired. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service..

Fusible linksIf the electrical equipment does not operate andfuses are in good condition, check the fusiblelinks. If any of these fusible links are melted,replace with only Genuine NISSAN parts.

LDI2636 LDI0456

Do-it-yourself 8-19

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT

WARNING

Never use a fuse of a higher or loweramperage rating than specified on thefuse box cover. This could damage theelectrical system or electronic controlunits or cause a fire.

If any electrical equipment does not operate,check for an open fuse.

1. Be sure the ignition switch and the headlightswitch are in the OFF position.

2. Pull the fuse box cover to remove.

3. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller �A . 4. If the fuse is open �B , replace it with anequivalent good fuse �C .

5. Push the fuse box cover to install.

6. If a new fuse also opens, have the electricalsystem checked and repaired. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

LDI2758 LDI2759 LDI2760

8-20 Do-it-yourself

CAUTION

Be careful not to allow children to swallowthe battery or removed parts.

NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY®Replace the battery in the Intelligent Key as fol-lows:

1. Remove the mechanical key from the Intelli-gent Key.

2. Insert a small flathead screwdriver �A intothe slit �B of the corner and twist it to sepa-rate the upper part from the lower part. Placea cloth over the screwdriver to protect thecasing.

LDI2001

BATTERY REPLACEMENT

Do-it-yourself 8-21

3. Replace the battery with a new one.

Recommended battery: CR2032 or equiva-lent.

● Do not touch the internal circuit and elec-tric terminals as doing so could cause amalfunction.

● Hold the battery by the edges. Holdingthe battery across the contact points willseriously deplete the storage capacity.

● Make sure that the + side faces the bot-tom of the lower part.

4. Close the lid securely as illustrated with �Cand �D .

5. Operate the buttons to check the operation.

It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealerif you need assistance for replacement.

FCC Notice:

For USA:This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol-lowing two conditions: (1) This device maynot cause harmful interference, and (2) thisdevice must accept any interference re-ceived, including interference that maycause undesired operation.

Note:


For Canada:This device complies with Industry Canadalicence-exempt RSS standard(s). Opera-tion is subject to the following two condi-tions: (1) this device may not cause inter-ference, and (2) this device must accept anyinterference, including interference thatmay cause undesired operation of the de-vice.

LDI2637

8-22 Do-it-yourself

HEADLIGHTSReplacing the halogen headlight bulb(if so equipped)

The headlight is a semi-sealed beam type whichuses a replaceable headlight (halogen) bulb.They can be replaced from inside the enginecompartment without removing the headlight as-sembly.

If headlight bulb replacement is required, it isrecommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

CAUTION

● Aiming is not necessary after replacingthe bulb. When aiming adjustment isnecessary, it is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service orqualified workshop.

● Do not leave the headlight assemblyopen without a bulb installed for a longperiod of time. Dust, moisture, smoke,etc. entering the headlight body mayaffect bulb performance. Remove thebulb from the headlight assembly justbefore a replacement bulb is installed.

● Only touch the base when handling thebulb. Never touch the glass envelope.Touching the glass could significantlyaffect bulb life and/or headlightperformance.

● High pressure halogen gas is sealedinside the halogen bulb. The bulb maybreak if the glass envelope is scratchedor the bulb is dropped.

● Use the same number and wattage asshown in the chart.

Fog may temporarily form inside the lens of theexterior lights in the rain or in a car wash. Atemperature difference between the inside andthe outside of the lens causes the fog. This is nota malfunction. If large drops of water collectinside the lens, it is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service or qualified work-shop.

Replacing the LED headlight bulb (ifso equipped)If LED headlight bulb replacement is required, it isrecommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

FRONT PARK/TURN SIGNAL/SIDEMARKER LIGHTIf park, turn signal or side marker light bulb re-placement is required. It is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

FOG LIGHTS

Replacing the fog light bulbIf fog light bulb replacement is required, it isrecommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

CAUTION

● High pressure halogen gas is sealedinside the halogen bulb. The bulb maybreak if the glass envelope is scratchedor the bulb is dropped.

● When handling the bulb, do not touchthe glass envelope.

● Use the same number and wattage asoriginally installed as shown in thechart.

● Do not leave the bulb out of the fog lightfor a long period of time as dust, mois-ture and smoke may enter the fog lightbody and affect the performance of thefog light.

LIGHTS

Do-it-yourself 8-23

EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS

Item Wattage (W) Bulb No.Headlight assembly (Type A) (if so equipped)*

High 65 H9Low 55 H11Daytime running/Park — —Turn signal 28/8 7444NASide marker 5 W5W

Headlight assembly (Type B) (if so equipped)*High 65 H9Low — —Daytime running/Park — —Turn 28/8 7444NASide marker 5 W5W

Front fog light* 19 H16Door mirror turn signal light (if so equipped)* — —High-mounted stop light (if so equipped)* — —License plate light* 5 W5WRear combination light *

Stop 21 W21WTurn signal 21 W21WTail — —Side marker — —

Backup (reversing)* 16 W16WMap light* — —Glove box light* — —Vanity mirror light 1.8 —Footwell light 3.4 158Step light 3.8 194Personal light* — —Trunk light 3.4 158

Always check with the Parts Department at a NISSAN dealer for the latest parts information.

* It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for replacement.

LDI2762

8-24 Do-it-yourself

1. Map light2. Personal light3. Step light4. Door mirror turn signal light (if so

equipped)5. Headlight assembly6. Fog light7. High-mounted stop light (if so

equipped)8. License plate light9. Backup (reversing)10. Rear combination light

Replacement proceduresAll other lights are either type A, B, C or D. Whenreplacing a bulb, first remove the lens, lampand/or cover.

Indicates bulb removal

Indicates bulb installation

Use a cloth �1 to protect the housing.

WDI0263

Step lightLDI0341

Do-it-yourself 8-25

If you have a flat tire, refer to “Flat tire” inthe “In case of emergency” section of thismanual.

TIRE PRESSURE

Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS)

WARNING

Radio waves could adversely affectelectric medical equipment. Thosewho use a pacemaker should con-tact the electric medical equipmentmanufacturer for the possible influ-ences before use.

This vehicle is equipped with the TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS). Itmonitors tire pressure of all tires exceptthe spare. When the low tire pressurewarning light is lit and the Tire PressureLow - Add Air warning appears in thevehicle information display, one or more ofyour tires is significantly under-inflated. Ifequipped, the system also displays pres-sure of all tires (except the spare tire) on

the display screen by sending a signalfrom a sensor that is installed in eachwheel.

The TPMS will activate only when thevehicle is driven at speeds above 16 mph(25 km/h). Also, this system may not de-tect a sudden drop in tire pressure (forexample a flat tire while driving).

For additional information, refer to “Lowtire pressure warning light” in the “Instru-ments and controls” section, “Tire Pres-sure Monitoring System (TPMS)” in the“Starting and driving” section and “Flattire” in the “In case of emergency” sectionof this manual.

Tire inflation pressure

Check the tire pressures (including thespare) often and always prior to long dis-tance trips. The recommended tire pres-sure specifications are shown on theF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification labelor the Tire and Loading Information labelunder the �Cold Tire Pressure� heading.The Tire and Loading Information label is

Trunk lightLDI2135

WHEELS AND TIRES

8-26 Do-it-yourself

affixed to the driver side center pillar. Tirepressures should be checked regularlybecause:

● Most tires naturally lose air over time.

● Tires can lose air suddenly whendriven over potholes or other objectsor if the vehicle strikes a curb whileparking.

The tire pressures should be checkedwhen the tires are cold. The tires areconsidered COLD after the vehicle hasbeen parked for 3 or more hours, or drivenless than 1 mile (1.6 km) at moderatespeeds.

The TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert pro-vides visual and audible signals outsidethe vehicle for inflating the tires to therecommended COLD tire pressure. Foradditional information, refer to “TPMSwith Easy Fill Tire Alert” in the “Startingand driving” section of this manual.

If the tires are used at speeds above100 mph (162 km/h) where it is legal todo so (on a race track for example), the

cold tire inflation pressure must be in-creased. For additional information, referto “Checking tire pressure” in this section.

Set the tire pressure to the normal coldtire inflation pressure when the vehiclespeed or load is reduced.

Incorrect tire pressure, including un-der inflation, may adversely affecttire life and vehicle handling.

WARNING

● Improperly inflated tires can failsuddenly and cause an accident.

● The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating(GVWR) is located on theF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certifica-tion label. The vehicle weight ca-pacity is indicated on the Tire andLoading Information label (if soequipped). Do not load your ve-hicle beyond this capacity. Over-loading your vehicle may result inreduced tire life, unsafe operat-ing conditions due to prematuretire failure, or unfavorable han-dling characteristics and could

also lead to a serious accident.Loading beyond the specified ca-pacity may also result in failure ofother vehicle components.

● Before taking a long trip, orwhenever you heavily load yourvehicle, use a tire pressure gaugeto ensure that the tire pressuresare at the specified level.

● Increase the cold tire inflationpressure as indicated in �Check-ing tire pressure� in this sectionwhen using the tires specified byNISSAN above 100 mph(162 km/h) where it is legal to doso (on a race track for example).Failure to increase the cold tireinflation pressure may result intire failure, loss of control andpossible injury. After such use,readjust tire pressure.

● For additional information re-garding tires, refer to “ImportantTire Safety Information” (US) or“Tire Safety Information”(Canada) in the Warranty Infor-mation Booklet.

Do-it-yourself 8-27

Tire and loading information label

�1 Seating capacity: The maximum num-ber of occupants that can be seatedin the vehicle.

�2 Vehicle load limit: Refer to the loadinginformation in the “Technical andconsumer information” section of thismanual.

�3 Original tire size: The size of the tiresoriginally installed on the vehicle atthe factory.

�4 Cold tire pressure: Inflate the tires tothis pressure when the tires are cold.Tires are considered COLD after thevehicle has been parked for 3 or morehours, or driven less than 1 mile(1.6 km) at moderate speeds. Therecommended cold tire inflation is setby the manufacturer to provide thebest balance of tire wear, vehiclehandling, driveability, tire noise, etc.,up to the vehicle’s GVWR.

�5 Tire size – refer to “Tire labeling” inthis section.

�6 Spare tire size.

LDI2000

8-28 Do-it-yourself

Checking tire pressure

1. Remove the valve stem cap from thetire.

2. Press the pressure gauge squarelyonto the valve stem. Do not press toohard or force the valve stem side-ways, or air will escape. If the hissingsound of air escaping from the tire isheard while checking the pressure,reposition the gauge to eliminate thisleakage.

3. Remove the gauge.

4. Read the tire pressure on the gaugestem and compare to the specifica-tion shown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label.

5. Add air to the tire as needed. If toomuch air is added, press the core ofthe valve stem briefly with the tip ofthe gauge stem to release pressure.Recheck the pressure and add orrelease air as needed.

6. Install the valve stem cap.

7. Check the pressure of all other tires,including the spare.

Size Cold Tire InflationPressure

Front and RearOriginal Tire:245/45R18245/40R19245/40WR19

33 PSI, 230 kPa

Spare Tire:(Temporary)T145/80D17

60 PSI, 420 kPa

Full Size SpareTire245/40R19

33 PSI, 230 kPaLDI0393

Do-it-yourself 8-29

TIRE LABELING

Federal law requires tire manufacturers toplace standardized information on thesidewall of all tires. This information iden-tifies and describes the fundamentalcharacteristics of the tire and also pro-vides the tire identification number (TIN)for safety standard certification. The TINcan be used to identify the tire in case of arecall.

�1 Tire size (example: P215/65R15 95H)

1. P: The “P” indicates the tire is de-signed for passenger vehicles (not alltires have this information).

2. Three-digit number (215): This num-ber gives the width in millimeters ofthe tire from sidewall edge to side-wall edge.

3. Two-digit number (65): This number,known as the aspect ratio, gives thetire’s ratio of height to width.

4. R: The “R” stands for radial.5. Two-digit number (15): This number

is the wheel or rim diameter in inches.6. Two- or three-digit number (95): This

number is the tire’s load index. It is ameasurement of how much weighteach tire can support. You may notfind this information on all tires be-cause it is not required by law.

7. H: Tire speed rating. You should notdrive the vehicle faster than the tirespeed rating.

ExampleWDI0394

ExampleWDI0395

8-30 Do-it-yourself

�2 TIN (Tire Identification Number) for anew tire (example: DOT XX XX XXXXXXX)

1. DOT: Abbreviation for the “Depart-ment Of Transportation”. The symbolcan be placed above, below or to theleft or right of the Tire IdentificationNumber.

2. Two-digit code: Manufacturer’sidentification mark.

3. Two-digit code: Tire size.

4. Three-digit code: Tire type code(Optional).

5. Four numbers represent the weekand year the tire was built. For ex-ample, the numbers 3103 means the31st week of 2003. If these numbersare missing then look on the othersidewall of the tire.

�3 Tire ply composition and material

The number of layers or plies of rubber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire manufactur-

ers also must indicate the materials in thetire, which include steel, nylon, polyesterand others.

�4 Maximum permissible inflation pressure

This number is the greatest amount of airpressure that should be put in the tire. Donot exceed the maximum permissible in-flation pressure.

�5 Maximum load ratingThis number indicates the maximum loadin kilograms and pounds that can be car-ried by the tire. When replacing the tireson the vehicle, always use a tire that hasthe same load rating as the factory in-stalled tire.

�6 Term of “tubeless” or “tube type”Indicates whether the tire requires an in-ner tube (“tube type”) or not (“tubeless”).

�7 The word “radial”

The word “radial” is shown if the tire hasradial structure.

�8 Manufacturer or brand name

Manufacturer or brand name is shown.

ExampleLDI2786

Do-it-yourself 8-31

Other Tire-related Terminology

In addition to the many terms that aredefined throughout this section, IntendedOutboard Sidewall is (1) the sidewall thatcontains a whitewall, bears white letteringor bears manufacturer, brand, and/ormodel name molding that is higher ordeeper than the same molding on theother sidewall of the tire, or (2) the out-ward facing sidewall of an asymmetricaltire that has a particular side that mustalways face outward when mounted on avehicle.

TYPES OF TIRES

WARNING

● When changing or replacing tires, besure all four tires are of the same type(i.e., Summer, All Season or Snow) andconstruction. A NISSAN dealer may beable to help you with information abouttire type, size, speed rating andavailability.

● Replacement tires may have a lowerspeed rating than the factory equippedtires, and may not match the potentialmaximum vehicle speed. Never exceedthe maximum speed rating of the tire.

● Replacing tires with those not originallyspecified by NISSAN could affect theproper operation of the low tire pres-sure warning system.

● For additional information regardingtires, refer to “Important Tire Safety In-formation” (US) or “Tire Safety Informa-tion” (Canada) in the Warranty Informa-tion Booklet.

● Always use tires of the same type, size,brand, construction and tread patternon all four wheels. Failure to do so mayresult in a circumference difference be-tween tires on the front and rear axleswhich can cause the VDC system to mal-function resulting in personal injury ordeath, excessive tire wear and maydamage the transmission and differen-tial gears.

All season tiresNISSAN specifies All Season tires on some mod-els to provide good performance all year, includ-ing snowy and icy road conditions. All Seasontires are identified by ALL SEASON and/or M&Son the tire sidewall. Snow tires have better snowtraction than All Season tires and may be moreappropriate in some areas.

Summer tiresNISSAN specifies summer tires on some modelsto provide superior performance on dry roads.Summer tire performance is substantially re-duced in snow and ice. Summer tires do not havethe tire traction rating “M&S” on the tire sidewall.

If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icyconditions, NISSAN recommends the use ofSNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on all fourwheels.

Snow tiresIf snow tires are needed, it is necessary to selecttires equivalent in size and load rating to theoriginal equipment tires. If you do not, it canadversely affect the safety and handling of yourvehicle.

8-32 Do-it-yourself

Generally, snow tires have lower speed ratingsthan factory equipped tires and may not matchthe potential maximum vehicle speed. Never ex-ceed the maximum speed rating of the tire.

If you install snow tires, they must be the samesize, brand, construction and tread pattern on allfour wheels.

For additional traction on icy roads, studded tiresmay be used. However, some U.S. states andCanadian provinces prohibit their use. Checklocal, state and provincial laws before installingstudded tires. Skid and traction capabilities ofstudded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may bepoorer than that of non-studded snow tires.

TIRE CHAINS

CAUTION

Do not use tire chains/cables on this ve-hicle. Doing so will cause damage to thevehicle.

CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES

Tire rotation

NISSAN recommends rotating the tiresevery 5,000 miles (8,000 km).

For additional information on tire replac-ing procedures, refer to “Flat tire” in the “Incase of emergency” section of thismanual.

As soon as possible, tighten thewheel nuts to the specified torquewith a torque wrench.

Wheel nut tightening torque:83 ft-lb (113 N·m)

The wheel nuts must be kept tight-ened to specifications at all times. Itis recommended that wheel nuts betightened to specification at eachtire rotation interval.

WARNING

● After rotating the tires, check andadjust the tire pressure.

● Retighten the wheel nuts whenthe vehicle has been driven for600 miles (1,000 km) (also incases of a flat tire, etc.).

● Do not include the spare tire inthe tire rotation.


WDI0258

Do-it-yourself 8-33

Tire wear and damage

1. Wear indicator

2. Location mark

WARNING

● Tires should be periodically in-spected for wear, cracking, bulg-ing or objects caught in the tread.If excessive wear, cracks, bulgingor deep cuts are found, the tire(s)should be replaced.

● The original tires have built-intread wear indicators. When thewear indicators are visible, thetire(s) should be replaced.

● Tires degrade with age and use.Have tires, including the spare,over 6 years old checked by aqualified technician becausesome tire damage may not be ob-vious. Replace the tires as neces-sary to prevent tire failure andpossible personal injury.

● Improper service of the spare tiremay result in serious personal in-jury. If it is necessary to repair thespare tire, it is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.


Replacing wheels and tires

When replacing a tire, use the same size, treaddesign, speed rating and load carrying capacityas originally equipped. Recommended types andsizes are shown in “Wheels and tires” in the“Technical and consumer information” section ofthis manual.

WARNING

● The use of tires other than those recom-mended or the mixed use of tires ofdifferent brands, construction (bias,bias-belted or radial), or tread patternscan adversely affect the ride, braking,handling, VDC system, ground clear-ance, body-to-tire clearance, tire chainclearance, speedometer calibration,headlight aim and bumper height.Some of these effects may lead to acci-dents and could result in serious per-sonal injury.

● If your vehicle was originally equippedwith 4 tires that were the same size andyou are only replacing 2 of the 4 tires,install the new tires on the rear axle.Placing new tires on the front axle maycause loss of vehicle control in somedriving conditions and cause an acci-dent and personal injury.

WDI0259

8-34 Do-it-yourself

● If the wheels are changed for any rea-son, always replace with wheels whichhave the same off-set dimension.Wheels of a different off-set couldcause premature tire wear, degrade ve-hicle handling characteristics, affect theVDC system and/or interference withthe brake discs. Such interference canlead to decreased braking efficiencyand/or early brake pad/shoe wear. Foradditional information on wheel-off setdimensions, refer to “Wheels and tires”in the “Technical and consumer infor-mation” section of this manual.

● Since the spare tire is not equipped withthe TPMS, when a spare tire is mountedor a wheel is replaced, tire pressure willnot be indicated, the TPMS will notfunction and the low tire pressure warn-ing light will flash for approximately1 minute. The light will remain on after1 minute. Have your tires replacedand/or TPMS system reset as soon aspossible. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.


● The TPMS sensor may be damaged if itis not handled correctly. Be carefulwhen handling the TPMS sensor.

● When replacing the TPMS sensor, theID registration may be required. Contacta NISSAN dealer for ID registration.

● Do not use a valve stem cap that is notspecified by NISSAN. The valve stemcap may become stuck.

● Be sure that the valve stem caps arecorrectly fitted. Otherwise the valve maybe clogged up with dirt and cause amalfunction or loss of pressure.

● Do not install a damaged or deformedwheel or tire even if it has been re-paired. Such wheels or tires could havestructural damage and could fail with-out warning.

● The use of retread tires is notrecommended.

● For additional information regardingtires, refer to “Important Tire Safety In-formation” (US) or “Tire Safety Informa-tion” (Canada) in the Warranty Informa-tion Booklet.

Wheel balance

Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handlingand tire life. Even with regular use, wheels can getout of balance. Therefore, they should be bal-anced as required.

Wheel balance service should be per-formed with the wheels off the vehicle.Spin balancing the wheels on the vehiclecould lead to mechanical damage.

● For additional information regardingtires, refer to “Important Tire SafetyInformation” (US) or “Tire Safety Infor-mation” (Canada) in the Warranty In-formation Booklet.

Care of wheels

● Wash the wheels when washing the vehicleto maintain their appearance.

● Clean the inner side of the wheels when thewheel is changed or the underside of thevehicle is washed.

● Do not use abrasive cleaners when washingthe wheels.

● Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents orcorrosion. Such damage may cause loss ofpressure or poor seal at the tire bead.

Do-it-yourself 8-35

● NISSAN recommends waxing the roadwheels to protect against road salt in areaswhere it is used during winter.

Spare tire (TEMPORARY USE ONLYspare tire)

Since the spare tire is not equipped with TPMS,when a spare tire is mounted (TEMPORARYUSE ONLY or conventional), the TPMS will notfunction.

Observe the following precautions if the TEM-PORARY USE ONLY spare tire must be used.Otherwise, your vehicle could be damaged orinvolved in an accident:

WARNING

● The spare tire should be used for emer-gency use only. It should be replacedwith the standard tire at the first oppor-tunity to avoid possible tire or differen-tial damage.

● Drive carefully while the TEMPORARYUSE ONLY spare tire is installed. Avoidsharp turns and abrupt braking whiledriving.

● Periodically check spare tire inflationpressure. Always keep the pressure ofthe TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tireat 60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 bar).

● With the TEMPORARY USE ONLY sparetire installed do not drive the vehicle atspeeds faster than 50 mph (80 km/h).

● When driving on roads covered withsnow or ice, the TEMPORARY USEONLY spare tire should be used on therear wheels and the original tire usedon the front wheels (drive wheels).

● Tire tread of the TEMPORARY USEONLY spare tire will wear at a faster ratethan the standard tire. Replace thespare tire as soon as the tread wearindicators appear.

● Do not use the spare tire on othervehicles.

● Do not use more than one spare tire atthe same time.

● Do not tow a trailer when the TEMPO-RARY USE ONLY spare tire is installed.

CAUTION

● Do not use tire chains on a TEMPO-RARY USE ONLY spare tire. Tire chainswill not fit properly and may cause dam-age to the vehicle.

● Because the TEMPORARY USE ONLYspare tire is smaller than the originaltire, ground clearance is reduced. Toavoid damage to the vehicle, do notdrive over obstacles. Also, do not drivethe vehicle through an automatic carwash since it may get caught.

8-36 Do-it-yourself

9 Maintenance and schedules

Maintenance requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2Scheduled maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2Where to go for service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2

General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2Explanation of general maintenance items . . . . . . . . . 9-2

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items . . . . . . . . . 9-5Emission Control System Maintenance: . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5Chassis and Body Maintenance: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6

Maintenance schedules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7Additional Maintenance Items for severeoperating conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7

Standard maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7Emission control system maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8Chassis & body maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10

Maintenance under severe operating conditions. . . . . . 9-12Severe driving conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12

Maintenance log. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13

Some day-to-day and regular maintenance is es-sential to maintain your vehicle good mechanicalcondition, as well as its emissions and engineperformance.

It is the owner’s responsibility to make sure thatthe scheduled maintenance, as well as generalmaintenance, is performed.

As the vehicle owner, you are the only one whocan ensure that your vehicle receives propermaintenance. You are a vital link in the mainte-nance chain.

GENERAL MAINTENANCEGeneral maintenance includes those items whichshould be checked during normal day-to-day op-eration. They are essential for proper vehicle op-eration. It is your responsibility to perform theseprocedures regularly as prescribed.

Performing general maintenance checks requiresminimal mechanical skill and only a few generalautomotive tools.

These checks or inspections can be done byyourself, a qualified technician or, if you prefer, aNISSAN dealer.

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCEThe maintenance items listed in this section arerequired to be serviced at regular intervals. How-ever under severe driving conditions, additionalor more frequent maintenance will be required.

WHERE TO GO FOR SERVICEIf maintenance service is required or your vehicleappears to malfunction, have the systemschecked and serviced. It is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

NISSAN technicians are well-trained specialistsand are kept up-to-date with the latest serviceinformation through technical bulletins, servicetips and training programs. They are completelyqualified to work on NISSAN vehicles beforework begins.

You can be confident that a NISSAN dealer’sservice department can perform the serviceneeded to meet the maintenance requirementson your vehicle.

During the normal day-to-day operation of thevehicle, general maintenance should be per-formed regularly as prescribed in this section. Ifyou detect any unusual sounds, vibrations orsmells, be sure to check for the cause or have aNISSAN dealer do it promptly. In addition, it isrecommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer ifyou think that repairs are required.

When performing any checks or maintenancework, closely observe the “Maintenance precau-tions” in the “Do-it-yourself” section of thismanual.

EXPLANATION OF GENERALMAINTENANCE ITEMS

Additional information on the followingitems with “ * ” is found in the “Do-it-yourself” section of this manual.

Outside the vehicle

The maintenance items listed here should beperformed from time to time, unless otherwisespecified.

Doors and engine hood: Check that the doorsand engine hood operate properly. Also ensurethat all latches lock securely. Lubricate hinges,latches, latch pins, rollers and links if necessary.

MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS GENERAL MAINTENANCE

9-2 Maintenance and schedules

Make sure that the secondary latch keeps thehood from opening when the primary latch isreleased.

When driving in areas using road salt or othercorrosive materials, check lubrication frequently.

Lights*: Clean the headlights on a regular basis.Make sure that the headlights, stop lights, taillights, turn signal lights, and other lights are alloperating properly and installed securely. Alsocheck headlight aim.

Road wheel nuts (lug nuts)*: When checkingthe tires, make sure no wheel nuts are missing,and check for any loose wheel nuts. Tighten ifnecessary.

Tire rotation*: Tires should be rotated every5,000 miles (8,000 km).

Tires*: Check the pressure with a gauge oftenand always prior to long distance trips. If neces-sary, adjust the pressure in all tires, including thespare, to the pressure specified. Check carefullyfor damage, cuts or excessive wear.

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)transmitter components: Replace the TPMStransmitter grommet seal, valve core and capwhen the tires are replaced due to wear or age.

Wheel alignment and balance: If the vehicleshould pull to either side while driving on astraight and level road, or if you detect uneven orabnormal tire wear, there may be a need for wheelalignment. If the steering wheel or seat vibrates atnormal highway speeds, wheel balancing may beneeded.

For additional information regarding tires, refer to“Important Tire Safety Information” (US) or “TireSafety Information” (Canada) in the Warranty In-formation Booklet.

Windshield: Clean the windshield on a regularbasis. Check the windshield at least every sixmonths for cracks or other damage. Have a dam-aged windshield repaired by a qualified repairfacility.

Windshield wiper blades*: Check for cracksor wear if they do not wipe properly.

Inside the vehicle

The maintenance items listed here should bechecked on a regular basis, such as when per-forming scheduled maintenance, cleaning the ve-hicle, etc.

Accelerator pedal: Check the pedal for smoothoperation and make sure the pedal does notcatch or require uneven effort. Keep the floor mataway from the pedal.

Brake pedal: Check the pedal for smooth op-eration. If the brake pedal suddenly goes downfurther than normal, the pedal feels spongy or thevehicle seems to take longer to stop, have yourvehicle checked immediately. It is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.Keep the floor mat away from the pedal.

Brakes: Check that the brakes do not pull thevehicle to one side when applied.

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)P (Park) position mechanism: On a fairlysteep hill check that the vehicle is held securelywith the shift lever in the P (Park) position withoutapplying any brakes.

Parking brake: Check the parking brake opera-tion regularly. The vehicle should be securely heldon a fairly steep hill with only the parking brakeapplied. If the parking brake needs adjustment, itis recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.

Seats: Check seat position controls such asseat adjusters, seatback recliner, etc., to ensurethey operate smoothly and all latches lock se-curely in every position. Check that the headrestraints/headrests move up and downsmoothly and the locks (if so equipped) holdsecurely in all latched positions.

Maintenance and schedules 9-3

Seat belts: Check that all parts of the seat beltsystem (for example, buckles, anchors, adjustersand retractors) operate properly and smoothly,and are installed securely. Check the belt web-bing for cuts, fraying, wear or damage.

Steering wheel: Check for changes in thesteering system, such as excessive free play,hard steering or strange noises.

Warning lights and chimes: Make sure allwarning lights and chimes are operating properly.

Windshield defroster: Check that the aircomes out of the defroster outlets properly and insufficient quantity when operating the heater orair conditioner.

Windshield wiper and washer*: Check thatthe wipers and washer operate properly and thatthe wipers do not streak.

Under the hood and vehicle

The maintenance items listed here should bechecked periodically (for example, each time youcheck the engine oil or refuel).

Battery*: Check the fluid level in each cell. Thefluid should be at the bottom of the filler opening.Vehicles operated in high temperatures or undersevere conditions require frequent checks of thebattery fluid level.

NOTE:


1. Installation or extended use of elec-tronic accessories that consume bat-tery power when the engine is not run-ning (Phone chargers, GPS, DVDplayers, etc.).

2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/oronly driven short distances.

In these cases, the battery may need to becharged to maintain battery health.

Brake fluid level*: Make sure that the brakefluid level is between the MAX and MIN lines onthe reservoir.

Engine coolant level*: Check the coolant levelwhen the engine is cold.

Engine drive belts*: Make sure the drive beltsare not frayed, worn, cracked or oily.

Engine oil level*: Check the level after parkingthe vehicle on a level spot and turning off theengine. Wait more than 15 minutes for the oil todrain back into the oil pan.

Exhaust system: Make sure there are no loosesupports, cracks or holes. If the sound of theexhaust seems unusual or there is a smell ofexhaust fumes, immediately have the exhaustsystem inspected. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service. For addi-tional information, refer to “Exhaust gas (carbonmonoxide)” in the “Starting and driving”section ofthis manual.

Fluid leaks: Check under the vehicle for fuel, oil,water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle hasbeen parked for a while. Water dripping from theair conditioner after use is normal. If you shouldnotice any leaks or if fuel fumes are evident,check for the cause and have it corrected imme-diately.

Power steering fluid level* and lines: Checkthe level when the fluid is cold, with the engineoff. Check the lines for proper attachment, leaks,cracks, etc.

Radiator and hoses: Check the front of theradiator and clean off any dirt, insects, leaves,etc., that may have accumulated. Make sure thehoses have no cracks, deformation, rot or looseconnections.


Underbody: The underbody is frequently ex-posed to corrosive substances such as thoseused on icy roads or to control dust. It is veryimportant to remove these substances, other-wise rust may form on the floor pan, frame, fuellines and around the exhaust system. At the endof winter, the underbody should be thoroughlyflushed with plain water, being careful to cleanthose areas where mud and dirt may accumulate.For additional information, refer to the “Appear-ance and care” section of this manual.

Windshield-washer fluid*: Check that there isadequate fluid in the reservoir.

The following descriptions are provided to giveyou a better understanding of the scheduledmaintenance items that should be regularlychecked or replaced. The maintenance scheduleindicates at which mileage/time intervals eachitem requires service.

In addition to scheduled maintenance, your ve-hicle requires that some items be checked duringnormal day-to-day operation. For additional infor-mation, refer to “General maintenance” in thissection.

Items marked with “*” are recommended byNISSAN for reliable vehicle operation. You arenot required to perform maintenance on theseitems in order to maintain the warranties whichcome with your NISSAN. Other maintenanceitems and intervals are required.

When applicable, additional information can befound in the “Do-it-yourself” section of thismanual.

NOTE:

NISSAN does not advocate the use of non-OEM approved aftermarket flushing sys-tems and strongly advises against perform-ing these services on a NISSAN product.Many of the aftermarket flushing systemsuse non-OEM approved chemicals or sol-vents, the use of which has not been vali-dated by NISSAN.

For recommended fuel, lubricants, fluids,grease, and refrigerant, refer to “Recom-mended fluids/lubricants and capacities”in the “Technical and consumer informa-tion” section of this manual.

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMMAINTENANCE:Drive belts*:

Check engine drive belts for wear, fraying orcracking and for proper tension. Replace anydamaged drive belts.

Engine air filter:

Replace at specified intervals. When driving forprolonged periods in dusty conditions,check/replace the filter more frequently.

EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULEDMAINTENANCE ITEMS


Engine coolant*:

Replace coolant at the specified interval. Whenadding or replacing coolant, be sure to use onlyGenuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant(blue) or equivalent with the proper mixture. (Foradditional information on the proper mixture foryour area, refer to “Engine cooling system” in the“Do-it-yourself” section of this manual.)

NOTE: Mixing any other type of coolant or the useof non-distilled water may reduce the recom-mended service interval of the coolant.

Engine oil and oil filter:

Replace engine oil and oil filter at the specifiedintervals. For recommended oil grade and viscos-ity refer to “Recommended fluids/lubricants andcapacities” in the “Technical and consumer infor-mation” section of this manual.

Fuel lines*:

Check the fuel hoses, piping and connections forleaks, looseness, or deterioration. Tighten con-nections or replace parts as necessary.

Spark plugs:

Replace at specified intervals. Install new plugsof the same type as originally equipped.

CHASSIS AND BODYMAINTENANCE:

Brake lines and cables:

Visually inspect for proper installation. Check forchafing, cracks, deterioration, and signs of leak-ing. Replace any deteriorated or damaged partsimmediately.

Brake pads, rotors, drums and linings:

Check for wear, deterioration and fluid leaks.Replace any deteriorated or damaged parts im-mediately.

Exhaust system:

Visually inspect the exhaust pipes, muffler andhangers for leaks, cracks, deterioration, and dam-age. Tighten connections or replace parts asnecessary.

In-cabin microfilter:

Replace at specified intervals. When driving forprolonged periods in dusty conditions, replacethe filter more frequently.

Steering gear and linkage, axle and sus-pension parts, drive shaft boots:

Check for damage, looseness, and leakage of oilor grease. Under severe driving conditions, in-spect more frequently.

Tire rotation:

Tires should be rotated every 5,000 miles(8,000 km) according to the instructions under“General maintenance” in this section. When ro-tating tires, check for damage and uneven wear.Replace if necessary.

Transmission fluid/oil:

Visually inspect for signs of leakage at specifiedintervals.

If towing a trailer, using a camper or car-topcarrier, or driving on rough or muddy roads, re-place the CVT fluid every 60,000 miles(96,000 km) or request the dealer to inspect thefluid deterioration data using a CONSULT. If thedeterioration data is more than 210000, replacethe CVT fluid.


To help ensure smooth, safe and economicaldriving, NISSAN provides two maintenanceschedules that may be used, depending upon theconditions in which you usually drive. Theseschedules contain both distance and time inter-vals, up to 120,000 miles(192,000 km)/144 months. For most people, theodometer reading will indicate when service isneeded. However, if you drive very little, yourvehicle should be serviced at the regular timeintervals shown in the schedule.

After 120,000 miles (192,000 km)/144 months,continue maintenance at the samemileage/time intervals.

ADDITIONAL MAINTENANCE ITEMSFOR SEVERE OPERATINGCONDITIONSAdditional maintenance items for severeoperating conditions should be performed onvehicles that are driven under especially de-manding conditions. Additional maintenanceitems should be performed if you primarily oper-ate your vehicle under the following conditions:

● Repeated short trips of less than 5 miles(8 km).

● Repeated short trips of less than 10 miles(16 km) with outside temperatures remain-ing below freezing.

● Operating in hot weather in stop-an-go“rush hour” traffic.

● Extensive idling and/or low speed driving forlong distances, such as police, taxi or door-to-door delivery use.

● Driving in dusty conditions.

● Driving on rough, muddy or salt spreadroads.

● Using a car-top carrier.

NOTE:

For vehicles operated in Canada, bothstandard and severe maintenance itemsshould be performed at every interval.

The following tables show the standard mainte-nance schedule. Depending upon weather andatmospheric conditions, varying road surfaces,individual driving habits and vehicle usage, addi-tional or more frequent maintenance may be re-quired. After 120,000 miles(192,000 km)/144 months, continue main-tenance at the same mileage/time interval.

MAINTENANCE SCHEDULES STANDARD MAINTENANCE


EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

Abbreviations: I = Inspect and correct or replace as necessary, R = Replace, D = Drain water

MAINTENANCE OPERATIONPerform at number of miles, kilometers or months,

whichever comes first.miles x 1,000(km x 1,000)

Months

MAINTENANCE INTERVAL5

(8)6

10(16)12

15(24)18

20(32)24

25(40)30

30(48)36

35(56)42

40(64)48

45(72)54

50(80)60

55(88)66

60(96)72

Drive belts See NOTE (1) I* I* I*Air cleaner filter See NOTE (2) R REVAP vapor lines I* I* I*Fuel lines I* I* I*Fuel filter See NOTE (3)Engine coolant* See NOTE (4)(5)Engine oil R R R R R R R R R R R REngine oil filter R R R R R R R R R R R RSpark plugs See NOTE (6) Replace every 105,000 miles (168,000 km)Intake and exhaust valve clearances* See NOTE (7)




Months


(104)78

70(112)

84

75(120)

90

80(128)

96

85(136)102

90(144)108

95(152)114

100(160)120

105(168)126

110(176)132

115(184)138

120(192)144

Drive belts See NOTE (1) I* I* I* I* I* I*Air cleaner filter See NOTE (2) R REVAP vapor lines I* I* I*Fuel lines I* I* I*Fuel filter See NOTE (3)Engine coolant* See NOTE (4)(5)Engine oil R R R R R R R R R R R REngine oil filter R R R R R R R R R R R RSpark plugs See NOTE (6) Replace every 105,000 miles (168,000 km)Intake and exhaust valve clearances* See NOTE (7)

NOTE:

(1) After 40,000 miles (64,000 km) or 48 months, inspect every 10,000 miles (16,000 km) or 12 months. Replace the drive belts if founddamaged.(2) If operating mainly in dusty conditions, more frequent maintenance may be required.(3) Periodic maintenance is not required.(4) First replacement interval is 105,000 miles (168,000 km) or 84 months. After first replacement, replace every 75,000 miles (120,000 km)or 60 months.(5) Use only Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalent with proper mixture ration of 50% antifreeze and 50%demineralized or distilled water. Mixing any other type of coolant or the use of non-distilled water may reduce the life expectancy of thefactory fill coolant.(6) Replace spark plug when the plug gap exceeds 0.053 in (1.35 mm) even if within specified periodic replacement mileage.(7) Periodic maintenance is not required. However, if valve noise increased, inspect valve clearance.

* Maintenance items and intervals with “*” are recommended by NISSAN for reliable vehicle operation. The owner need not perform such maintenance inorder to maintain the emission warranty or manufacturer recall liability. Other maintenance items and intervals are required.


CHASSIS & BODY MAINTENANCE

Abbreviations: I = Inspect and correct or replace as necessary, R = Replace,

MAINTENANCE OPERATIONPerform at number of miles, kilometers or months, whichever

comes first.miles x 1,000(km x 1,000)

Months


(8)6

10(16)12

15(24)18

20(32)24

25(40)30

30(48)36

35(56)42

40(64)48

45(72)54

50(80)60

55(88)66

60(96)72

Brake lines & cables I I I I I IBrake pads & rotors� I I I I I IBrake fluid� R R RCVT fluid See NOTE (1) I I I I I ISteering gear and linkage, axle and suspension parts� I I ITire rotation See NOTE (2)Front drive shaft boots� I I I I I IExhaust system� I I IIn-cabin microfilter R R R RNISSAN Intelligent key® battery R R R R




Months


(104)78

70(112)

84

75(120)

90

80(128)

96

85(136)102

90(144)108

95(152)114

100(160)120

105(168)126

110(176)132

115(184)138

120(192)144

Brake lines and cables I I I I I IBrake pads and rotors� I I I I I IBrake fluid� R R RCVT fluid See NOTE (1) I I I I I ISteering gear and linkage, axle and suspension parts� I I ITire rotation See NOTE (2)Front drive shaft boots� I I I I I IExhaust system� I I IIn-cabin microfilter R R R RNISSAN Intelligent Key® battery R R R R

NOTE:

Maintenance items with “�” should be performed more frequently according to “Maintenance under severe driving conditions”.(1) If towing a trailer, using a camper or a car-top carrier or driving on rough or muddy roads, inspect CVT fluid deterioration at NISSANdealers every 60,000 miles (96,000 km), then change CVT fluid if necessary. And if the inspection is not performed, change (not just inspect)CVT fluid every 60,000 miles (96,000 km).(2) Refer to “Tire rotation” under the “General Maintenance” heading earlier in this section.


The maintenance intervals shown on the preceding pages are for normal operating conditions. If the vehicle is mainly operated under severe drivingconditions as shown below, more frequent maintenance must be performed on the following items as shown in the table.

SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONS● Repeated short trips of less than 5 miles

(8 km).

● Repeated short trips of less than 10 miles(16 km) with outside temperatures remain-ing below freezing.

● Operating in hot weather in stop-and-go“rush hour” traffic.

● Extensive idling and/or low speed driving forlong distance, such as police, taxi or door-to-door delivery use.

● Driving in dusty conditions.

● Driving on rough, muddy or salt spreadroads.

● Using a car-top carrier.

Maintenance operation: Inspect = Inspect and correct or replace as necessary.

Maintenance item Maintenance operation Maintenance interval

Brake fluid Replace Every 10,000 miles (16,000 km) or 12 months

Brake pads & rotors Inspect Every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or 6 months

Steering gear & linkage, axle & suspension parts Inspect Every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or 6 months

Exhaust system Inspect Every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or 6 months

MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVEREOPERATING CONDITIONS


5,000 Miles (8,000 km) or 6 MonthsDealer Name:Date:Mileage:DealerStamp:

10,000 Miles (16,000 km) or 12MonthsDealer Name:Date:Mileage:DealerStamp:








MAINTENANCE LOG



















MEMO


10 Technical and consumer information

Recommended fluids/lubricants and capacities . . . . . . 10-2Fuel recommendation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4Engine oil and oil filter recommendations . . . . . . . . . 10-6Air conditioner system refrigerant and oilrecommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7

Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8Wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9Dimensions and weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9

When traveling or registering in another country. . . . .10-10Vehicle identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10

Vehicle identification number (VIN) plate . . . . . . . .10-10Vehicle identification number(chassis number) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10Engine serial number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-11F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label . . . . . . . . .10-11Emission control information label . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-11

Tire and loading information label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-12Air conditioner specification label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-12

Installing front license plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-12Vehicle loading information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-13

Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-13Vehicle load capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-14Loading tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-15Measurement of weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-16

Towing a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-16Flat towing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-16

Uniform tire quality grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-17Emission control system warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-18Reporting safety defects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-18Readiness for inspection/maintenance (I/M) test . . . .10-19Event Data Recorders (EDR). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-19Owner’s Manual/Service Manual order information . .10-20

The following are approximate capacities. The actual refill capacities may be slightly different. When refilling, follow the proceduredescribed in the “Do-it-yourself” section to determine the proper refill capacity.

Fluid Types Capacity (Approximate) Recommended Fluids and Lubricants

US measure Imp measure Liter

Fuel 18 gal 15 gal 68 L• For additional information, refer to “Fuel recom-mendation” in this section.

Engine oilDrain and refill

With oil filterchange

5-1/8 qt 4-1/4 qt 4.8 L

• Genuine NISSAN engine oil or equivalent• Engine oil with API Certification Mark, ViscositySAE 0W-20• For additional information, refer to “Engine oiland oil filter recommendations” in this section.• For additional information, refer to “Engine oil”in the “Do-it-yourself” section of this manual.• As an alternative to this recommended oil, SAE5W-30 conventions petroleum oils may be usedand meet all specifications and requirementsnecessary to maintain the New Vehicle LimitedWarranty.

Without oil filterchange

4-3/4 qt 4 qt 4.5 L

Engine coolant With reservoir 2-3/8 gal 2 gal9.2 L • Pre-diluted Genuine NISSAN Long Life

Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalent

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) fluid — — —

• Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3• NISSAN recommends using Genuine NISSANCVT Fluid NS-3 (or equivalent) ONLY inNISSAN CVTs. Do not mix with other fluids. Us-ing fluids that are not equivalent to GenuineNISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3 may damage the CVT.Damage caused by the use of fluids other thanas recommended is not covered under NISSA-N’s New Vehicle Limited Warranty.• It is recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for service.

RECOMMENDED FLUIDS/LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES

10-2 Technical and consumer information

Fluid Types Capacity (Approximate) Recommended Fluids and Lubricants

Power steering fluid (PSF) — — —

• Genuine NISSAN E-PSF or equivalent.• Use of a power steering fluid other than Genu-ine NISSAN E-PSF will prevent the power steer-ing system from operating properly.• It is recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for service.

Brake fluid reservoir 1/8 gal 1/8 gal 0.43 L

• Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty BrakeFluid or equivalent DOT 3• Available in mainland USA through a NISSANdealer.

Multi-purpose grease — — — • NLGI No. 2 (Lithium Soap base)

Air conditioning system refrigerant — — —

• HFC-134a (R-134a)• For additional information, refer to “Air condi-tioner system refrigerant and oil recommenda-tions” in this section.• It is recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for service.

Air conditioning system oil — — —

• Genuine NISSAN A/C System oil ND-OIL8 orequivalent• For additional information, refer to “Air condi-tioner system refrigerant and oil recommenda-tions” in this section.• It is recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for service.

Windshield-washer fluid 1-1/8 gal 7/8 gal 4.2 L• Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Con-centrate Cleaner & Antifreeze fluid or equivalent

Technical and consumer information 10-3

FUEL RECOMMENDATION

NISSAN recommends the use of unleaded pre-mium gasoline with an octane rating of at least91 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) number (Researchoctane number 96). If unleaded premium gaso-line is not available, you may use unleaded regulargasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKInumber (Research octane number 91), but youmay notice a decrease in performance.

CAUTION

● Using a fuel other than that specifiedcould adversely affect the emissioncontrol system, and may also affect thewarranty coverage.

● Under no circumstances should aleaded gasoline be used, because thiswill damage the three-way catalyst.

● Do not use E-15 or E-85 fuel in yourvehicle. Your vehicle is not designed torun on E-15 E-85 fuel. Using E-15 or E-85fuel in a vehicle not specifically de-signed for E-15 or E-85 fuel can ad-versely affect the emission control de-vices and systems of the vehicle.Damage caused by such fuel is not cov-ered by the NISSAN New Vehicle Lim-ited Warranty.

● Do not use fuel that contains the octanebooster methylcyclopentadienyl man-ganese tricarbonyl (MMT). Using fuelcontaining MMT may adversely affectvehicle performance and vehicle emis-sions. Not all fuel dispensers are la-beled to indicate MMT content, so youmay have to consult your gasoline re-tailer for more details. Note that Fed-eral and California laws prohibit the useof MMT in reformulated gasoline.

● U.S. government regulations requireethanol dispensing pumps to be identi-fied by a small, square, orange andblack label with the common abbrevia-tion or the appropriate percentage forthat region.

Gasoline specificationsNISSAN recommends using gasoline that meetsthe World-Wide Fuel Charter (WWFC) specifi-cations where it is available. Many of the automo-bile manufacturers developed this specificationto improve emission control system and vehicleperformance. Ask your service station manager ifthe gasoline meets the WWFC specifications.

Reformulated gasolineSome fuel suppliers are now producing reformu-lated gasolines. These gasolines are specially

designed to reduce vehicle emissions. NISSANsupports efforts towards cleaner air and sug-gests that you use reformulated gasoline whenavailable.

Gasoline containing oxygenates

Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline containing oxy-genates such as ethanol, Methyl Tert-butyl Ether(MTBE) and methanol with or without advertisingtheir presence. NISSAN does not recommendthe use of fuels of which the oxygenate contentand the fuel compatibility for your NISSAN can-not be readily determined. If in doubt, ask yourservice station manager.

If you use oxygenate-blend gasoline, please takethe following precautions as the usage of suchfuels may cause vehicle performance problemsand/or fuel system damage.

● The fuel should be unleaded and havean octane rating no lower than thatrecommended for unleaded gasoline.

● If an oxygenate-blend other thanmethanol blend is used, it should con-tain no more than 10% oxygenate.(MTBE may, however, be added up to15%.)


● E-15 fuel contains more than 10% oxy-genate. E-15 fuel will adversely affectthe emission control devices and sys-tems of the vehicle and should not beused. Damage caused by such fuel isnot covered by the NISSAN New Ve-hicle Limited Warranty.

● If a methanol blend is used, it shouldcontain no more than 5% methanol(methyl alcohol, wood alcohol). Itshould also contain a suitable amountof appropriate cosolvents and corro-sion inhibitors. If not properly formu-lated with appropriate cosolvents andcorrosion inhibitors, such methanolblends may cause fuel system damageand/or vehicle performance problems.At this time, sufficient data is not avail-able to ensure that all methanol blendsare suitable for use in NISSAN ve-hicles.

If any driveability problems such as engine stall-ing and difficult hot-starting are experienced afterusing oxygenate-blend fuels, immediatelychange to a non-oxygenate fuel or a fuel with alow blend of MTBE.

Take care not to spill gasoline during refu-eling. Gasoline containing oxygenates cancause paint damage.

E–15 fuel

E-15 fuel is a mixture of approximately 15% fuelethanol and 85% unleaded gasoline. E-15 canonly be used in vehicles designed to run on E-15fuel. Do not use E-15 in your vehicle. U.S. gov-ernment regulations require fuel ethanol dispens-ing pumps to be identified with small, square,orange and black label with the common abbre-viation or the appropriate percentage for thatregion.

E–85 fuelE-85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85% fuelethanol and 15% unleaded gasoline. E-85 canonly be used in a Flexible Fuel Vehicle (FFV). Donot use E-85 in your vehicle. U.S. governmentregulations require fuel ethanol dispensingpumps to be identified by a small, square, orangeand black label with the common abbreviation orthe appropriate percentage for that region.

Fuel containing MMTMMT, or methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tri-carbonyl, is an octane boosting additive. NISSANdoes not recommend the use of fuel containingMMT. Such fuel may adversely affect vehicle per-formance, including the emissions control sys-tem. Note that while some fuel pumps label MMTcontent, not all do, so you may have to consultyour gasoline retailer for more details.

Aftermarket fuel additivesNISSAN does not recommend the use of anyaftermarket fuel additives (for example, fuel injec-tor cleaner, octane booster, intake valve depositremovers, etc.) which are sold commercially.Many of these additives intended for gum, varnishor deposit removal may contain active solvents orsimilar ingredients that can be harmful to the fuelsystem and engine.

Octane rating tipsUsing unleaded gasoline with an octanerating lower than recommended can causepersistent, heavy “spark knock.” (“Sparkknock” is a metallic rapping noise.) If se-vere, this can lead to engine damage. If youdetect a persistent heavy spark knock evenwhen using gasoline of the stated octanerating, or if you hear steady spark knockwhile holding a steady speed on levelroads, it is recommended that you have aNISSAN dealer correct the condition. Fail-ure to correct the condition is misuse of thevehicle, for which NISSAN is not respon-sible.


Incorrect ignition timing may result in sparkknock, after-run and/or overheating, which maycause excessive fuel consumption or enginedamage. If any of the above symptoms are en-countered, have your vehicle checked. It is rec-ommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forservicing.

However, now and then you may noticelight spark knock for a short time whileaccelerating or driving up hills. This is not acause for concern, because you get thegreatest fuel benefit when there is lightspark knock for a short time under heavyengine load.

ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTERRECOMMENDATIONS

Selecting the correct oil

It is essential to choose the correct grade, qualityand viscosity engine oil to ensure satisfactoryengine life and performance. For additional infor-mation, refer to “Recommended fluids/lubricantsand capacities” in this section. NISSAN recom-mends the use of an energy conserving oil inorder to improve fuel economy.

Select only engine oils that meet the AmericanPetroleum Institute (API) certification or Interna-tional Lubricant Standardization and Approval

Committee (ILSAC) certification and SAE vis-cosity standard. These oils have the API certifica-tion mark on the front of the container. Oils whichdo not have the specified quality label should notbe used as they could cause engine damage.

Oil additives

NISSAN does not recommend the use of oiladditives. The use of an oil additive is not neces-sary when the proper oil type is used and main-tenance intervals are followed.

Oil which may contain foreign matter or has beenpreviously used should not be used.

LTI2051


Oil viscosityThe engine oil viscosity or thickness changeswith temperature. Because of this, it is importantto select the engine oil viscosity based on thetemperatures at which the vehicle will be oper-ated before the next oil change. Choosing an oilviscosity other than that recommended couldcause serious engine damage.

Selecting the correct oil filterYour new NISSAN vehicle is equipped with ahigh-quality Genuine NISSAN oil filter. Whenreplacing, use a Genuine NISSAN oil filter or itsequivalent for the reason described in “Changeintervals.”

Change intervalsThe oil and oil filter change intervals for yourengine are based on the use of the specifiedquality oils and filters. Using engine oil and filtersthat are not of the specified quality, or exceedingrecommended oil and filter change intervalscould reduce engine life. Damage to the enginecaused by improper maintenance or use of incor-rect oil and filter quality and/or viscosity is notcovered by the NISSAN New Vehicle LimitedWarranty.

Your engine was filled with a high-quality engineoil when it was built. You do not have to changethe oil before the first recommended changeinterval. Oil and filter change intervals dependupon how you use your vehicle.

Operation under the following conditions mayrequire more frequent oil and filter changes:

● repeated short distance driving at cold out-side temperatures

● driving in dusty conditions

● extensive idling

● towing a trailer

● stop and go commuting

For additional information, refer to the “Mainte-nance and schedules” section of this manual.

AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEMREFRIGERANT AND OILRECOMMENDATIONS

The air conditioner system in your NISSANvehicle must be charged with the refriger-ant HFC-134a (R-134a) and GenuineNISSAN A/C System Oil Type ND-OIL8 orthe exact equivalents.

CAUTION

The use of any other refrigerant or oil maycause severe damage to the air condition-ing system and may require the replace-ment of all air conditioner systemcomponents.

The refrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) in yourNISSAN vehicle does not harm the earth’s ozonelayer. Although this refrigerant does not affect theearth’s atmosphere, certain government regula-tions require the recovery and recycling of anyrefrigerant during automotive air conditioner sys-tem service. A NISSAN dealer has the trainedtechnicians and equipment needed to recoverand recycle your air conditioner system refriger-ant.

It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealerwhen servicing your air conditioner system.


ENGINE

Model VQ35DE

Type Gasoline, 4-cycle, DOHCCylinder arrangement 6-cylinder, V-block, Slanted at 60°Bore x Stroke in (mm) 3.760 x 3.205 (95.5 x 81.4)Displacement cu in (cm3) 213.45 (3,498)Firing order 1–2–3–4–5–6

Idle speed

No adjustment is necessary.CVT in N (Neutral) positionIgnition timing (degree B.T.D.C. at idle speed)CO % at idle

Spark plug FXE22HR11

Spark plug gap (Nominal) in (mm) 0.043 (1.1)

Camshaft operation Timing chainThis spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES-002.

SPECIFICATIONS


WHEELS AND TIRES

Wheels Size Offset in (mm)

Aluminum 18 x 8.5J 1.97 (50)

Aluminum 19 x 8.5J 1.97 (50)

Spare wheel- steel 17 x 4T 1.18 (30)

Spare wheel- aluminium 19 x 8.5J 1.97 (50)

Tires

245/45R18

245/40R19

245/40WR19

Spare tires

T145/80D17

245/40/R19

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS

Overall length in (mm) 192.8 (4,897)Overall width in (mm) 73.2 (1,860)Overall height in (mm) 56.5 (1,436)Front Track

18 inch tire in (mm) 62.4 (1,585)19 inch tire in (mm) 62.4 (1,585)

Rear Track18 inch tire in (mm) 62.4 (1,585)19 inch tire in (mm) 62.4 (1,585)

Wheelbase in (mm) 109.3 (2,775)

Gross vehicle weight rating lb (kg) Refer to the “F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label”on the center pillar betweenthe driver’s side front andrear doors.

Gross axle weight ratingFront lb (kg)Rear lb (kg)


When planning to drive your NISSAN ve-hicle in another country, you should first findout if the fuel available is suitable for your vehi-cle’s engine.

Using fuel with an octane rating that is too lowmay cause engine damage. All gasoline vehiclesmust be operated with unleaded gasoline. There-fore, avoid taking your vehicle to areas whereappropriate fuel is not available.

When transferring the registration of yourvehicle to another country, state, provinceor district, it may be necessary to modify thevehicle to meet local laws and regulations.

The laws and regulations for motor vehicle emis-sion control and safety standards vary accordingto the country, state, province or district; there-fore, vehicle specifications may differ.

When any vehicle is to be taken into an-other country, state, province or district andregistered, its modifications, transporta-tion and registration are the responsibilityof the user. NISSAN is not responsible forany inconvenience that may result.

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER(VIN) PLATEThe vehicle identification number (VIN) plate isattached as shown. This number is the identifica-tion for your vehicle and is used in the vehicleregistration.

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER(chassis number)The vehicle identification number is located asshown.

WTI0171 LTI0070

WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERINGIN ANOTHER COUNTRY

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION


ENGINE SERIAL NUMBERThe number is stamped on the engine as shown.

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.CERTIFICATION LABELThe Federal/Canadian Motor Vehicle SafetyStandard (F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.) certification la-bel is affixed as shown. This label contains valu-able vehicle information, such as: (GVWR),(GAWR), month and year of manufacture, (VIN),etc. Review it carefully.

EMISSION CONTROLINFORMATION LABELThe emission control information label is at-tached to the underside of the hood as shown.

LTI2133 WTI0172 WTI0188


TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATIONLABELThe cold tire pressure is shown on the Tire andLoading Information label. The label is located asshown.

AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATIONLABELThe air conditioner specification label is affixed tothe underside of the hood as shown.

Use the following steps to mount the front licenseplate:

1. Make holes on the plastic finisher at thelocation mark (small dimple) using a 5 mm(0.20 in) drill. Apply light pressure to the drill.Install the license plate holder using the twoscrews provided with the holder.

2. Mount license plate �1 using two M6-14mm bolts.

License plate bolt tightening torque:5.74 N·m (4.0 ft-lb)

WTI0174 WTI0178 LTI2123

INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE


WARNING

● It is extremely dangerous to ridein a cargo area inside a vehicle. Ina collision, people riding in theseareas are more likely to be seri-ously injured or killed.

● Do not allow people to ride in anyarea of your vehicle that is notequipped with seats and seatbelts.

● Be sure everyone in your vehicleis in a seat and using a seat beltproperly.

TERMS

It is important to familiarize yourself withthe following terms before loading yourvehicle:

● Curb Weight (actual weight of yourvehicle) - vehicle weight including:standard and optional equipment, flu-ids, emergency tools, and spare tireassembly. This weight does not in-clude passengers and cargo.

● GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) - curbweight plus the combined weight ofpassengers and cargo.

● GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rat-ing) - maximum total combinedweight of the unloaded vehicle, pas-sengers, luggage, hitch, trailertongue load and any other optionalequipment. This information is lo-cated on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.certification label.

● GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) -maximum weight (load) limit specifiedfor the front or rear axle. This informa-tion is located on theF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certificationlabel.

● GCWR (Gross Combined Weightrating) - The maximum total weightrating of the vehicle, passengers,cargo, and trailer.

● Vehicle Capacity Weight, Load limit,Total load capacity - maximum totalweight limit specified of the load(passengers and cargo) for the ve-hicle. This is the maximum combinedweight of occupants and cargo thatcan be loaded into the vehicle. If thevehicle is used to tow a trailer, thetrailer tongue weight must be in-cluded as part of the cargo load. Thisinformation is located on the Tire andLoading Information label.

● Cargo capacity - permissible weightof cargo, the subtracted weight ofoccupants from the load limit.

VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION


VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY

Do not exceed the load limit of your ve-hicle shown as “The combined weight ofoccupants and cargo” on the Tire andLoading Information label. Do not exceedthe number of occupants shown as“Seating Capacity” on the Tire and Load-ing Information label.

To get “the combined weight of occu-pants and cargo”, add the weight of alloccupants, then add the total luggageweight. Examples are shown in the follow-ing illustration.

ExampleWTI0169


Steps for determining correct loadlimit

1. Locate the statement “The combinedweight of occupants and cargoshould never exceed XXX lbs or XXXkg” on your vehicle’s placard.

2. Determine the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers that will beriding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weight of thedriver and passengers from XXX lbsor XXX kg.

4. The resulting figure equals the avail-able amount of cargo and luggageload capacity. For example, if theXXX amount equals 1,400 lbs. andthere will be five 150 lb. passengersin your vehicle, the amount of avail-able cargo and luggage load capac-ity is 650 lbs. (1,400-750 (5 X 150)= 650 lbs) or (640-340 (5 X 70) =300 kg.)

5. Determine the combined weight ofluggage and cargo being loaded onthe vehicle. That weight may notsafely exceed the available cargo andluggage load capacity calculated instep 4.

Before driving a loaded vehicle, confirmthat you do not exceed the Gross VehicleWeight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross AxleWeight Rating (GAWR) for your vehicle.For additional information, refer to “Mea-surement of weights” in this section.

Also check tires for proper inflation pres-sures. For additional information, refer to“Tire and loading information label” in thissection.

LOADING TIPS

● The GVW must not exceed GVWRor GAWR as specified on theF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certificationlabel.

● Do not load the front and rear axle tothe GAWR. Doing so will exceed theGVWR.

WARNING

● Properly secure all cargo withropes or straps to help prevent itfrom sliding or shifting. Do notplace cargo higher than the seat-backs. In a sudden stop or colli-sion, unsecured cargo couldcause personal injury.

● Do not load your vehicle anyheavier than the GVWR or themaximum front and rear GAWRs.If you do, parts of your vehicle canbreak, tire damage could occur,or it can change the way yourvehicle handles. This could resultin loss of control and cause per-sonal injury.

● Overloading not only can shortenthe life of your vehicle and thetire, but can also cause unsafevehicle handling and longer brak-ing distances. This may cause apremature tire failure whichcould result in a serious accidentand personal injury. Failurescaused by overloading are notcovered by the vehicle’s warranty.


MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS

Secure loose items to prevent weightshifts that could affect the balance of yourvehicle. When the vehicle is loaded, driveto a scale and weigh the front and the rearwheels separately to determine axleloads. Individual axle loads should not ex-ceed either of the gross axle weight rat-ings (GAWR). The total of the axle loadsshould not exceed the gross vehicleweight rating (GVWR). These ratings aregiven on the vehicle certification label. Ifweight ratings are exceeded, move or re-move items to bring all weights below theratings.

Do not tow a trailer with your vehicle.

FLAT TOWING

Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on theground is sometimes called flat towing. Thismethod is sometimes used when towing a vehiclebehind a recreational vehicle, such as a motorhome.

CAUTION

● Failure to follow these guidelines canresult in severe transmission damage.

● Whenever flat towing your vehicle, al-ways tow forward, never backward.

● Never tow your front wheel drive vehiclewith the front tires on the ground. Doingso may cause serious and expensivedamage to the powertrain.

● DO NOT tow any continuously variabletransmission vehicle with all fourwheels on the ground (flat towing). Do-ing so WILL DAMAGE internal transmis-sion parts due to lack of transmissionlubrication.

● For emergency towing procedures referto “Towing recommended by NISSAN”in the “In case of emergency” section ofthis manual.

Continuously Variable TransmissionTo tow a vehicle equipped with a continuouslyvariable transmission, an appropriate vehicledolly MUST be placed under the towed vehicle’sdrive wheels. Always follow the dolly manufac-turer’s recommendations when using their prod-uct.

TOWING A TRAILER


DOT (Department of Transportation) QualityGrades: All passenger car tires must conform tofederal safety requirements in addition to thesegrades.

Quality grades can be found where applicable onthe tire sidewall between tread shoulder andmaximum section width. For example:

Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A

Treadwear

The treadwear grade is a comparative ratingbased on the wear rate of the tire when testedunder controlled conditions on a specified gov-ernment test course. For example, a tire graded150 would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) timesas well on the government course as a tire graded100. The relative performance of tires dependsupon the actual conditions of their use, however,and may depart significantly from the norm due tovariations in driving habits, service practices anddifferences in road characteristics and climate.

Traction AA, A, B and C

The traction grades, from highest to lowest, areAA, A, B, and C. Those grades represent thetire’s ability to stop on wet pavement as mea-sured under controlled conditions on specifiedgovernment test surfaces of asphalt and con-crete. A tire marked C may have poor tractionperformance.

WARNING

The traction grade assigned to this tire isbased on straight-ahead braking tractiontests, and does not include acceleration,cornering, hydroplaning, or peak tractioncharacteristics.

Temperature A, B and C

The temperature grades are A (the highest), B,and C, representing the tire’s resistance to thegeneration of heat, and its ability to dissipate heatwhen tested under controlled conditions on aspecified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustainedhigh temperature can cause the material of thetire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and exces-sive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure.The grade C corresponds to a level of perfor-mance which all passenger car tires must meetunder the Federal Motor Safety Standard No.109. Grades B and A represent higher levels ofperformance on the laboratory test wheel thanthe minimum required by law.

WARNING

The temperature grade for this tire is es-tablished for a tire that is properly inflatedand not overloaded. Excessive speed,under-inflation, or excessive loading, ei-ther separately or in combination, cancause heat build-up and possible tirefailure.

UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING


Your NISSAN vehicle is covered by the followingemission warranties:

For USA

1. Emission Defects Warranty

2. Emissions Performance Warranty

Details of this warranty may be found with othervehicle warranties in your Warranty InformationBooklet which comes with your NISSAN vehicle.If you did not receive a Warranty InformationBooklet, or it is lost, you may obtain a replace-ment by writing to:

● Nissan North America, Inc.Consumer Affairs DepartmentP.O. Box 685003Franklin, TN 37068-5003

For Canada

Emission Control System Warranty

Details of this warranty may be found with othervehicle warranties in your Warranty InformationBooklet which comes with your NISSAN vehicle.If you did not receive a Warranty InformationBooklet, or it is lost, you may obtain a replace-ment by writing to:

● Nissan Canada Inc.5290 Orbitor DriveMississauga, Ontario, L4W 4Z5

For USA

If you believe that your vehicle has a de-fect which could cause a crash or couldcause injury or death, you should immedi-ately inform the National Highway TrafficSafety Administration (NHTSA) in addi-tion to notifying NISSAN.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints, itmay open an investigation, and if it findsthat a safety defect exists in a group ofvehicles, it may order a recall and remedycampaign. However, NHTSA cannot be-come involved in individual problems be-tween you, your dealer, or NISSAN.

To contact NHTSA, you may call the Ve-hicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); goto http://www.safercar.gov; or write to:Administrator, NHTSA, 400 SeventhStreet, SW., Washington, D.C. 20590.You can also obtain other informationabout motor vehicle safety fromhttp://www.safercar.gov.

You may notify NISSAN by contacting ourConsumer Affairs Department, toll-free, at1-800-NISSAN-1.

For Canada

If you believe that your vehicle has a de-fect which could cause a crash or couldcause injury or death, you should immedi-ately inform Transport Canada in additionto notifying NISSAN.

If Transport Canada receives complaints,it may open an investigation, and if it findsthat a safety defect exists in a group ofvehicles, it may request that NISSAN con-duct a recall campaign. However, Trans-port Canada cannot become involved inindividual problems between you, yourdealer, or NISSAN.

You may contact Transport Canada’s De-fect Investigations and Recalls Divisiontoll free at 1-800-333-0510. You mayalso report safety defects online at:https://wwwapps.tc.gc.ca/Saf-Sec-Sur/7/PCDB-BDPP/fc-cp.aspx?lang=eng(English speakers) or

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMWARRANTY

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS


https://wwwapps.tc.gc.ca/Saf-Sec-Sur/7/PCDB-BDPP/fc-cp.aspx?lang=fra(French speakers)

Additional information concerning motorvehicle safety may be obtained from Trans-port Canada’s Road Safety InformationCentre at 1-800-333-0371 or online atwww.tc.gc.ca/roadsafety (English speak-ers) or www.tc.gc.ca/securiteroutiere(French speakers).

To notify NISSAN of any safety concernsplease contact our Consumer InformationCentre toll free at 1-800-387-0122.

Due to legal requirements in some states andCanadian Provinces, your vehicle may be re-quired to be in what is called the “ready condi-tion” for an Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) test ofthe emission control system.

The vehicle is set to the “ready condition” when itis driven through certain driving patterns. Usually,the ready condition can be obtained by ordinaryusage of the vehicle.

If a powertrain system component is repaired orthe battery is disconnected, the vehicle may bereset to a “not ready” condition. Before taking theI/M test, check the vehicle’sinspection/maintenance test readiness condi-tion. Place the ignition switch in the ON positionwithout starting the engine. If the MalfunctionIndicator Light (MIL) comes on steady for 20 sec-onds and then blinks for 10 seconds , the I/M testcondition is “not ready”. If the MIL does not blinkafter 20 seconds, the I/M test condition is“ready”. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer to set the “ready condition” or toprepare the vehicle for testing.

This vehicle is equipped with an EDR. The mainpurpose of an EDR is to record, in certain colli-sion or near collision-like situations, such as anair bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle,data that will assist in understanding how a vehi-cle’s systems performed. The EDR is designed torecord data related to vehicle dynamics andsafety systems for a short period of time, typically30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle isdesigned to record such data as:

● How various systems in your vehicle wereoperating;

● Whether or not the driver and passengersafety belts were buckled/fastened;

● How far (if at all) the driver was depressingthe accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,

● How fast the vehicle was traveling.

● Sounds are not recorded.

READINESS FOR INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (I/M) TEST

EVENT DATA RECORDERS (EDR)


These data can help provide a better understand-ing of the circumstances in which collisions andinjuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are recorded byyour vehicle only if a nontrivial collision situationoccurs; no data are recorded by the EDR undernormal driving conditions and no personal data(e.g. name, gender, age and collision location)are recorded. However, other parties, such aslaw enforcement, could combine the EDR datawith the type of personally identifying data rou-tinely acquired during a collision investigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR, special equip-ment is required and access to the vehicle or theEDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manu-facturer and NISSAN dealer, other parties, suchas law enforcement, that have the special equip-ment, can read the information if they have ac-cess to the vehicle or the EDR. EDR data will onlybe accessed with the consent of the vehicleowner or lessee or as otherwise required or per-mitted by law.

Genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for this modelyear and prior can be purchased. A GenuineNISSAN Service Manual is the best source ofservice and repair information for your vehicle.This manual is the same one used by the factory-trained technicians working at NISSAN dealer-ships. Genuine NISSAN Owner’s Manuals canalso be purchased.

For USA

For current pricing and availability of GenuineNISSAN Service Manuals, contact:

www.nissan-techinfo.com

For current pricing and availability of GenuineNISSAN Owner’s Manuals, contact:

1-800-247-5321

For Canada

To purchase a copy of a Genuine NISSAN Ser-vice Manual or Owner’s Manual, for this modelyear and prior, please visit the nearest NISSANdealer. For the phone number and location of aNISSAN dealer in your area, call the NISSANInformation Center at 1-800-387-0122 and abilingual NISSAN representative will assist you.

OWNER’S MANUAL/SERVICEMANUAL ORDER INFORMATION


11 IndexA

Active noise cancellationActive sound enhancement . . . . . . . .5-89

Air bag (See supplemental restraintsystem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-40Air bag system

Front (See supplemental front impact air bagsystem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-47

Air bag warning light. . . . . . . . . . .1-58, 2-12Air bag warning light, supplemental . .1-58, 2-12Air cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-16Air cleaner housing filter . . . . . . . . . . . .8-16Air conditioner

Air conditioner specification label . . . .10-12Air conditioner system refrigerant andoil recommendations . . . . . . . .10-2, 10-7Air conditioner system refrigerantrecommendations . . . . . . . . . .10-2, 10-7Heater and air conditioner (automatic)(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-25Heater and air conditioner controls . . . .4-26Servicing air conditioner . . . . . . . . . .4-28

Alarm system(See vehicle security system) . . . . . . . . .2-36Anchor point locations . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-25Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-28Antifreeze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-87Anti-lock brake warning light . . . . . . . . . .2-7Anti-lock Braking System (ABS). . . . . . . .5-80Apple CarPlay™. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-29Armrests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-6

Around View® Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-9Audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14Audio system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-28

Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-28Autolight switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-43Automatic

Automatic drive positioner . .3-31, 3-33, 3-33Automatic power window switch . . . . .2-57

Automatic anti-glare inside mirror . . . . . . .3-29Automatic door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-6Automatic drive positioner . . . .3-31, 3-33, 3-33

B

Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-87, 8-12Charge warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-8

Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-21Key fob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-21NISSAN Intelligent Key®. . . . . . . . . .8-21

Before starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . .5-14Belt (See drive belt) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-14Blind Spot Warning (BSW) warningsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22Block heater

Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-88Bluetooth® hands-free phone system . . . .4-30Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-37Brake

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS). . . . . .5-80Brake assist (for Intelligent cruise controlsystem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-81Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10

Brake light (See stop light). . . . . . . . .8-24Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-79Brake warning light. . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-8Brake wear indicators . . . . . . . .2-14, 8-18Parking brake operation . . . . . . . . . .5-21Self-adjusting brakes . . . . . . . . . . . .8-18

Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-18Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-79Break-in schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-75Brightness control

Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-45Bulb check/instrument panel . . . . . . . . . .2-7Bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-24

C

Capacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2Cargo (See vehicle loading information). . .10-13Car phone or CB radio . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-29Check tire pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-27Child restraints . . . . . . .1-18, 1-19, 1-21, 1-23

LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers forCHildren) System. . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-23Precautions on childrestraints . . . . . . . .1-21, 1-27, 1-33, 1-37Top tether strap anchor point locations . .1-25

Child safety rear door lock. . . . . . . . . . . .3-6Chimes, audible reminders. . . . . . . . . . .2-14Cleaning exterior and interior . . . . . . .7-2, 7-4Climate control seat switch . . . . . . . . . .2-46

C.M.V.S.S. certification label . . . . . . . . .10-11Cold weather driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-87Console box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-53Console light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-63Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT). . .5-15

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9Driving with Continuously VariableTransmission (CVT) . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15Transmission shift selector lock release . .5-19

Control Panel and Vehicle Information DisplayInteraction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-31Controls

Heater and air conditioner controls. . . . .4-26Coolant

Capacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2Changing engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . .8-5Checking engine coolant level . . . . . . . .8-5Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . . .2-5

Corrosion protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-7Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-40Cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-54

D

Daytime Running Light System . . . . . . . . .2-44Defroster switch

Rear window and outside mirror defrosterswitch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-41

Dimensions and weights . . . . . . . . . . . .10-9Dimmer switch for instrument panel . . . . . .2-45Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15Door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4Doors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4

Drive belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-14Drive Mode Selector. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22Drive positioner, Automatic . . . .3-31, 3-33, 3-33Drive Sport Mode Selector . . . . . . . . . . .5-22Driving

Cold weather driving. . . . . . . . . . . . .5-87Driving with Continuously VariableTransmission (CVT) . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15Precautions when starting and driving . . . .5-4

Driving the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15

E

Economy - fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-77Emergency engine shutoff . . . . . . . . .5-12, 6-2Emission control information label . . . . . .10-11Emission control system warranty. . . . . . .10-18Engine

Before starting the engine. . . . . . . . . .5-14Block heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-88Capacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2Changing engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . .8-5Changing engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-7Changing engine oil filter . . . . . . . . . . .8-8Checking engine coolant level . . . . . . . .8-5Checking engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . .8-6Engine compartment check locations . . . .8-3Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . . .2-5Engine cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . .8-4Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-6Engine oil and oil filterrecommendation . . . . . . . . . . .10-2, 10-6Engine oil pressure warning light. . . . . . .2-9Engine oil viscosity. . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-7

Engine serial number. . . . . . . . . . . .10-11Engine specifications . . . . . . . . . . . .10-8Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14

Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . . . . .2-5Event Data recorders . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-19Exhaust gas (Carbon monoxide) . . . . . . . . .5-4Explanation of maintenance items . . . . . . . .9-2Explanation of scheduled maintenance items . .9-5Extended storage switch . . . . . . . . . . . .2-50Eyeglass case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-53

F

Flashers (See hazard warning flasher switch) . .6-2Flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3Floor mat positioning aid . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-7Fluid

Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10Capacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9Engine coolant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-4Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-6Power steering fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10Windshield-washer fluid. . . . . . . . . . .8-11

F.M.V.S.S. certification label . . . . . . . . . .10-11Fog light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-46Folding rear seat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-5Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) . . . . . . .2-9Front air bag system(See supplemental restraint system) . . . . . .1-47Front and rear sonar system . . . . . . . . . .5-85Front power seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . .1-3Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2

11-2

FuelCapacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2Fuel economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-77Fuel-filler cap. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-24Fuel-filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-24Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6Fuel octane rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-5Fuel recommendation. . . . . . . . .10-2, 10-4Loose fuel cap warning . . . . . . . . . . .2-30

Fuel Cell Vehicle (FCV) SystemTire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-26

Fuel efficient driving tips. . . . . . . . . . . . .5-76Fuel-filler door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-24Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-18Fusible links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-19

G

Garage door opener, HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver . .2-64, 2-65, 2-66, 2-67, 2-67, 2-68Gas cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-24Gauge

Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . . .2-5Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5Trip odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4

General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2Glove box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-53Glove box lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-53

H

Hands-free phone system, Bluetooth® . . . .4-30Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . . . . .6-2Headlight and turn signal switch . . . . . . . .2-42Headlight control switch . . . . . . . . . . . .2-42Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-23Head restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7Heated seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-47Heated steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-48Heater

Heater and air conditioner (automatic)(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-25Heater and air conditioner controls. . . . .4-26Heater operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-27

Heater and air conditioner (automatic) . . . . .4-25HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver . .2-64, 2-65, 2-66, 2-67, 2-67, 2-68Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-21Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-46

I

Ignition SwitchPush-Button Ignition Switch . . . . . . . .5-10

Immobilizer system . . . . . . . . . . . .2-37, 5-13Important vehicle information label . . . . . .10-11In-cabin microfilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-16Increasing fuel economy. . . . . . . . . . . . .5-77Indicator

NISSAN Intelligent Key® battery dischargeindicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13

Indicator lights and audible reminders(See warning/indicator lights and audiblereminders). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7, 2-12Information display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15Inside automatic anti-glare mirror . . . . . . . .3-29Instrument brightness control . . . . . . . . . .2-45Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0-6, 2-2Instrument panel dimmer switch . . . . . . . .2-45Integrated Dynamics-control Module. . . . . .5-84Intelligent cruise control (ICC) system

Brake assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-42Intelligent Key system

Key operating range . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-8Key operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-9Mechanical key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-3Remote keyless entry operation. . . . . . .3-12Troubleshooting guide . . . . . . . . . . . .3-17Warning signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-17

Interior light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-62Interior trunk lid release . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-23ISOFIX child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-23

J

Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-8, 8-13

K

Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2Key fob battery replacement . . . . . . . . . .8-21Keyless entry

With Intelligent Key system(See Intelligent Key system). . . . . . . . .3-12

11-3

KeysNISSAN Intelligent Key® . . . . . . . .3-2, 3-7NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys. .3-3

L

LabelsAir conditioner specification label . . . . .10-12C.M.V.S.S. certification label . . . . . . .10-11Emission control information label . . . .10-11Engine serial number. . . . . . . . . . . .10-11F.M.V.S.S. certification label . . . . . . . .10-11Tire and Loading Information label . . . .10-12Vehicle identification number (VIN) . . . .10-10Vehicle identification number (VIN) plate .10-10Warning labels (for SRS) . . . . . . . . . .1-57

LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-23License plate

Installing the license plate . . . . . . . . .10-12Light

Air bag warning light . . . . . . . . .1-58, 2-12Brake light (See stop light) . . . . . . . . .8-24Bulb check/instrument panel . . . . . . . . .2-7Bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-24Charge warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-8Console light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-63Exterior and Interior lights . . . . . . . . . .8-24Fog lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-23Fog light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-46Headlight and turn signal switch . . . . . .2-42Headlight control switch . . . . . . . . . .2-42Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-23Interior light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-62Light bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-23

Low tire pressure warning light. . . . . . . .2-9Low windshield-washer fluid warninglight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-27Passenger air bag and status light . . . . .1-49Personal lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-64Security indicator light. . . . . . . . . . . .2-13Spotlights (See map light) . . . . . . . . .2-63Trunk light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-64Warning/indicator lights and audiblereminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7, 2-12

Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-23Map lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-63

LockChild safety rear door lock . . . . . . . . . .3-6Door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4Glove box lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-53Power door locks . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5, 3-6Trunk lid lock opener lever. . . . . . . . . .3-22

Loose fuel cap warning . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-30Low fuel warning light . . . . . . . . . .2-11, 2-27Low tire pressure warning light. . . . . . . . . .2-9Low windshield-washer fluid warning light. . .2-27Luggage (See vehicle loading information). .10-13

M

MaintenanceGeneral maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2Inside the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-3Maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . . . .8-2Outside the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2Seat belt maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . .1-18Under the hood and vehicle . . . . . . . . .9-4

Maintenance log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-13Maintenance requirements . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2

Maintenance schedules . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-7Maintenance under severe operationconditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-12Malfunction indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13Map lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-63Map pocket. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-51Memory Seat . . . . . . . . . . . .3-31, 3-33, 3-33Meters and gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-3

Instrument brightness control . . . . . . . .2-45Mirror

Automatic anti-glare inside mirror. . . . . .3-29Outside mirror control . . . . . . . . . . . .3-29Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-29Vanity mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-28

Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-29Moonroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-58, 2-58Moving Object Detection (MOD) . . . . . . . .4-20

N

NissanConnectSM Services . . . . . . . . . . .4-28NISSAN Intelligent Key® . . . . . . . . . .3-2, 3-7NISSAN Intelligent Key® battery dischargeindicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System . .2-37, 5-13NISSAN voice recognition system . . . . . . .4-30

O

Octane rating (See fuel octane rating) . . . . .10-5Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4Oil

Capacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2

11-4

Changing engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-7Changing engine oil filter . . . . . . . . . . .8-8Checking engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . .8-6Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-6Engine oil and oil filterrecommendation . . . . . . . . . . .10-2, 10-6Engine oil viscosity. . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-7

Outside mirror control . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-29Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-29Overheat

If your vehicle overheats . . . . . . . . . . .6-10Owner’s manual order form . . . . . . . . . .10-20Owner’s manual/service manual orderinformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-20

P

ParkingParking brake operation . . . . . . . . . . .5-21Parking/parking on hills . . . . . . . . . . .5-78

Parking brake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21Personal lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-64Phone, Bluetooth® hands-free system. . . . .4-30Power

Power door locks . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5, 3-6Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-50Power rear windows . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-57Power steering fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10Power steering system . . . . . . . . . . .5-79Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-55Rear power windows . . . . . . . . . . . .2-57

Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-50Power steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-79Power steering fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10

PrecautionsMaintenance precautions . . . . . . . . . . .8-2Precautions on boosterseats . . . . . . . . . . .1-21, 1-27, 1-33, 1-37Precautions on childrestraints. . . . . . . . .1-21, 1-27, 1-33, 1-37Precautions on seat belt usage . . . . . . .1-11Precautions on supplemental restraintsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-40Precautions when starting and driving . . . .5-4

Push starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-10

R

RadioCar phone or CB radio . . . . . . . . . . .4-29

Rain sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-40Readiness for inspection maintenance (I/M)test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-19Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) . . . . . . . .5-32Rear power sunshade . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-61Rear power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-57Rear seat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-5Rear sun shade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-61RearView Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-2Rear window and outside mirror defrosterswitch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-41Recommended Fluids . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2Recorders

Event Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-19Refrigerant recommendation . . . . . . .10-2, 10-7Registering a vehicle in another country . . .10-10Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-19, 5-15Reporting safety defects (US only) . . . . . .10-18

S

SafetyChild safety rear door lock . . . . . . . . . .3-6Child seat belts . . . . .1-21, 1-27, 1-33, 1-37Reporting safety defects (US only) . . . .10-18

Seat adjustmentFront power seat adjustment . . . . . . . . .1-3

Seatback pockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-52Seat belt

Child safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-18Infants and small children . . . . . . . . . .1-19Injured Person . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-14Larger children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-19Precautions on seat belt usage . . . . . . .1-11Pregnant women. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-14Seat belt extenders . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-17Seat belt maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . .1-18Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-11, 7-7Shoulder belt height adjustment . . . . . .1-17Three-point type with retractor . . . . . . .1-14

Seat belt extenders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-17Seat belt warning light . . . . . . . . . .1-14, 2-12Seats

Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2Armrests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-6Automatic drive positioner. . .3-31, 3-33, 3-33Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2Heated seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-47Rear seat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-5

Security indicator light. . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13Security system (NISSAN Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem), engine start . . . . . . . . . . .2-37, 5-13Security systems

Vehicle security system . . . . . . . . . . .2-36

11-5

Self-adjusting brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-18Service manual order form. . . . . . . . . . .10-20Servicing air conditioner. . . . . . . . . . . . .4-28Shifting

Continuously Variable Transmission(CVT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17

Shoulder belt height adjustment . . . . . . . .1-17Spark plug replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-15Spark plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-15Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-8Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4Spotlights (See map light) . . . . . . . . . . .2-63SRS warning label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-57Stability control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-81Standard maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-7Starting

Before starting the engine. . . . . . . . . .5-14Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-8, 8-13Precautions when starting and driving . . . .5-4Push starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-10Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14

Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14Steering

Heated steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . .2-48Power steering fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10Power steering system . . . . . . . . . . .5-79

Steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-26Stop light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-24Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-51Storage tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-52Sunglasses case. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-53Sunglasses holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-53Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-58Sunroof (see Moonroof) . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-58Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-28Supplemental air bag warning light . . .1-58, 2-12

Supplemental front impact air bag system . . .1-47Supplemental restraint system

Information and warning labels . . . . . . .1-57Precautions on supplemental restraintsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-40

Supplemental restraint system(Supplemental air bag system) . . . . . . . . .1-40Switch

Autolight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-43Automatic power window switch . . . . . .2-57Fog light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-46Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . . .6-2Headlight and turn signal switch . . . . . .2-42Headlight control switch . . . . . . . . . .2-42Instrument brightness control . . . . . . . .2-45Power door lock switch . . . . . . . . .3-5, 3-6Rear window and outside mirror defrosterswitch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-41Turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-45Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) offswitch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-49

T

Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5Temperature gauge

Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . . .2-5Theft (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System),engine start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-37, 5-13Three-way catalyst . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4Tire

Flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3Spare tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-4, 8-36Tire and Loading Information label . . . .10-12Tire chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-33

Tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-26Tire rotation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-33Types of tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-32Uniform tire quality grading . . . . . . . .10-17Wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-26Wheel/tire size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-9

Tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-26Low tire pressure warning light. . . . . . . .2-9

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) . . . .5-5Towing

Flat towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-16Trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-16

Towing a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-16Towing your vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-11Transceiver

HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver. . . .2-64, 2-65, 2-66, 2-67, 2-67,

2-68Transmission

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9Driving with Continuously VariableTransmission (CVT) . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15

Travel (See registering a vehicle in anothercountry) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10Trip odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4Trunk access through the rear seat . . . .1-5, 3-23Trunk lid lock opener lever. . . . . . . . . . . .3-22Trunk light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-64Turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-45

U

Uniform tire quality grading . . . . . . . . . .10-17

11-6

V

Vanity mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-28Variable voltage control system . . . . . . . . .8-14Vehicle dimensions and weights . . . . . . . .10-9Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) off switch . . .2-49Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) system. . . . .5-81Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system . . . .5-81Vehicle identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10Vehicle identification number (VIN) . . . . . .10-10Vehicle identification number (VIN)(Chassis number) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10Vehicle identification number (VIN) plate . . .10-10Vehicle immobilizer system . . . . . . . .2-37, 5-13Vehicle Information Display . . . . . . . . . . .2-15Vehicle loading information . . . . . . . . . .10-13Vehicle recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-13Vehicle security system . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-36Vehicle security system (NISSAN VehicleImmobilizer System), engine start . . . .2-37, 5-13Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-24Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-28Voice recognition system . . . . . . . . . . . .4-30

W

WarningAir bag warning light . . . . . . . . .1-58, 2-12Anti-lock brake warning light . . . . . . . . .2-7Battery charge warning light . . . . . . . . .2-8Blind Spot Warning (BSW) warninglight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22Brake warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-8Engine oil pressure warning light. . . . . . .2-9

Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . . .6-2Loose fuel cap warning . . . . . . . . . . .2-30Low fuel warning light . . . . . . . .2-11, 2-27Low tire pressure warning light. . . . . . . .2-9Low windshield-washer fluid warninglight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-27Passenger air bag and status light . . . . .1-49Seat belt warning light . . . . . . . .1-14, 2-12Supplemental air bag warning light .1-58, 2-12Vehicle security system . . . . . . . . . . .2-36Warning/indicator lights and audiblereminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7, 2-12Warning labels (for SRS) . . . . . . . . . .1-57

Warning/indicator lights and audiblereminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7, 2-12

Audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . .2-7, 2-12Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7, 2-12Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7, 2-12

Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7, 2-12Weights (See dimensions and weights) . . . .10-9Wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-26Wheel/tire size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-9When traveling or registering in anothercountry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-55

Locking passengers’ windows . . . . . . .2-57Power rear windows . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-57Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-55Rear power windows . . . . . . . . . . . .2-57

Windshield-washer fluid. . . . . . . . . . . . .8-11Windshield wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . .8-16Wiper

Wiper blades. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-16Wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . . . .2-39

11-7

FUEL RECOMMENDATION:

NISSAN recommends the use of unleaded pre-mium gasoline with an octane rating of at least91 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) number (Researchoctane number 96). If unleaded premium gaso-line is not available, you may use unleaded regu-lar gasoline with an octane rating of at least87 AKI number (Research octane number 91),but you may notice a decrease in performance.

CAUTION

● Using a fuel other than that specifiedcould adversely affect the emissioncontrol system, and may also affect thewarranty coverage.

● Under no circumstances should aleaded gasoline be used, because thiswill damage the three-way catalyst.

● Do not use E-15 or E-85 fuel in yourvehicle. Your vehicle is not designed torun on E-15 E-85 fuel. Using E-15 or E-85fuel in a vehicle not specifically de-signed for E-15 or E-85 fuel can ad-versely affect the emission control de-vices and systems of the vehicle.Damage caused by such fuel is not cov-ered by the NISSAN New Vehicle Lim-ited Warranty.

● Do not use fuel that contains the octanebooster methylcyclopentadienyl man-ganese tricarbonyl (MMT). Using fuelcontaining MMT may adversely affectvehicle performance and vehicle emis-sions. Not all fuel dispensers are la-beled to indicate MMT content, so youmay have to consult your gasoline re-tailer for more details. Note that Fed-eral and California laws prohibit the useof MMT in reformulated gasoline.

● U.S. government regulations requireethanol dispensing pumps to be identi-fied by a small, square, orange andblack label with the common abbrevia-tion or the appropriate percentage forthat region.

For additional information, refer to “Recom-mended fluids/lubricants and capacities” in the“Technical and consumer information” section ofthis manual.

ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATION:

● Genuine NISSAN engine oil or equivalent

● Engine oil with API Certification Mark, Vis-cosity SAE 0W-20

For additional information, refer to “Engine oil andoil filter recommendation” in the “Technical andconsumer information” section of this manual.

COLD TIRE PRESSURE:Refer to the Tire and loading information label.

The label is typically located on the driver sidecenter pillar or on the driver’s door. For additionalinformation, refer to “Wheels and tires” in the“Do-it-yourself” section of this manual.

RECOMMENDED NEW VEHICLEBREAK-IN PROCEDURE:During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) of vehicleuse, follow the break-in procedure recommenda-tions for the future reliability and economy of yournew vehicle. For additional information, refer to“Break-in schedule” in the “Starting and driving”section of this manual. Failure to follow theserecommendations may result in vehicle damageor shortened engine life.

GAS STATION INFORMATION

Printing : April 2016 (03)Publication No.:

Printed in U.S.A. A36-DOM17EA 0A36U0

Owner’s Manual SupplementThe information contained within this supplement updates the following information in the2016 NISSAN Rogue, 2016 NISSAN Altima, 2016 NISSAN Sentra, 2016 NISSANPathfinder, 2016 NISSAN Pathfinder HEV, 2016 NISSAN Leaf, 2016 NISSAN NV200Cargo, 2016 NISSAN NV200 Taxi, 2016 NISSAN Murano, 2016 NISSAN Murano HEV,2016 NISSAN Maxima, and 2017 NISSAN Maxima Owner’s Manual:

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) in the “Safety—Seats, seat belts andsupplemental restraint system” section.

● If the Passenger Air bag Status light ( ) is illuminated with the front passenger seatempty, refer to this addendum card (vehicles built on or after 4/1/2016).

● If the Passenger Air bag Status light ( ) is OFF with the front passenger seat empty,refer to the information in the Owner’s Manual (vehicles built before 4/1/2016).

Read carefully and keep in vehicle.

Printing: March 2016 (01)Publication No. SU16EA NOCSU0

schulzh

Rectangle

PRECAUTIONS ON SRSThis SRS section contains important informationconcerning the following systems:

● Driver and front passenger supplementalfront-impact air bag (NISSAN Advanced AirBag System)

● Front seat-mounted side-impact supple-mental air bag

● Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and roll-over supplemental air bag

● Seat belt with pretensioner(s) (front seats)

Supplemental front-impact air bag system

The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System can helpcushion the impact force to the head and chest ofthe driver and front passenger in certain frontalcollisions.

Front seat-mounted side-impact supple-mental air bag system

This system can help cushion the impact force tothe chest area of the driver and front passenger incertain side-impact collisions. The side air bagsare designed to inflate on the side where thevehicle is impacted.

Roof-mounted curtain side-impact androllover supplemental air bag system

This system can help cushion the impact force tothe head of occupants in front and rear outboardseating positions in certain side-impact colli-sions. The curtain air bags are designed to inflateon the side where the vehicle is impacted. In arollover, the curtain air bags are designed toinflate and remain inflated for a short time.

The SRS is designed to supplement the crashprotection provided by the driver and front pas-senger seat belts and is not a substitute forthem. Seat belts should always be correctly wornand the occupant seated a suitable distanceaway from the steering wheel, instrument paneland door finishers. For additional informationabout instructions and precautions on seat beltusage, refer to “Seat belts” in this section.

The supplemental air bags operate onlywhen the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition.


SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTSYSTEM (SRS)

schulzh

Rectangle

WARNING

● The front air bags ordinarily will notinflate in the event of a side impact, rearimpact, rollover, or lower severity fron-tal collision. Always wear your seatbelts to help reduce the risk or severityof injury in various kinds of accidents.

● The front passenger air bag will notinflate if the passenger air bag statuslight is lit. For additional information,refer to “Front passenger air bag andstatus light” in this section.

● The seat belts and the front air bags aremost effective when you are sitting wellback and upright in the seat. The frontair bags inflate with great force. Evenwith the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag Sys-tem, if you are unrestrained, leaningforward, sitting sideways or out of posi-tion in any way, you are at greater risk ofinjury or death in a crash. You may alsoreceive serious or fatal injuries from thefront air bag if you are up against itwhen it inflates. Always sit back against

the seatback and as far away as practi-cal from the steering wheel or instru-ment panel. Always properly use theseat belts.

● The driver and front passenger seat beltbuckles are equipped with sensors thatdetect if the seat belts are fastened. TheNISSAN Advanced Air Bag Systemmonitors the severity of a collision andseat belt usage, then inflates the airbags as needed. Failure to properlywear seat belts can increase the risk orseverity of injury in an accident.

● The front passenger seat is equippedwith an occupant classification sensor(weight sensor) that turns the front pas-senger air bag OFF under some condi-tions. This sensor is only used in thisseat. Failure to be properly seated andwearing the seat belt can increase therisk or severity of injury in an accident.For additional information, refer to“Front passenger air bag and statuslight” in this section.

● Keep hands on the outside of the steer-ing wheel. Placing them inside thesteering wheel rim could increase therisk that they are injured when the frontair bag inflates.

WRS0031

schulzh

Rectangle

WARNING

● Never let children ride unrestrained orextend their hands or face out of thewindow. Do not attempt to hold them inyour lap or arms. Some examples ofdangerous riding positions are shownin the illustrations

ARS1133 ARS1041

schulzh

Rectangle

WARNING

● Children may be severely injured orkilled when the front air bags, side airbags or curtain air bags inflate if theyare not properly restrained. Pre-teensand children should be properly re-strained in the rear seat, if possible.

ARS1042 ARS1043 ARS1044

schulzh

Rectangle

WARNING

● Even with the NISSAN Advanced AirBag System, never install a rear-facingchild restraint in the front seat. An in-flating front air bag could seriously in-jure or kill your child. For additionalinformation, refer to “Child restraints”in this section.

WARNING

Front seat-mounted side-impact supple-mental air bags and roof-mounted curtainside-impact and rollover supplemental airbags:

● The side air bags and curtain air bagsordinarily will not inflate in the event ofa frontal impact, rear impact, rollover, orlower severity side collision. Alwayswear your seat belts to help reduce therisk or severity of injury in various kindsof accidents.

ARS1045 ARS1046 WRS0431

schulzh

Rectangle

WARNING

● The seat belts, the side air bags andcurtain air bags are most effective whenyou are sitting well back and upright inthe seat with both feet on the floor. Theside air bag and curtain air bag inflatewith great force. Do not allow anyone toplace their hand, leg or face near theside air bag on the side of the seatbackof the front seat or near the side roofrails. Do not allow anyone sitting in thefront seats or rear outboard seats toextend their hand out of the window orlean against the door. Some examplesof dangerous riding positions areshown in the previous illustrations. WARNING

● When sitting in the rear seat, do nothold onto the seatback of the front seat.If the side air bag inflates, you may beseriously injured. Be especially carefulwith children, who should always beproperly restrained. Some examples ofdangerous riding positions are shownin the illustrations.

● Do not use seat covers on the frontseatbacks. They may interfere with sideair bag inflation.

WRS0032 SSS0162

schulzh

Rectangle

NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System(front seats)

WARNING

To ensure proper operation of the passen-ger’s NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System,please observe the following items.

● Do not allow a passenger in the rearbench seats to push or pull on the seat-back pocket.

● Do not place heavy loads heavier than2.2 lb (1 kg) on the seatback, headrestraint/headrest or in the seatbackpocket.

● Make sure that there is nothing press-ing against the rear of the seatback,such as a child restraint installed in therear seat or an object stored on thefloor.


● Make sure that there is no object placedbetween the seat cushion and centerconsole or between the seat cushionand the door.

● If a forward-facing child restraint is in-stalled in the front passenger seat, donot position the front passenger seat sothe child restraint contacts the instru-ment panel. If the child restraint doescontact the instrument panel, the sys-tem may determine the seat is occupiedand the passenger air bag may deployin a collision. Also the front passengerair bag status light may not illuminate.For additional information about in-stalling and using child restraints, referto “Child restraints” in this section.

● Confirm the operating condition withthe front passenger air bag status light.

● If you notice that the front passenger airbag status light is not operating as de-scribed in this section, it is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.

● Until you have confirmed with a dealerthat your passenger seat occupant clas-sification system is working properly,position the occupants in the rear seat-ing positions.

● Do not position the front passengerseat so it contacts the rear seat. If thefront seat does contact the rear seat,the air bag system may determine asensor malfunction has occurred andthe front passenger air bag status lightmay illuminate and the supplementalair bag warning light may flash.

This vehicle is equipped with the NISSAN Ad-vanced Air Bag System for the driver and frontpassenger seats. This system is designed tomeet certification requirements under U.S. regu-lations. It is also permitted in Canada. However,all of the information, cautions and warn-ings in this manual still apply and must befollowed.

SSS0159

schulzh

Rectangle

The driver supplemental front-impact air bag islocated in the center of the steering wheel. Thefront passenger supplemental front-impact airbag is mounted in the dashboard above the glovebox. The front air bags are designed to inflate inhigher severity frontal collisions, although theymay inflate if the forces in another type of collisionare similar to those of a higher severity frontalimpact. They may not inflate in certain frontalcollisions. Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is notalways an indication of proper front air bag sys-tem operation.

The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System monitorsinformation from the crash zone sensor, the Airbag Control Unit (ACU), seat belt buckle sensorsand occupation classification sensor (weightsensor). Inflator operation is based on the sever-ity of a collision and seat belt usage for the driver.For the front passenger, the occupant classifica-tion sensor is also monitored. Based on informa-tion from the sensor, only one front air bag mayinflate in a crash, depending on the crash severityand whether the front occupants are belted orunbelted. Additionally, the front passenger airbag may be automatically turned off under someconditions, depending on the weight detected onthe front passenger seat and how the seat belt isused. If the front passenger air bag is OFF, thefront passenger air bag status light will be illumi-nated. For additional information, refer to “Front

passenger air bag and status light” in this section.One front air bag inflating does not indicate im-proper performance of the system.

If you have any questions about your air bagsystem, it is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer to obtain information about thesystem. If you are considering modification ofyour vehicle due to a disability, you may alsocontact NISSAN. Contact information is con-tained in the front of this Owner’s Manual.

When a front air bag inflates, a fairly loud noisemay be heard, followed by the release of smoke.This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate afire. Care should be taken to not inhale it, as it maycause irritation and choking. Those with a historyof a breathing condition should get fresh airpromptly.

Front air bags, along with the use of seat belts,help to cushion the impact force on the face andchest of the front occupants. They can help savelives and reduce serious injuries. However, aninflating front air bag may cause facial abrasionsor other injuries. Front air bags do not providerestraint to the lower body.

Even with NISSAN Advanced Air Bags, seatbelts should be correctly worn and the driver andfront passenger seated upright as far as practicalaway from the steering wheel or instrumentpanel. The front air bags inflate quickly in order to

help protect the front occupants. Because of this,the force of the front air bag inflating can increasethe risk of injury if the occupant is too close to, oris against, the front air bag module during infla-tion.

The front air bags deflate quickly after a collision.

The front air bags operate only when theignition switch is in the ON position.


schulzh

Rectangle

Front passenger air bag and status light

WARNING

The front passenger air bag is designed toautomatically turn OFF under some condi-tions. Read this section carefully to learnhow it operates. Proper use of the seat,seat belt and child restraints is necessaryfor most effective protection. Failure tofollow all instructions in this manual con-cerning the use of seats, seat belts andchild restraints can increase the risk orseverity of injury in an accident.

Status light

The front passenger seat is equipped with anoccupant classification sensor (weight sensor)that turns the front passenger air bag on or offdepending on the weight applied to the frontpassenger seat. The status of the front passen-ger air bag (ON or OFF) is indicated by the frontpassenger air bag status light which islocated on the instrument panel.After the ignition switch is placed in the �ON�position, the front passenger air bag status lighton the instrument panel illuminates for about7 seconds and then turns off or remains illumi-nated depending on the front passenger seatoccupied status. The light operates as follows:

CONDITION DESCRIPTIONPASSENGER AIR BAG

INDICATOR LIGHT ( )FRONT PASSENGER AIR BAG STATUS

Empty Empty front passenger seat ON (illuminated) INHIBITED

Nobody/SomebodyBag or Child or Child Restraint or

Small Adult in front passenger seatON (illuminated) INHIBITED

Adult Adult in the front passenger seat OFF (dark) ACTIVATED

LRS0865

schulzh

Rectangle

In addition to the above, certain objects placedon the front passenger seat may also cause thelight to operate as described above dependingon their weight.For additional information related to the normaloperation and troubleshooting of this occupantclassification sensor system, please refer to“Normal operation” and “Troubleshooting” in thissection.

Front passenger air bag

The front passenger air bag is designed to auto-matically turn OFF when the vehicle is operatedunder some conditions as described below inaccordance with U.S. regulations. If the frontpassenger air bag is OFF, it will not inflate in acrash. The driver air bag and other air bags in yourvehicle are not part of this system.

The purpose of the regulation is to help reducethe risk of injury or death from an inflating air bagto certain front passenger seat occupants, suchas children, by requiring the air bag to be auto-matically turned OFF. Certain sensors are used tomeet the requirements.

The occupant classification sensor in this vehicleis a weight sensor. It is designed to detect anoccupant and objects on the seat by weight. Forexample, if a child is in the front passenger seat,the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System is de-signed to turn the front passenger air bag OFF in

accordance with the regulations. Also, if a childrestraint of the type specified in the regulations ison the seat, its weight and the child’s weight canbe detected and cause the air bag to turn OFF.

Front passenger seat adult occupants who areproperly seated and using the seat belt as out-lined in this manual should not cause the frontpassenger air bag to be automatically turnedOFF. For small adults it may be turned OFF,however if the occupant takes his/her weight offthe seat cushion (for example, by not sitting up-right, by sitting on an edge of the seat, or byotherwise being out of position), this could causethe sensor to turn the air bag OFF. Always besure to be seated and wearing the seat beltproperly for the most effective protection by theseat belt and supplemental air bag.

NISSAN recommends that pre-teens and chil-dren be properly restrained in a rear seat.NISSAN also recommends that appropriate childrestraints and booster seats be properly installedin a rear seat. If this is not possible, the occupantclassification sensor is designed to operate asdescribed above to turn the front passenger airbag OFF for specified child restraints as requiredby the regulations. Failing to properly securechild restraints and to use the ALR mode mayallow the restraint to tip or move in a collision orsudden stop. This can also result in the passen-ger air bag inflating in a crash instead of being

OFF. For additional information about proper useand installation, refer to “Child restraints” in thissection.

If the front passenger seat is not occupied, thefront passenger air bag is designed not to inflatein a crash. However, heavy objects placed on theseat could result in air bag inflation, because ofthe object’s weight detected by the occupantclassification sensor. Other conditions could alsoresult in air bag inflation, such as if a child isstanding on the seat, or if two children are on theseat, contrary to the instructions in this manual.Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupantsare seated and restrained properly.

Using the front passenger air bag status light, youcan monitor when the front passenger air bag isautomatically turned OFF.

If an adult occupant is in the seat but the frontpassenger air bag status light is illuminated (indi-cating that the air bag is OFF), it could be that theperson is a small adult, or is not sitting on the seatproperly or not using the seat belt properly.

If a child restraint must be used in the front seat,the front passenger air bag status light may ormay not be illuminated, depending on the size ofthe child and the type of child restraint beingused. If the air bag status light is not illuminated(indicating that the air bag might inflate in acrash), it could be that the child restraint or seat

schulzh

Rectangle

belt is not being used properly. Make sure thatthe child restraint is installed properly, the seatbelt is used properly and the occupant is posi-tioned properly. If the air bag status light is still notilluminated, reposition the occupant or child re-straint in a rear seat.

If the front passenger air bag status light will notilluminate even though you believe that the childrestraint, the seat belts and the occupant areproperly positioned, it is recommended that youtake your vehicle to a NISSAN dealer. A NISSANdealer can check system status by using a spe-cial tool. However, until you have confirmed witha dealer that your air bag is working properly,reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rearseat.

The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System and frontpassenger air bag status light will take a fewseconds to register a change in the front passen-ger seat status. For example, if a large adult whois sitting in the front passenger seat exits thevehicle, the front passenger air bag status lightwill go from OFF to ON for a few seconds andthen to OFF. This is normal system operation anddoes not indicate a malfunction.

If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger airbag system, the supplemental air bag warninglight , located in the meter and gauges areaof the instrument panel, will be illuminated (blink-ing or steadily lit). Have the system checked. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

Normal operationIn order for the occupant classification sensorsystem to classify the front passenger based onweight, please follow the precautions and stepsoutlined below:

Precautions

● Make sure that there are no objects weigh-ing over 2.2 lbs (1 kg) hanging on the seat orplaced in the seatback pocket.

● Make sure that a child restraint or otherobject is not pressing against the rear of theseatback.

● Make sure that a rear passenger is not push-ing or pulling on the back of the front pas-senger seat.

● Make sure that the front passenger seat orseatback is not forced back against an ob-ject on the seat or floor behind it.


Steps

1. Adjust the seat as outlined in the “Seats”section of this manual. Sit upright, leaningagainst the seatback, and centered on theseat cushion with your feet comfortably ex-tended to the floor.

2. Make sure there are no objects on your lap.

3. Fasten the seat belt as outlined in the “Seatbelts” section of this manual. Front passen-ger seat belt buckle status is monitored bythe occupant classification system, and isused as an input to determine occupancystatus. So, it is highly recommended that thefront passenger fasten their seat belt.

4. Remain in this position for 30 seconds al-lowing the system to classify the front pas-senger before the vehicle is put into motion.

5. Ensure proper classification by checking thefront passenger air bag status light.

schulzh

Rectangle

NOTE:

This vehicle’s occupant classification sen-sor system generally keeps the classifica-tion locked during driving, so it is importantthat you confirm that the front passenger isproperly classified prior to driving. How-ever, the occupant classification sensormay recalculate the weight of the occupantunder some conditions (both while drivingand when stopped), so front passengerseat occupants should continue to remainseated as outlined above.

Troubleshooting

If you think the front passenger air bag status lightis incorrect:

1. If the light is ON with an adult occupying thefront passenger seat:

● Occupant is a small adult — the air bag lightis functioning as intended. The front passen-ger air bag is suppressed.

However, if the occupant is not a small adult, thenthis may be due to the following conditions thatmay be interfering with the weight sensors:

● Occupant is not sitting upright, leaningagainst the seatback, and centered on theseat cushion with his/her feet comfortablyextended to the floor.







NOTE:


If the light is still ON after this, the person shouldbe advised not to ride in the front passenger seatand the vehicle should be checked as soon aspossible. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

2. If the light is OFF with a small adult, child orchild restraint occupying the front passen-ger seat.

This may be due to the following conditionsthat may be interfering with the weight sen-sors:

● Small adult or child is not sitting upright,leaning against the seatback, and centeredon the seat cushion with his/her feet com-fortably extended to the floor.

● The child restraint is not properly installed,as outlined in the “Child restraints”section ofthis manual.






● An object placed between the seat cushionand center console.

schulzh

Rectangle


NOTE:


If the light is still OFF after this, the small adult,child or child restraint should be repositioned inthe rear seat and the vehicle should be checkedas soon as possible. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

3. If the light is OFF with no front passengerand no objects on the front passenger seat,the vehicle should be checked. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer assoon as possible.

Other supplemental front-impact air bagprecautions

WARNING

● Do not place any objects on the steeringwheel pad or on the instrument panel.Also, do not place any objects betweenany occupant and the steering wheel orinstrument panel. Such objects may be-come dangerous projectiles and causeinjury if the front air bags inflate.

● Immediately after inflation, severalfront air bag system components will behot. Do not touch them; you may se-verely burn yourself.

● No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofthe supplemental air bag system. This isto prevent accidental inflation of thesupplemental air bag or damage to thesupplemental air bag system.

● Do not make unauthorized changes toyour vehicle’s electrical system, sus-pension system or front end structure.This could affect proper operation ofthe front air bag system.

● Tampering with the front air bag systemmay result in serious personal injury.Tampering includes changes to thesteering wheel and the instrumentpanel assembly by placing materialover the steering wheel pad and abovethe instrument panel or by installingadditional trim material around the airbag system.

● Removing or modifying the front pas-senger seat may affect the function ofthe air bag system and result in seriouspersonal injury.

● Modifying or tampering with the frontpassenger seat may result in seriouspersonal injury. For example, do notchange the front seats by placing mate-rial on the seat cushion or by installingadditional trim material, such as seatcovers, on the seat that are not specifi-cally designed to assure proper air bagoperation. Additionally, do not stow anyobjects under the front passenger seator the seat cushion and seatback. Suchobjects may interfere with the properoperation of the occupant classificationsensor (weight sensor).

schulzh

Rectangle

● No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofthe seat belt system. This may affect thefront air bag system. Tampering withthe seat belt system may result in seri-ous personal injury.

● It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for work on and aroundthe front air bag. It is also recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealerfor installation of electrical equipment.The Supplemental Restraint System(SRS) wiring harnesses should not bemodified or disconnected. Unauthor-ized electrical test equipment and prob-ing devices should not be used on theair bag system.

● A cracked windshield should be re-placed immediately by a qualified repairfacility. A cracked windshield could af-fect the function of the supplemental airbag system.

schulzh

Rectangle

Documents

2017 Nissan Maxima | Owner's Manual | Nissan USAcdn.dealereprocess.com/cdn/servicemanuals/nissan/2017-maxima.pdf · 2017 MAXIMA OWNER’S MANUAL ... NISSAN may update or revise this